WQ0000088_Approved Specifications_20200325

4
4
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
General aid Special quip-ment Sp►lec-ifIeations
'ALSPEC#F�G�Tt��S:
R'- .GENE'
1.0
2.fi
3.Q
4.0
5-v,0
6.Q
7.0
8.Q
9.0
104b 0
11.00'
12oO
U
13.0
14xO
15.0
1640
17.Q
C{caring and Grubbing
Structures —Excavation and Backfill
Ttiis Section Not Used
Site Work
This
Sectian
Not
Used
This
Section
Not
Used
Gravity Sewers, Coneiuits and Drains
This Section Not Used
Concrete and Reinforcing
Manholes, Inlets, Catch basins, Vaults &Drainage Structures
Inside Process Piping
iVliscetlaneaus Metalwork
Sfructurai Stee1
This 5ectian Not Used
Eiecfrical Motors
Eie�tricai
Restorati
pn and dean -up
0
U
z
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS*
1.0 Submersible Pump to Digester
4
i
1-5
14=11 0
1
1 -17
1
1
IA-26
1
1 wA25
1 Pot'l 0
1 -27
1-4-420
9
l-3
� -37
1"2
1 -5
Ab+

- + . . -. + ,i A,a4-ti.a+L—• + y.I-7tia*+W..t. iJ. - ,r+a.. 4-% 0.'W.---7--• r i r
Page 1
a
GENERA. SPECIFICATIONS
1:00 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
1.01 GENERAL
I V01 .1 SCOPE OF W,,,. ORK
(a) All lobar, materials,eQU*iequipment,foals, and seNices required for the work
6
under this section shall be furnished and performed -in compliancy with the
following General Spec'tficat'ton, the Project Specificat'i'ons which precede all
General Spec'Ifications and the Contract Drawings.
(b) This General Spect"fications designated as Section I.0 CLE�"kRING AND
GRUBBING covers the d1u.-->%,.r1Pt.ion of work generally utilized and the
soecifieations for oerformina such work. The {'roject Specifications and the
Contract Drawings designate the specific work to be perf.-
Contract.. the inclusion ofitems of
does not necessarily co,nstitute their
mater'l'al or work within
use on this Project.
armed under the
this Speci'f'icat'ion
+
(0)
The Contractor shall accept conditions at the site of the work as found and
shall assume
thereon which
ition of site or buildings
of the Contract. The
uontraCtor must assume the risk a# meeting. and the Contract Drice shall
the risk of any variation of the cond
.6
may occur subsequent to signing
include, the cost of removal of quicksand, hardpan, boulders, clay, rubbish,
unforeseen
roots, t*mb(
obstacles, underground conduits, gas pipe, drain tile, trees;
tracks, pavements and
sidewalks and the delay or damage occasioned by the same, whether or not
these obstacles are shown on the Contract Drawgings:,,. Na claim for an
amount of money beyond the Contract price of the work will be entertained
or allowed an account of existing condiLtions.
r or
masonry structures, ra:1w1road
(d) The work of clearing shall consist of the cutting of all vegetation and re oval
of debris., All timber within the clearing and grubbing limns shall become the
property of the Contractor to cut and dl*spose of unless noted otherwise ire
the Project Specifications. The work of grubbing shall consist of the removal
and satisfactory disposal of all vegetation and all surface debris,-,
(e) The work of clearing and.. grub.bing shall also incfude the removal an
d
sat'isfaotory disposal of crops, weed!s, and other annual growth; the removal
and sat*fsfactory disposal of fences, steps, wails, building foundations, and
0
ether rubble and debris and the filing of holes and depressionsons in
,a
compacted, lifts. This work shall also be performed in all non -wooded areas
behtveen the construction limits and the limits of the project r'l'ght of way or
easements shown an the project pans upon which seeding and mulching,
sprigging, or sodding is to be performed,
(f� Clearing and grubbing operations shalt be completed at the beginning of the
pro) ect and sufficiently in advance of grading operations as may be
necessary to prevent any of the debris from the clearing and grubbing
operat'ons from interfertng with the excavation or embankment operations.
Rev. 08/00 SECT ON 1
c
-
i
I
I

� r�rr �-�a 1a�� �yy -rr� a� •—• � - � -• - r a r,— � - + + ++ F+ .a a}a+� as �+} +a - � � � • • + r a a
e
1.01.2 BLEARING
Page 2
(a) Existing pavements, foundations, structures and simi'lar work encountered
which will interfere wish the new construction operations shall be demolished
and removed,, A.11 existing construction and.. obstructions in areas to be
occupied by new buildings or st.ruct'ures shall be -removed as indicated on
the Contract" Drawings. All pipe and sewer services shall be sealed during
demolition. All such existing construction and obstructions shall be disposed
off the project site unless otherwise noted.
(b) The Engineer will designate all areas of growth or individual trees which are
is be preserved due to their desirability for landscape or e rosi#
on control
purposes. When the treys to be preserved are located within the
construction limits, they will be so shown on the plans or designated by the
Engineer.
(c) In embankment areas where the depth of the embankmen
height, unless otherwise directed bV theE ngineer, pound
at a height of not more than fi inches above natural ground, When trees are
t exceeds 6 feetin
trees shall be -cut
to be cut outside of construction limits and theE.ngineer has designated that
the area is not to be grubbed, the tries shall be cut cuff reasonably close to
the natural ground surface,. In swamp, areas
approximately 6inches above law water level.,
trees may be out off to
(d) Branches of tries which overhang the roadbed or obstruct sight distances
and. which are less than 16 feet above the elevation of the finished grade
shalt be Trimmed or cut in a manner that will not endanger the health of the
tree. Gut surfaces more than 1 inch in diameter shall be covered thoroughly
W'fh nn asnhaltE�m hnqp triz-P. paint
P
r
<
#
5
r
r '
i
r �
F
�
G
+
R
i
1
I
•
I
t -
I
,
+ _
I
I
I
I
I
i
o-
f
f
+
1
I
'
+
I
I
i
+
+
I•
I
I
•
a
I
i
i
f
+
I
I
*
I
f
I
i
a
{
1,01.3 GRUBBING
(a) The work of grubbing sha11 be pertormed on ail areas cleared, with the_
following exceptionsf
I in embankment areas, when the depth of embankment exceeds 6 feet
in height, sound stumps shall be cut off no more than 6 inches above
the existing ground level and not grubbed. Unsound Ordecayed, stumps
shall be removed to a depth of approximately 2 feet below the natural
ground surface.,
(2) When authorized by the Engineer, stumps Outslde of co t uction imt s
may be allowed to remain in place. Such stumps shall be cut off
reasonably close to the natural ground sursurface.e. '!
(3) Stumps in swamp areas shall be cut off to approximately 6 inches above
low grater level and not grubbed,.
Rev. 08/00 5ECTION 1
I
L
{1
J
I
1 II
- I

'Page 3
(4) Grubbing will not be required in areas where waste or unsuitable
material is to be depos'Ited unless such areas are to become a part of
future construct*ion -
(b) All areas where piles are to be given shall be 0-rubbed regardless of fill
height. In graded and/or planted areas, all obstructions shall be removed to
.4
a paint 12 inches below proposed. ground evel,
(C)
Withininm the areas between construction as and the limits of- cleartna and
grubbing, ail hales and othe
and the area brought to suffi
r depressions shall be filled, in compacted I[f�s
ciently uniform con#our thak subsequent mowing
operations will not be hindered by irregularity of terrain.Thiswork shall be
done regardless of whether the irregularities were the resultl of the
Contractor's operations or were originally exrstq'ng.
1.01A BURNING
{a} All brush, roots,- stumps
disposed of by the Con
(b)
tree limbs, t'i
tractor either
11 be
bv burning the vegetation within the
area cleared or by disposal in locations obtained by
approved by the engineer.
the Contractor and
When the vegetation is disposed of by burning, ail burning shall be donein
such a manne
3?
project limits.
federal laws,
+
tuber and other vegetation, she
securing of necessary
tractor. All burning stroll
be under the constant care of competent watch -person, burning shall be
thorough and shall not be permitted to smolder and resulti'n dense smoke.
r as to prevent injury to property within or outside of the
3urning shall. be in strict compliance with all local, state, and
ordinances, and regulations.
The
bunting permits shall be the respons*bi14'ity of the Can
(c) When the timber and debris are to be disposed off in locations off the r'l'ght",
of"Way and out of sight of the project, the Contractor shall furnish the
Engineer, before final acceptance of the project, a written release from the
property owner, or his authorized agent, granting the servitude of his lands.
I oOl .5 PROTECTION OF VEGETAT'ION TO REMAIN
The Contractor shall conduct his operatians in a manner to prevent limb, bark, or
root injuries to trees, shrubs; or other types of vegetarian that are to remain
growing and also to prevent damage to adjacent property. When any such
injuries unavoidably occur, all rough edges of scarred areas shall first be made
reasonably smooth in accordance with generally accepted horticultural practice,
and the scars then thoroughly covered with an asphaltum base free paint.. Any
such plants that are damaged by any construction operations to such an extent
as to destroy their value for shade or their landscape purposes, shaft be cut and
disposed off by the Contractor, without extra compensation, when so directed by
the Engineer.
x
�
I
r �
ti
r
f
+
0

Page 4
1401A PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
(a) Necessary arrangements shall be made by the Contraotor with all pemons,
firms/corporations owning or using any pals, pipes, tracks or conduits, etc..,
affected bY the work included under this Section to maintain and' Protect.
such facilities. The cost of any such protech"on shall be paid by the
IL
Contractor and included. in the Contract prtce.
J&
b excavated materials shall be deposited in areas designated bY the Engineer,
The Contractor shall not deposit excavated materials an pavements,
sidewalks or arass plots, except an authorization of the engineer, and then
only when adequate temporary provisions have been made for passage and
Prote ct4o n/safiaty of pedestrians and vehicles. Adequate bridging and
planked crossings must be provided and maintained across all open
trenches for pedestrians and. vehicles..
C The Contractor shall protect all adjacent property which might be disturbed
during the progress of the work... The Contractor w'J'11 be. held liable for any
dama149e which m;.q,.,mayresult to neighboring property from operations
performed under this section.
d Where excavation or demoiiijon is to be carried on adjacent Properly or
i
construction owned bY others, the Contractor shall dive due and legal notice
to such owner and shall take all -steps necessary to protect adjacent
construction from damage arising out of his operations* an
d the Contractor
shall protect the Owner named in the Contract and his agents from any and
all claims arising due to4work coveredi'n this section.,
1.01 .7 EROSION
(a) All work under this section shall be performed in a manner which wi'll cause
a minimum of soil erosion. The CQntractor shalt perForm such erosion
control work, Temporary or permanent, as may be directed by the Engineer,
indicated an the Contract Drawings, or required by- local regulations in order
M� Ep
ta sOfisfactorfly minimize erasion resulting from clearing and grubbing and
other construction ope-rations-.-
'p
(b) Faiture on the park of the Contractor fia erform the required erasion control
measures, including in a timely' manner, will be j"uslk- cause for the engineer
to direct the suspension of clear,ing and grubbing and other construction
operations at the Contractor's own tirme and cast. The suspension will be in
effect until such time as the Contractor has satisfactorily performed the re-
quired erosion control work. In the event the Contractor fails to perform the
directed work within a reasonable length of time, the Engineer may have the
worm performed by others. See General Condj*tions 1109 NEGLECTED
WORK BY CtaN TFiACTC?R.
Rev. 0810, 0 SECTION 1

Page 5
1.02 MEASUREMENT FOR PAY:n6n";ENT AND COMPENSATI-ON
{a} All measurement of clearing and grubbing will be made horizontally..
(b) Work performed in cleaning up non+-%woodec[ areas shall be in accordance
with Section 1.01,, However, the removal of weeds, vines, pant stalks, loose
rock,, and small scattered trees will be considered, as. a minor and incidental
part of the work of clearing and grubbing and no measurement or payment
'I
II' be made for such work.,
(c) On tamp sum contracts, and an lump sum items
in a un
separate measurement or payment will be made.
it price contract, no -
On. unit price contracts
-C
and an unit price items in a lump sum contract, measurement wia be made
based on the actual surfaceunit area cleared and grubbed the price
allowf d in the proposal. On -site borrow areas
the Engineer, shall be cleared and
manner.
gru bbed
d When the Contractor is required to furnish borrow sources.. materlat sources,
waste areas
approved by the Owner and
and paid for in the above
or
or
ne tnatneer hermits the Contractor io obtain Du
rrow
way in I ieu of borrow and
waste areas which were to have been furnished by the Contracts
10
-measurement of clearing and grubbing will be made for such areas.,
or when t
deposit waste on any area within the right of
T
1.03 NEGLECT' ED WORK BY CONTRACTOR
If the CONTRACTOR should neglect to prosecute the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, the OWNER,
upon written notice to the CONTRACTOR, after three {3) days from re�eipt of such nr�tice
by the CONTRACTOR and without prejudice to any other remedy h.e may have, may
make good such deficiencies and the cost thereof (including compensattion for additional
professional services} shall be charged against the i�ONTRAGTC}R if the ENGINEER
approves such action, in which case a Change Order shall be issued. incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents including an appropriate reduction in the
Contract Price. If the payments then or thereafter s�ue the coNTRAGTQR are not
sufficient to cover such amount, the CONTRACTOR wll( pay the difference to the
OWNER.
. . . . . . ... . . ... .. .... . . .. . . . . . . . ................................................................................................................................................. ................................................. ............................................ ....................... ................... ............................................. .............................................................................. ................................................................................................................ . ............................. ................................................................................................................................................................ .............................................................................................................................................................................................. ............................................. .................. .. ..... ............ .... ...... ..........
Rev.08rqO SECTION 1

F .. ,�__ t .ice-.+.r+�aif+_ •r-•i+_++Ft�+Fates►+u-�•i�++.+..�+�aa.i��+iti +r 1+� t. r.� z _.a+' __iti�rtF� �++•Fa+Y+.�++ra_i�a.. .a a �a_._i-.ti_; .� ,__ .+ -i+•, i- r , _ • � � * �r # f � .. _ . .. � _ _
Page
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
2,.0 STRUCTURES - EXCAVATION ACID BACKFILL
2.01 GENERAL
101 A SCOPE of WORK
(a) All labor, materials, equ'tpment, tools, and services required for the making
of all excavations for structures, the placing of backfill for structures and
general site grad ing required in the Contract shall be furnished and per -
farmed in compliance with the folfaxving General Specification, the Projec#
Specifications which precede all General Specifications and the contract
Drawings.
(b) This General Spec'Ification designated as Section 2,,-0,
Structures -
Excavati'on and Backfill, covers the description of methods usually employed
in excavation and backfill for structures and general aradina ODerations-,
The Project
work, the li
structures to be constructed under this Contract,, The
Specificationsd and the Drawings esignate the specific
nos, grades and details and the excavation and Dackfill for
inclusion of items of
material or work within this Specification does not necessarily constA
tute their
:P
use an this Proiectl,
Excavation
includes loosening and removing; transporting, storing and
disposing of -items whose removals are not specified under another contract
seciton and which are necessary to r)e removed for the construction and
completion of- all work under the Contract. Excavation shall be made to the
widths and de, p- ths shown on the plans or as cK.-ified herein..
When rack is encountered., excavat'ion shall be oerFarmed in accordance
with the section heeded "ROCK EXCAVATION",, The term "Excavation"
shall be deemed to cover the price bid for any and aIi it�Is including
" excavation" for any or all of the follow'ing operations,
{1) Removing, storing and rehandling of all n;1Ving materials of any name
and nature.
(2} Sheeting, shut piling, shoring and bracing including driving, and
rernoving.
\131, ditching, pumping, coff.e.r damming, or bailing or other methods of
disposing of wafer.
(4) Refilling of all ditches, p"ts, sump areas, and the compaction of all fill
materials,,
(.5) Maintenance and protection of tr..affic.
(6) Protection cif all s*ldewalks, trees', shrubs, structures, underground
conduits or t
he replacement thereof.

(7) Temporary paving, fencing,
and control of traffic during r
ush hour.
Wage 2
s
warning lights, traffic guards for directiontionIt
The term "Earth" as used herein shall include all materials except rock
requiring blasting and larger than twelve (12) cubic feet but shall spect"fically
exclude all ledgeand bed rockq-
The term "
or fill.
Spo4jl" includes material not used or not suirtable for use as backfill
The term °Backfill" includes acclENptable materials for back -filling of at-1-
excavations and ditches up to the original ground surface.
The term "Embankments" shall include fills constructed of selected mated"als
above the original surface of the ground to the com,pacfton specified herein.,
2z01,m2 SHOP DRAWINGS
(a-) Attention is directed to the provisions in the General Conditions of the
Contract requiring the submission #o the engineer of descriptive details and
of shop and setting drawings. On Structures -Excavation and.-- Backfill
operations, which include the installation of cofferdam work, such
submission shall include drawings and details of the cofferdam proposed.
2.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
2.02.1 GENERAL
(a) -6
The Contractor shall accept conditions at the work sits as found and shall
assume the risk of any variation of the condition of site or buildings thereon
Which may occur subsequent to signing of the Contract., The Contractor
must assume the risk of meeting, and the Contract price shall include, the
cost of removal at quicksand, hardpan, boulders, clay, rubbish, unforeseen
obstacles, underground conduits, gay pipe, drain tile, frees, roots, timber or
masonry structures, railroad tracks, pavements and sidewalks and the dela�
or damage occasioned by the same, whether or not these obstacles are
shown an the Contract Drawings, No claim for an amount of money beyond
the Contract price will be entertained or allowed on account of the character
of the ground in which the kion is mods unless rack as defined here-
inafter is encountered and removed:
I
{
F +
I
h
+
i
i
a
I
i
1
a,
1
+
.
j
I
•
'
LY
F
F
1
'
i
S
,
Y
I
�
I
}
ti
i
i
f
i
1_
i
•j
j
+
i
I
i L
I
i
+
1
j
(b) The location of utifities systems and structures as shown an the Contract
drawings has been selected to provide the least passible interference with
existing utilities and facilities, The Owner reserves the right to make minor
variations in the location of proposed work during the construction. No extra
payment will be allowed the Contractor for such shifts ire alignment or
location.
Rev. 02/97 SECTION 2

i r F •
• + f + a - N.
Page
Ltl
{�) Soilsinvestigafi4on data may be available upon request of the Engineer.
When available it is presented only for the general information of the
Contractor as stated in the General Conditions of the contract. If., after
excavation is made, conditions are disclosed which are unsu
type of foundations shaven an the Contrac
perform additional excavation, drive
measures as directed by the Engineer..
itable for the
i Drawings, the Contractor shali
foundation
piles, or
take other
Any such work ordered wi4 ll be paid
for under provisions of Art:l'cle 14'in the General Conditions of the Contract or
at Contract Unit Prices. However, the Contractor is rem inded that the casts
for all compaction Tests, etc,. shalt be a part of his Contract bid.
2.02.2 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
(a) Necessary arrangements shall be made by the Contractor with all persons,
firms, Gorporations owning or using any poles, pipes, tracks or condulats, etc.,
affected by construction included under this Section to maintain and. protect
such facilities during construction,. The cyst of any such protection shall be
paid by the Contractor and inc u
ded in the Contract price..
(b) In the event that any existing gas pipes, water pipes, conduits, sewers, toile
drains, poles or other utilities are blocked or interfered with by construct'i'on
operations, the Contractor shall mainta'In thorn in continuous operation, and
restore them to the same condition as They were prior to the start of the
project, all.at no additional compensation.
(C) Excavated materials shall be deposned in areas designated by the Engineer..
The Contractor shalt avoid depositing excavated materials an pavements,
sidewalks or grass plats, except on authorization of the Engineer, and then
only when adequate temporary provis'ions have been made for passage and
protection of pedestrians and vehicles. Adequate bridging and planked
crossings must be provided and maintained across all open trenches fay
pedestrians and vehicles_
(d) The Contractor shall shore up or otherwise protect all fences, buildings,
walls, walks, curbs or other property adjacent to any excavation, which might
be disturbed during the progress of the work, The Contractor will be held
liable for any damage, which may result to neighboring property from
excavation, backfill or grading operations performed under this Section.,,
(e) Where excavation or demolition is to be carried an adjacent to property or
construction owned by others', the Contractor shall give due and written legal
notice to such owner and shall take all steps necessary to protect adjacent
construction from damage arising out of his operations; and he shall._.protect
the Owner named in this Contract and hi
s agents from any and all. claims
arising from excavation or demolition operations.
I
I
I
2
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
i
I
r
I
f
.
I
Rev.. 02/97
S�crIoN z
{

a
a
- f , •. -%,- r .r r rr — r. V- .--: -* -• #r•r ,a . r -.r-a .... y- . a - .a rtr d a , da. � : a+ tear + •.I -a-af Y- . a• r . � 1 .. i , r. .. . . I--u , r} F T+ .. tr --•i.- -. rta----.,F .tea-a.*-i-•it,i--+•ai T-a..+ui. r .i �+.aaa a+ I . + -+ }r- - ..} i . . . . •. I ar11- .. aa. I rf,• r � . of - r • ++ter *
Page 4
2.02.3 PROTECTION AGAINST WATER
(a) The Contractor shall take ;all steps necessary, such as ditching, diking,
pumping, well painting and bailing, construct necessary drains and channels
to keep the excavatian clear of ground water, se, wage or storm wader, during
the r)roaress of- the work and until the finished
Water shall not be allowed to rise over and
concrete or mortar, until at least 24 hours hav
same, and no stream shall he allowed to fl
Engineer's permission.
11
work is safe from injury.
)me in.contact witn masonry,
e elapsed after placement of
ow over such worK wKnoui the
(b) Adequate measures and protection shall be provided for vaults, reservo*irs,
basements, etc., from effects of possible uplift die to storm or ground
where buoyancy mighi lift structures or floor fa'llures which may occur
tanks,
water
during construction..
2.02.4 EXCAVATION
(a} Excavation shall include the loosening, loading, removing, transporting and
disposing of all materials, wet or dry, necessary to be removed to construct
all work included in this Section, to the lines, grades and locations shown an
the Contract Drawings. excavated materials shall be piled
will not'l'nterfere with construc-fion operations.
in locations that
(b) Excavation for structures shall conform to the depth and
necessary for the proper installation of all structures detailed an t
di mensirsns
he Contract
Draw'ings, Unless specifically directed by the engineer, excavation she
[I not
be carried below the elevations indicated on the Contract Drawings., Where
any excavation is made below the elevations indicated on the Contract
Draw'i'ngs, the excavations, if under slabs, shall be restored to the proper
elevation with compacted well -graded granular foundation material
conforming to NC Department of Transportation standard gradation for size
67 stone, or if under, footings, the depths of the wolfs or footings shalt be
increased at no additional expense to the Owner, In any event, the
operations necessary, to correct an excess of excavation shall meet with the
approval of the Engineer., If deemed necessary, concrete shall be used to
correct unauthorized excavations. No compensation will be allowed for any
unauthorized excavation, slides, fills or cave-ins.
(c) The Contractor sha[I furnish and instal[ all temporary sheeting, shoring,
timbering, bracing and steel sheet piling required to maintain the excavation
in a condition to permit she safe and efficient installation of all items of
Contract ork. Upon ompletion of the various wcContractltems, all temporary
farms, shares and bracing shalt be removed. While being withdrawn all
vacancies (eft by the sheeting and. bracing shall be carefully f'I'lled with sand
and compacted or, paddled a's directed by the Engineer.,
Rev. 02/97 SECTION 2
r
Y
p

Page 5
(d) Under certain conditions, sheeting and bracing may be ordered by the
Engineer to be left in place.. Any sheeting so ordered lefti4n place will be
(e)
(f)
paid for on the basis Of' the Contract unit price for such work. If no Contract
unit price is established for this work, payment will be established i"n
accordance with provisions for Extra Worki'n the General Conditions of the
Contract..
Sheet p'k
iling indicated on the Contract Drawings to be placed for the purpose
of retaining the stability of soli adjacent to excavations shall be driven to
lines and grades indicated thereon and left in place, When so Holed, depth
of penetration, type and weight of piling sha
fl be as designated on the
Contract Drawings. Cost of such permanent sheet piling shall be included in
the Contrast lump sum price.
When sail materials encountered in any -excavation are determined by the
:R
Engineer to -be unsuitable for structural foundations, the Contractor shall
furnish end place granular foundation matedial of- well, -graded crushed stone
and gravel backfill conforming to NC Department of Transportation standard
gradation for stze 57 stone, in 6 inch layers; as directed by the Eng'ineer,-
The cast of additional excavation and disposal of excavated materials shall
be merged into the Contract unit price for aranular foundation material. If no
Contract unit price is established for this work, paym-ent will
accordance with the prov'is'ions for Extra Work in the General CondItions of
Contract.
be made in
(g) All areas to be excavated or regraded shall have topso'l str"pped and
deposited in stockpiles convenient to the areas, which are subsequently to
4
receive appIicafion of topsoil.Topso'il shall be used exclusively for fln4lshed
grading as specified in Section 4.0, Site Work,.
(h) Unsuitable and surplus excavated material and debr't's not incorpvrated in
the project shall be disposed of by the Contractor of his awn expense
outside the limits of the Project site or as directed by the Engineer.
(i) if private land is used as a spoil site, the Contractor shall obtain written
permission from the owner of the {and, or his agentaand provide the project
Owner with a certified copy of such agreement.
{j) Ien, for any reason , the work is left unfinished for extended periods, all
trenches and excavations shall be filled and all roadways and sidewalks left
.0nobstructed with their surfaces in a safe and sa t'l sfa cto ry condition.
([�} When it is necessary to haul material over the streets or pavements, the
Contractor shall provide suitable tight vehicles so -sag -to prevent deposits on
the streets or pavements, In, all cases where any materials are dropped
from the vehl"cles the Contractor shall clean tin the same as often as
directed and keep the crosswalks, streets, and general pavement clean.,,

f
Page 6
(I) Surface of the ground in streets and elsewhere shall in all cases be !eft in as
good a Conan
ton as it was prior to the commencement ot the work.
clutters,, and culverts disturbed on account of the work of the Contractor she
be repaired an
d r
specified in theGeneralSpecification Section 17.0, Clean"up and
Restoration, the Project Spec ifications and the Contract Drawings.
P
ROCK EXCAVATION
estored. The work of restoring end repairing shall be a
2w02vS
a ) Wherever the word "Roc
material encountered of
mineral hardness and/or
original position
a
(minimum) dozer with a r
continuous drilling and blasting. 112
proving, by d..emonstratic
sandstone or other hard
heavy equipment without
:k" appears, it shall be interpreted to mean any
a uniform hardness of three (3) in the scale of
any material which cannot be removed from its
300 hp (minimurn), 70,000 lb,, working weight
ock ripping attachment, in good condition, without
The -Contractor will be responsible for
and photographic evidence that slate, shale,
material encountered cannot be removed with
continuous drilling and Tasting. Other mater'lals
steal( not be classed as rock, although it may be more econom'lca-1 to remove
same by blast'ing, Boulders will not be classified as rock unless larger than
cubic yard.,
(b) Should rock be encountered in the excavation, it shall be removed- by
blasting or other approved methods.. Where blasts are
the
excavation shall be carefully covered wish suitable brush, timber or matting
to prevent danger to 1'1'fe and property,. The Contractor shall secure all
permits required
y Law for blast'i'ng operations and .- any adattional- hazard
insurance required, the cast of sucks permits and insurance to be borne by
the Contractor., The Contractor shall strip the rock. of over -burden, such
stripping to be done in secoctions and. approved by Engineer.,, No blasting steal[
be done by the Contractor until he has notified the engineer and unfit the
necessary crass -sections of,he top, of the rock have been taken. No
holes shall be left unattended or overnight without approval from the
Engineer. Blasting wiril not be permitted within 25 feet of complefed Pipelines
or structures nor w4111 1"t be permitted within 25 feet of any existing structure,
pipeline or cond. u*it. Ade, q-uate warning and danger signals steal! be given
before firing dynamite explosives. Adequate records sha(I be ept by the
contractor of all explosives kept at the sits of the work . All explosives shall
be used and handled, stored and explo'' ded in conformance with alI slate and
local laws and regulations.
(C) Materials classified as "Rock" En these Specifications , if encountered , steal ( be
excavated to the grade of the bottom of structures to be insta4led unless
specifically shown o n the Contract Drawings to be removed to a greater
depth. After such rock is removed the excavation, when required, shall be
backfilled with clean lave -void sand or ether non- compressible fine low -void
material satisfactory to the engineer, and consolidated to place the tap
surface at the grade established an the contract Drawings for the bottom of
the structure. The cost of furnishing, placing and consolidating of such fill
material shall.. be entered as the unit price for granular foundation material,
exc... - - ... ept in Proposals where thi's item does not appear.. In these cases, this
cost shall be mergecl,in the unit price bid for rock excavation., In Proposals
...... that- do not....h.. eve a rock. Glause...... the cost for rock.- excavation and, fill material
Rev. 02197 SECTION 9
(
with
I�
I
i
I
I
i
I
I
i
mad, e,.1
4'
PC
b
Irnd
ed

r
shall be considered to be unclassified and shalt be merged with the lump
'v
Sum bid for the Project.
2,02.6 BACKFILLING:, EMBANKMENT AND CUT AREAS
(�) All backfilii
Drawing.
ng steal! be mach to fines and grades shown on the Contract
Backfill adjacent to and under structures, foundations and
concrete slabs shall be placed in horizontal layers not in excess of 6 inches
in thickness loose measurement, with optimum moisture content required
for maximum compaction. Backfl"'11 under structures, foundations and
concrete slabs steal{ be made using well -graded sands or sand and gravel
mixtures subJ�cf fa approval �f the Engineer. Vibratory methods shall be
used for comoaction.. Each horizontal layer shall be compacted to 100% of
maximum dry weight density
j
Standard Proctor Compact'ion Test,
n pounds per cubic fool as determined by the
unless otherwise specified by the
Engineer or the Contract Documents,, A minimum of two (2) tests and not
less than one (1) test for each 15,000 square feet ot area. shall be taken for
each three (3) feet. All tests steal[ be at the Contractor's expense.
(b) Em-b.ankments shall be constructed to established fines and grades at the
locations shown on the Contract Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.
embankment material shall be natural so'I'l free from excessive moisture or
deleterious materials. Embankments shall be obtained from materials at the
site or acceptable barrow p'l'ts, in either case, acceptable materials shall be
well graded from one to coarse with a very minimum of silt. The entire
surface to be- covered with embankment shall be stripped of all topsail
before any embankment mated'al is placed.
(c) Embankments and fills for general site grading steal[ be made using
cohesive or cohes'l'onless materials, as approved by the Engineer, Before
and Embankment or fill is placed, the entire area shall be cleared, as
previously specified, if embankments and fills are constructed in winter,
snow and ice shall be removed from the area. The site shall be thoroughly.
plowed before any fill is placed to insure a proper bond ing of the materials.
So far as is practicable, each layer shall extend the entire length of the
embankment or fill. They shall be constructed in layers not exceeding 6
inches in thickness. Sheep'sfoot rollers shall be used to compact all soils
except. sands or gravels and shall have a weight an each row of feet of not
less than 200 nor more than 500 pounds per square inch of foot surface.
Pneumatic- tired rollers or vibrators shall be used to Gompaot sends end
gravels and shall be so constructed that the weight per tire shall be not less
than 1,000 pounds nor more than 2,000 pounds,,- PneumatY1c**t'1'red rollers
shall have a width of not less than four (4) feet,
Whore required to do so 3n girder to properly compact the soil, the Contractor
shall add sufficient water during rolling and tamping to assure consolidation
of the f'11 materials. Unless specifically shown otherwise On. the Contract
Drawings or specified differently herein, all embankments shall be
compacted in accordance with method "C" of ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor
Compact'i'on Test) to the following minimum percentages expressed as a
percent of maximum density at optimum MO'I'sture content:
0

� � • � as � + a a }
Under Roadway S- and parking
areas {except the upper
three feed} and water
holding embankments
Under proposed structures
and the upper three feet
under roadways and parking
areas
Areas not otherwise specified
---- 95 percent of maxi-
mum dry density and
90 pounds per cubic
foot dry density
--�- 100 percent of maxi
mum dry density and
95 pounds per cubic
foot dry density
---- 90 percent of maxll'"
mum dry density
Page
F;
Compaction curves shall be developed for each type of Soil proposed for use
in embankment.,
compaction test
The development of the curves from th-e standard density or
steal[ be done at or by an approved test*lng laboratory at the
Gontractors expense... Not less Than one (1) test for compacted density steal!
be taken or. each three (3) feet for each 10,000 square feet of embankments
and fills for general site grading.
(d) All materi'als required for backfill, embankment or fill in excess of that available
can the site shall be obtained by the Contractor from other sources as approved
by the Engineer,, All costs thereof shall be merged in the Contract price for the
project_
0
e) Backfiil shall not be,laced against structure walls until the cXnaret� has:
{1) Attairted a stronath of 3,OQ0 pounds per square inch.
(2) Intermediate floors and/or framing levels have been poured.,
(f} Backf'I'll shall be brought u
p. evenly an each side of buried structures such as
tunnels, galleries, dump stations, wet wells,, etc., to prevent imposing
unbalanced farces against these structures.
(g) Where stabs are to be poured an soil, it shall be the Contractors
responsibility to fake ail precautions and necessary S..eps to facilitate the
placing of concrete, i.e.; fall1pointing trenching and dewatering, placement
of a concrete mud slab, etc.., as required... All such casts shall not be paid -for
as separate items, but shall be merged into t1ie applicable lump sum or unit
price items listed for the project.
(h) Cut areas where roadways, drives or structures are to be locate'd shall be
IP scarified to a depth of six (6") inches, These areas shall then be compacted
and tested in the same manner and to the same extents as embankment
areas or as specified by Section 2,02.,6(c) of these General Specifications or
as modified by the Project Specificatq'_
ions.
2*02.7 SITS GRADING
�a) Upon completion of construction operations, the entire siteflm'ts within
designated in the F'raject Specifications or indicated on the'Contract
Drawings shall be brought to the finished. roug.h.....grades indicated on the
Rev. 02197 SECTION 2
f
r
r

Page 9
Contract Drawings, All surfaces shall be smoothed and leftin condition to
permit placing of topsoil.
sections of these General
Contract Drawings covering the placingOf t
control..
,
The Contractor's attention
sDecivcationskhe Project
osolt,p
2,.03 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT AND COMPENSATION
2*03al
LUMP SUM CONTRACTS AND LUMP SUM ITEMS
is dir
Saec*fi
grassing and erosion
acted to other
cation and the
(a) On lump sum contracts and lump sum items in a uni price contract., no
separate measurement or payment will be made for excavation (except
where allowed for rock), or for dewatering, temporary sheeting, backfill or
final grading,
2oO342 UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS AND UNIT PRICE ITEMS
On unit price contracts and an unit pricy iems in a-
t lump
measurement for payment and compensation will be as follows.:
.0
(a} EXCAVATION - Measurement for payment will be made
surface to the bottom of the slab, and- within a vertical plane around the
perimeter of the structure,, which is 3 feet distant foam the extreme edgy of
the base slab,. Compensation will be at the unit price. per cubic yard named
sum contract,
from the ground
in the Contract for material removed, carnputed nn the basis defined above,
which shall cover removing material, backfi'll, grading and the removal of
+
excess excavated material from the site.-
(b) ROCK EXCAVATION -Rock excavation w'fll be measured from the average
top surface of the rock to a plane C04nc4dental with the bottom of the
structural stab or as noted on the Contract Drawings and to a vertical plane
around the perimeter of the structure, measuring three 3} feet outside the
extreme limit of the base slab,, Compensation will be made at the Contract
unit price for rick removed, computed an the basis defined above, which
shall cover removal of rick, dewater'ing if required, and the removal of
excess excavated material from the site.
C SHEETING AND BRACING LEFT IN PLACE -Temporary timber sheeting
and bracing ordered left in place will be measured on the basis of the actual
quantity of lumber left in pace, computed on nominal lumber sizes'.
Compensation will be made on the basis of the Contract unifi price per
thousand feet board measure (MFBM) which shall include the furnishing
and placing of mater4al and all cutting, splicing, bracing and spiking or
bolting.
Rev. 02/97 SECTION 2

0
El
Page 10
(d) GRANULAR FOUNDATION MATERIAL � Compensation for sand and
gravel or crushed stone foundation material ordered placed will be based
4
upon the Contract unit price for such mater*ial, multiplied by the actual
tannage or cubic yards placed. Such compensat'ion shall include the cost of
removal and' disposal of excavated materlial, wet or dry, and the furn'ishi"ng,
placing and compacking of refill material. Granular foundation material
specifically shown on the Contract Drawings or called for in the Project
Specifications, such as sand and gravel layers under slabs, and at relief
valve iocations, will be paid for as granular foundation material where a unit
IP
price exists,,
appropriate lump sum item.
Otherw'lse
the cost of such material shall be included in the
(�) BACKFILLING AND EMBANKMENT - There will be no direct payment for
th'I's item. Payment at the contract unit prices for the various iterrTs listed
above in this Section 2.,03,2 shall be full compensatl'on for all work covered
by this item.
r
r
-
r
's
—•
i
G
f
k- - •
r
�. -
•
F
f
-
r
_
r
i
I-
ti
�
I
• i
r
r
, _

I
i
+ a I} as a}• — a a a. f
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 3.0
THIS SECTION NOT USED
k.
Page 1
ti
�
c r •
y
r
i
i I
i
:r
•
� 5
:j
i

+
4v01
4*02
4.03
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
4*0 SITE W..ORK
GENERAL
4m0l:wl SCOPE OF WORK
(a) All labor, materials, equipment, tools and service9
requirements of this Contract for Site Work sha
A
Page 1
IP
required to fulfill the
it be furnished and
IN in compliancy' with the following General Specification, the
Project Specifications, and the C ontract Draw"'ngs,.
(b) The General Specification designated as Section 4,.0 Site Work covers
the description of work and materials ger�eraliy utilizedin site work and
erosion control and the specification for Peerfo rming that work.. The
Project Specifications and the Contract. Drawings designate specific work
to be per%rmed under the Contract. The inclusion of items of material or
work wA thin this Specification does r��t necessarily cons 1tu te their use on
this, Project.
(C) Cited examples are used. only to denote the quality standard of
productdesired and does not restrict bidders to a s'.e�ifiG brand,
make, manufacturer or spe,cific -name., They are used only to set
forth and conv�111�111ill`y to biddenthe general style, tytale, character, and
quality of product desired, Equiualent products wJ'11 be accep- -
table.
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
(a} Clearing and grubbing of the Site sha
Clearing and Grubbing, of the Genera
Conformance with Section 1.,0,
.4 a
I pecatcations.. The 11MITS ot clearing and
grubbing and specific details concerning the work sha
Spec ifications and the Contract Draw,ie,gs.
i1 be in full
(b) All trenches, ditches, and holes resulting from t
with clean earth and compacted to the (eve[ of t
GRADING
4*03.1 EXCAVATION
{a) G E N ERAL
Rev., 9/09
11 be as set forth in the Project
he work of this section shall be filled
he surrounding elevations
III
(1 } Excavation shall 'include
the loosen'ing, load ing, removing,
11
transporting, and disposing of all materials, wit or dry, necessary to
be removed in order to meet the, lines, grades and elevations shown
on the Contract Drawings,. The Contractor must assume the risk of
meeting and the Contract prise shall include the cost of removal of
quicksand, .hardpan, boulders, clay, rubbish, unforeseen obstacles,
underground conduits, gas pips, drain tile, trees, rants, timber or
masonry structures, railroad tracks, pavements, and sidewalks; and
the delay or damage occasioned by the same, whether these
Obstacles are shown on the Contract Drawings or not,.
SECTION 4

a aM�.�a+aati-�+aa a-e��r • � i, -a +,.�M�ra�r-+..r�r Y. a � � • � • a al. • Y�.a •M + • r !� + •v� k � + • a + , L• � a • � � • a
A
(2) No cla'm for any amount of money beyond the Contract pri
work will be entertained or allowed on account of the characte
ground in which the excavation is made unless
hereinafter is encountered and removed, and only
Page 2
of the
r of the
rock as defined
then when ruck
appears as a unit price item. The quantities for Payment shall be
determined an the basis established in Section 4.08 of this General
Specification.
{3J The tocafi*on of existinq piping and underP. ground utilities, such as gay
mains,, water mains. electric duct lines,, telephone conduits. etc,., as
shown an the Can
not assume responstlDoilit_,y for the possibility that during construction
utilities other than
location of those
tract Drawings as approximate. The Owner doss
those shown may be encountered, or that actual
shown may be different from the locations
designated on the Contract Drawings,.
{4) At the locations wherein detailed positions of these facilities became
he new constrj.Act'i'on, the Contractor shall, at his own
necessary t10 t
expense, furnish. a
the record-.. drawing
facilities,
It labor and tools to either verify and substantiate
location, or dotni�e f ly esta.blish the position of the
(5} Necessary arranger�nents shall be made by the Contractor udith all
persons, firms, corporations owning or using any pales, pipes, tracks,
or conduits, etc., affected bYethconstruction of this Pro"ect, to
maintai+n and protect such facilities du-ring construction with the cost
of such protection paid by the Contractor and included in the contract
Ir
price.,, In the event that any, existing gas pies, water pipes, conduits,
sewers, file drains or piles are blacked or interfered with by the
excavation requIF ired on this project., the Contractor shall maintain
them in continuous operation, and restore them to the same
condition as they were prior to the start of construc-tion of this Project,
all at no additional compensation.
(6) Excavated mater'lal shall not be placed on grass plots unless there'I's
no other suitable place to put'It. Excavated material shall be placed
;k 1K
an pavements or sidewalks only an the explicit approval of the
Engineer.
('7) sidewalks and pavements must in no case be blocked or obstructed
by excavated materiaf, except an the authorization of the Engineer,aineer.
and then only when adequate provisions have been made for a
satisfactory temporary passage of pedestrians and vehicles.,
Adequate bridging and planked crossings must be provided and
maintained across all open trenches for pedestrians and veh*icles,
Barriers, lights, flares, and watchmen shall be provided and
maintained b y the Contractor at all ex.cavat*ions, and embankments at
no additional compensation, as provided to the General Conditions of
the Contract-.
Rev. 9/09 SECTION 4
a �
I
L
i
I
4
i
r
r
i
F
•
I
I
•
i
I .
I
I
'
I
i
s
i
•'
r
}
r
I
i
�
I ,
I
}
r
{
I
I
I
I
T
i
I
I
i
i
I
I
•I
i
I
'
t
i
'
i
F
i
I
{
a

a fit a. ....i r t . • i••- . 0 Y�4. Y f... • .
y + + _ a y.. • y _ f a _ • • a a a • f + z _
f
Rev. 9/09
(8)
Page 3
Topso'll shall be str'ipped and stockpiled on the jab site. Topsoil shall
be removed to the depth of fertility, except that in no instance steal{
tor)s61'l be stripped below a depth of 12 inches. Topsoil shall be
stripped only when friable. inpsoil shall oe free ot clay, stones zk
and larger-, and debris. Upon completion of construct."on, topsoil is to
be distn"buted as set forth in the Project Specifications and Contract
Draw'i'ngs.
(9} Excavated material shall be deposited so as to interfere as little as
possible with the execution of the whale work or its several parts, and
in such manner that for each purpose the most suitable material may
be placed in its final position but not in a manner to interfere with the
satisfactory carrying out of the work., Such mater'l'al as cannot be
placed in its final position in fills and embankments shall be removed
to a temporary spoil bank, from which it shall later be taken and
placed in ern bankment or fibs.
{10) Unsuitably and surplus excavated material not inr..,.orporated ire t�c�
improvement shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his own
expense unless otherwise des'i"gnatedl4n the Project Specificatior�s, or
an the Contract Drawings..
(1 � } If'private land is used by the Contractor as a spoil site, the Contractor
shall obtain wr4itten permission from the Owner or Ager�t of the land
agreeing to its use for this purpose, and provide the projecf Owner
with a certified copy of such agreement.
(1-2) All cuts shall be brought to the grade and cross section shown on the
Contract Drawings, or established by the Engineer, prior to final
inspection and acceptance by the Engineer.
(b) UND���ur
(1) Undercut excavation shall be in accordance with Section 225-4 of the
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROADS AND STRUCTURES,
North Carolqina Department of Transportation, published Jan 2002.
(2) The backf'ill'ing of undercut excavation shall be in accordance with
Section 4-e03-r2 {EMBANKMENT} of these General Spec'ifications.
(3) Backfiffing of ur�d�rcut exGavatign ssla.i! not be a pay item un[�ss
specifically called for in the Project Specifications,, The cost of
backfillirrg shall be included in the cast of undercut excavation.
(�) SUBGRADE
(1) The Contractor shall be respons'l'ble for preparing and maintaining the
subgrade ire a conaition sui'. #able for installation of the cohesive so"I
liner unless specif'lcl'ally agreed otherwise.
(2) Before beginning cons.truction of the base ling system, fhe project
engineer shall visually inspect the exposed surface to evaluate the
sultablity of the subgrade and document That the surface is properly
prepared and that the elevations are consistent with the a pproued
engineering plans,,
SECTION 4

4.03.2
Rev. 9/09
{3) At a minimum, the
ut*ilizing a fully loaded
of the subbase is
Page 4
subgrade shall be proof -rolled at cut sections
tandem dump truck or equivalent. If movement
observed
movement will be repaired or r
mater'ial. This newly placed fill
dens;K
ity and. moisture..
under the wheels, the section of
emoved and replaced with suitable fill
material will then ne testea tor proper
(4) All fill soils shall be placed in no more than e'i'ght (8")1"nch thick loose
lifts with a maximum six (6")'Ianches o-f compacted ItIft., The soils shall
be compacted to at least 95% of the Standard Proctor maximum drv-
density (ASTM D-698) and at or near optimum moisture content
using approved compaction equipment. The fill subgrade shall be
tested for
inches of
t
r
density and moisture content at
one (1) test Pr six {6
")
compacted Sift for each 10.A0-0,0 square feet, or fractions
here -of, of compacted fill If an area fails, it steal[ be repaired or
eplaced with suitable compacted soils and -retested,,
EMBANKMENT
JoAl
kcal GENERAL
(1} Emroankment'l'ncludes the transporting, placing, compacting and
testing of suitable fill
Specifications and on
material as indicated in the Proiect
the Contract Drawinas
preparation cif the areas upon which t
cnr�str
.0
!t shall includethe
he ernbankment is to be
uctea; the rormatrpn, compactian� stability, and
maintenance of the embankment; the placing and compacting o
approved material within areas where unsuitable materia( ha;
f
been removed; and the placing end compaction of embankment
materials in holes, pi#s, and other depressions within the area.
{2} Qnty suitable materials shall be used i�� the construction of
embankments ar�d bac[cfills. hire frozen material, roots, sod, or
other objectionable material shall be incorporated or placed in the
embankments or backfilis. Thy tap 6 inches of any errtbankment
shall not contain any material larger than will pass a 3 €nch sieve
except where written permission is given by the Engineer,
(E�) ENfBANKIVNEt�T PRPJ4ftATIQ�I(1) Befare embankment construction is begun, all vegetation end
rubbish shall be removed from the area within khe limits of the
embankment, This material shall be t�ispased of as directed by
the EngineEr, or required by these Specificaticans. Mowed sod
may be plowed and left in place where the height of the
embankment to be constructec# is greater #han 6 feet, unlessotherwise noted.(2) Where embankments ire to be placed and compacted on
hillsides, or when new embankments are to be compacted
against existing embankments, or when embankments are built
in part widths, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 shall be
loosened ar plowed to a minimum depth of 6 inches or, ifin the
opir�ian of the Engineer, the nature of the ground is such that
greater preeaukions should be taken to bind the fill to the arigir�al
ground, then benches shall be cutin the axis#ing ground.
SECI'#ON 4
I
}
•.
ti
I
I
i
i
i
i
7
r
L

— ". . P—".+t-i,-i A— .' +.�-a y' kr . +' t. tea. +.i-., ., .a .. + +
(C)
(d)
ti
Page 6
(3) All portions of the, surface upon which an embankment is to be
placed shall be thoroughly plowed or scarified and all oleavage
planes broken u.-P, before beginning the embankment.
ANKMENT FORMATION
The material shall be
uniform, approximately
inches in depth, I
deposited and spread in successive,
horizontal layers of not more than 6
oose measurement, for the TUH width Ot the
1!
crass section, and shall
be kept approximately level by the use of
effect'toe spreading- equipment., Each foyer of the embankment
shall be thoroughly compacted as hereinafter specified, Hauling
shall be distributed over the full form during the construction of
the embankment.
all times.
(2)
The embank.ment shall be properly drained at
t greater than that necessary to
support the trucks or hauling equipment while placing
subsequent layers. The remainder of such embankments sh211
then be constructed in layers as above specified-
(3 Where it is necessary to place embanknient material in a swam
P
or in water, unsuitable surge material shall be kept in a fluid state
.0
or removed to prevent any of this Material from being trapped in
or under the embankment.
tA� N'o rock lifts shall be placed within 2 feet of the finished grade.
No rock or ..broken pavement shall be placed in embankments
where piles are to be placed or driven.
Where embankments are to be constructed across ground which
w...
ill not support the weight of trucks or other hauling equipment,
the first layer of the embankments may be constructed by
dumping successive truck or ether eouioment load's in a uniform
distributed layer of a thickness no
(5} In valleys, ravines, and at the foot of slopes on side h*jlls, a I'lm'I'ted
amount of end or side dumping wi][be allowed, when permitted
by the Engineer, to form a satisfa�tary base in the formation of
the em).ankmenk, after which the Dyers shalt be constructed
parallel with the finished grade as herei'nbefore specified.
EMBANKMENT COMPACTION
(1) All embankment material shall be compacted as specified herein
unless otherwise stipulated by the Contract or directed by the
Engineer. Compaction equipment used by the Contractor shalt
be adequate to produce the required compaction and produce a
uniformly constructed embankment with all layers uniformly
bound to all Preceding layers,.
(2) One compaction test shall be made for each 10,000 square feet
!0
of fill three (3) feet deep. Compaction shall be accomplished with
other than heavy machinery where that machinery may cause
damage to facilities. See Sectiotl 2.0: Structures -excavation
and Backfill.,
Rev, 9/0 9
SECTION 4-

a ,-*v#•i_fr a--e ­a:4Yf-i�r*irai_*tip:i r16f-4 *; Fa f4-,f• eW I sa;.a t , rap• f , I { a aJ .. a . a
tel
4.E}3.3
� r { t i r• r i• • r r - �
Page 6
(3) All f'1'11 shall be compacted in accordance with method "C" of
ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor Compaction Test) to the following
minimum percentages expressed at a percent of the maximum
density at optimum moisture content:
Under Roadways and
parking areas (except)
the up.. per three feet)
and water holding
embankments
Under proposed structures
and upper three feet under
roadways and parking areas
Areas not otherwise
SpeCMed
MAINTENANCE
----�- 95 percen# of maximum dry
density and 90 pounds
per cubic foot dry density
----- 100 percent of maximum
dry density and 95 pounds
per cubic foot dry density
-�-- 90 percent of maximum dry
density
(1) The Contractor shall be respons'ible dining construction and untif
T.4
inai acceptance fir the maintenance ot all embankments made
under the Contract,.
(2) During construction and until final acceptance the Contractor shall
construct temporary or permanent earth berms along the outer
edges of the top surface of the embankment, construct temporary
ditches, shape the embankment surface to provide for the
drainage of surface runoff along and throughout the length of the
embankments, and use any other methods necessary to maintain
the work covered by this section so that the work will not
contbabute to excessive soil erosion.
4
(3) The Contractor shall replace, at no cost, any portion of
embankments which have become displaced or damaged due to
carelessness or neglect an the pert of the Contractor,
(4) All embankments shill be brought to the grade and crass section
shown on the Contract Drawings, or established by the Engineer,
prior to final 'inspection and acceptance,
CK E%FACpVAT1aN
Wherever the word "Rock" appears, it shall be interpreted to mean any
material encountered of a uniform hardness of three (3) in the scale of
mineral hardness and/or any material which cannot be removed from its
original position with a 300 Hp (minimum), 70,000 1b.. working weight
(minimum; dozer with a rock ripping attachment'I'll good condition without
continuous drilling and blasting w'ill be cons'Idered rock, provided that the
Contractor proves by der�nanstr�tian aid ph�fiograph►c evidence that slate,
shale, sandstone or other hard material encou-ntered cannot be removed
with heavy equipment without continuous drilling and. Masking. Other
materials steal[ not be classed as rock, although it may be more
economical tc) remove same by blasting. Boulders will not be classified as
rock unless larger than 1/2 cubic yard,.
Rev. 9/0 9 SECTION 4

• +
{ _ a
- •ar a
• Fri r
: r _ i •+��r
+i'+- -
J a + '
•_ rr • — ' 1
+ a a
r r
i
••
+
Page 7
i
(b) should rock be encountered in the excavation, it shall be removed by
blasting or attest approved methods., Where blasts are made., the
_ excavation shall be carefully covered with suitable brush, timber or matting
to prevent danger to life and property. The Contractor steal! secure all
permits required bylaw for blasting operations and any additional hazard
insurance required, the cost of such'
permits and insurance to be borne b.y
the Contraotor.., The Contractor shall strip the rock of over -burden, such
stripping to be done in sections and approved by the- Engineer. No
blasting shall be done by the Contract'or until he has nofi'fi'ed the engineer
and until the necessary crags -sections of the tap of the rack have been
taken. No loaded holes shall be ]eft unattended or overn'lght without
approval from the Engineer. Blasting will not be permitted within 25 feet cif
completed pipe {fines or structures nor will if be permitted within 25 feet of
arty exis.ting structure, pipe line or conduit. Adequate warning, and danger
sirn:nfs sha#I him given before Bring dynamite explosives.
records shall be kept by the Contractor of all explosi'ves kept at the site of
Adequate
the -work. All explosives shall be used and handled, stored and e1A6rrF1 I o d e d
in cp*nformance with all state and local laws and regulations.
(Q) Mater'l'als classified as "Rock" in these Specifications, if encountered, shall
be excavated to the grade of the bottom of structures to be installed
unless specifically shown on the Contract drawings to be removed, to a
greater depth.. After such rock is removed, the excavation, when required,
T_
shail be -backfit'lled with clean low-voidid sand or other fine
lowlwvoid material satisfactory to the Engineer, and consolidated to place
6
the top surface at the grads establ4lshed on the Contraot Drawings for the
bottom of the structure.
(d) The cost of furnishing, placing and consol'idat't'ng of such fill material shall
W.be entered as park of the embankment unit price bid, except in proposals
that do not have unit prices, in which case it becomes part of the Lump
Sum Base: Bid.,. in Proposals that have unit price schedules, the cost of
removing and disposing of ruck shall be entered as Rock Excavation. in
Proposals that- da not have unit prices, the cosy fob Rock EXcav�tion sha[I
become part of the Lump Sum Base Bid.
4.wO4 FINAL GRADING
(a) The- follow(ng tolerances from. the establ'Ished grades will be permitted, unless
otherwise specified b.y the Project SpecificaUons.
1} general site grading: plus or minus 0.20 foot
2) subqrade under structures, roadways an d parking areas:
plus or minus 112 inch
(b) Slope grade away from bu't'Id'i'ng walls and grade entire areas outside at building to
smooth uniform surface,. -Finish grades, not otherwise indicated, shall be uniform
levels or slopes between points where levels are g'iven or between such points and
exiexistingflnish grades.. Abrupt changes in stapes shall be rounded.: Should figures
for finish elevations conflirot with finish Contours shown, the figures steal! govern.
(c) Topsail shall then be spread on the ground areas and shall be smoothed down to a
loose depth of not less than three inches., Areas to receive topsail shad be scarified
12 deep and all construction debris picked out and hauled off before spreading of
topso'll, After topsoil has been spread, the ent'ire area shall be left smooth and all
stones, roots, debris, etc., measuring 2" and larger snail be removed. Topsoil
Rev. 910 9 SECTION 4

r a a r - J r L • 1 f • • a i , • e - - -
1 ti M1- -•
a}
k
t
Page 8
1 ti
t
4.05 .
required., over the am- ount in the stockpile, shall be f
unit cost as set Earth in the Contract Documents,,.
EROSION Area SEDIMENT CONTROL
4.06.1 GENERAL
(a)
(b).
The Contractor sha
u rn i s h ed by the Contracto r at the
I .
i
I
I
II provide erosion and sediment control- as detailed in
the Project Sp, ecirications and the Contract Drawing, during the period of
construction. The Contractor shall protect and maintain all temporary
erosion and sediment control features required by construction of this
oroiect. �atntenance is to in clude, t�u� �s nok lImREd to. removal of
sediment as it
maintenance of t
accumulates in and around structures and basins-,
emporary diversion swales, wh'lch w*111 Ii1CIUd@, regrad'ing.
and seeding, if deemed necessary by the Inspector or the Engineer,
Tem, P, orary erasion control measures shall include but not be limited to the
use of temporary berms, dikes,
dams, drainage ditches, silt basins, silt
altcnes, sio-pe arains, structures,
vegetation, mulches, males, netting.
gravel, or any other methods or devices that are necessarv.. iemQOrary
erosion control measures -may
dt
incline work outside the right of wav or
construct'ton limits where such work
construct'ion such as borrow operations,
is necessary asa result of
haul roads, plant sites, equipment
storage sites, and disposal of waste or debris. The Contractor shall be
liable for all damages to public or private property caused by silting or
slides originating in- waste areas furnished by the Contractor, Materiels for
temporary erosion control measures shall have been approved by the
Engineer before being used or shall be as directed bv the Ena_'ineer:,-
Erosi on control measures i"nstalled by the Contractor shall be acceptably
maintained bv- the Contractor,,
(c} The sediment and erosion measures implemented an this project are
subject to per*iodic review by the State of North Carolina Department of
Natural Resources and Community Development and are to be kept i►i
operating condition at ail times. All erosion control measures are subject
to the requirements of the NC Sedimentation Pollut'lon Control Act.,
(d) The sequence of c-onstruct'ton shall be as set forth in the Project
Specifications and the Contrast drawings.
e At the conclusion of project construction, the Contractor shall comP letel
Y
remove and dispose of all temporary erasion and sediment control
measures, unless otherwise specified in the Project Specifications of the
Contract Drawings,, Temporary diversion swales shall be regraded to the
lines and grades shown on the Contract {drawings.
(fj Diurng the application of Fertilizer and of asphalt binding material, or other
approved binding materials which may cause damage, adequate
precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to traffic, structures,
guardrails, traffic control devices, or any other appurtenances. The
Contractor shall either provide ad -equate covering or change methods of
application as required to avoid such damage,,. When damage, occurs the
Contractor shalt repair it , including any cleaning that may be necessary, at
his awn expense.
9
}
I
+
+
Rev.. 9/09- SECTION 4

Pale 9 13
4wOS.2 TEMPORARY SILT FENCE
(a) The Con, tractor shall construct a temporary silt fence for retention of silt.
The Contractor shall construct the Temporary silt fence at locations shown
on the Contract Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
{b) Fabr'l'c shall be a minimum of 32 high, have 14 gauge wire mesh, with 6
inch spacing.
(c) Posts).*-( Pasts must be steel.. Steel posts shalt be eve feet in length and
shall be of the self -fastener angle steel type_
Na more #hen three feet of any post, shall protrude from the ground,
Extra Pt�sts if needed... will be considered an incidents! addition to the slit
fence and no additional PAvment,w411 be made for them.
d S'lit barrier shall be a synthetic filter fabric, or a pervious sheet of
polypropylene, nylon, polyester, or polyethylene yarn, certified by the
manufacturer as meeting- the requirements of the NC Department of
Environment,_ Health and Natural Resources, D *i v't'sio n of Land
Resources, "Erosign and Sed'ment Control Planning and Design
Manual".,.
A -b- .4
(e) The Contractor will be required to maintain the slit fence in a satisfactory
condit*lon for the duration of the project or anti[ its removal i4s requested by
the Engineer and shall remove and dispose of silt accumulations at the
silt fence when so directed bY the Engineer. After vegetation i s
established, the Engineer shal[ determine if the silt fence is to be
removed or to be left in place,, if the temporary silt fence is removed it
will become the Property of. the Gar►tractor, but the con #raptor will also 1,11)e
1
required to dress up and seed. and mulch the area to give a pleasing
dL
appearance as directed by the Engineer,
f all dressing up, seeding and mulching, required in the above paragraph
shall comply with this General Spec'lficat'lon Section 4,.0 and all applicable
requirements of the "Seeding and Mulching" provisions included herein. .
(g) After the temporary silt fence has served its purpose at one location, it
may b.e used at other temporary lacatinns providing it is still in satisfactory
condition.
(h) Pay iter�ns associated with the ease of the temporary silt- fence shall be as
allowed -by Sect"ton 4.08 of this specificatinn.
4.06 PERMANENT COVER
4A%vl GROUND PREPARATION
(a) ,areas to be seeded shall have been cleared, grubbed and graded.
Excessively wet areas shall be allowed to dry; dry areas shall be Hightly
sprinkled the day before seeding is accomplished. Operat*ions shall be
accomplished during favorable weather conditions except that no seed
shall be sown an frozen and crusted soil. Al{ seeded areas shall be
mulched.,
Rev. 9/09 SECTION 4

a
(b) Ground
(d)
seeding;
I
having a slope steeper than 34.1 shall not be
seed, 171MO and.. fertilizer shall be applied as
paragraph 4.06-.2.(b) -A
Page 10
prepared for
specified in
Ground having a slope not sfieeper than 3;1, shall be plowed ko a depth
not less than fourinches for shoulders and embankments, not less than
six inches for front and back slopes of cuts and for level areas, and not
1,ess than six inches for waste areas having unstabke Materials. After
having been plowed, areas shall be d'i"Sced and harrowed, to the depth of
plowing in a manner which will nuiverize the so4llt Surface of the diced
and harrowed area shall present a smooth, uniform, loose appearance;
11;
large clods, rook, stumps, roots larger than 1/2 inch in diameter, and-
debr'l's shall -be removed. if topsail is to be applied to the area, such
pPararetion by plowing, discing, and harrowing, is to be done prior to the
-A
application of the topsoil.
With soil material reasonably uniform, apply lime, fertilizer, and nitrogen
as follows;
ime - Apply at rate of 2 tons, per acre., unless
otherwise- noted.
10410
83s'OO-1-�}@2qftFerti{izer b.
Nitrogen - Topdress with 30-,*50 pounds of
nitrogen 30-60 days after planting only
when needed to increase plant growth
and cover,
(e) When hydraulic seeder is to be used, soil preparation is not required.
When conventional seeding is to be done, no preparation is required if
the sail material i's loose and has not been sealed by
undisturbed cut slopes, the surface will re'' qu4jre j
.4
rainfall,. On smooth
pitting, trenching or
scarifying to provide a place for seed to lodge and germinate.,
SEEDING
LEVEL AREAS AND SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 3:1
(1) Seed Shall be sown within 24 hours after ground preparation has
been completed, and .with either mechanical seed drills or rota, ry
hand seeders; seeds of approximately the same size may be
mixed and sown together. if seeds are sown with rotary hand
seeders, seeded areas shaft be lightly raked. Seeded areas shall
be rolled and sprinkled before applying mulch,,
(2) Mulch shall -be -applied to rolled and sprinkled areas b.y e'it.her hand -
spreading or mechanical methods. Applied mulch shall. be neither
thinner than 3/4 inch nor thicker than 1-1/2 inches (approx*lmately
1-1/2 to 2 toms per acre}.
(3) All mulched areas (not hydros>eeded) shall be tacked at therate of
150mI00 gallons of tack per ton of mulch.
(4) Lime may be spread by any means that will deliver an even
distribution of lime over the area to be seeded,. No spatting or
heavy deposits wig( be allowed. The I ime shall be applied at the
Rev.. 9109 SECTION 4
kA
.. ,
y
1
i
i
IIIIIF
r s
t
{
y
t
�
r
+
+ I
i �•
I
i
.
I .
I
=
t•
I
I
i .
i
T.
7
f
r
1
1
•
i
i
L
.i
f '
i

Page I I
rate of 2 tons per acre unless otherwotse noted by the Project
Specifications.
(5) Fertilizer shall be applied to limed areas. Ferfitltizer ('(0-10-10) shall
be applied at the rate of 18-*23 lbs,0/1 1000 sq. feet.-
tot SLOPES STEEPER THAN -3.1
I j This work shalt be accomplished bY hydroseed:t"ng and liming..
Hydroseeding shalt consist of mixing fertilizer, seed, and woad
cellulose fiber mulch with water and applying the mixture as a
slurry,, Rate of application shall ensure. that the fertilizer (10-1U-
10) will be applied at a rate of 18--r-23 lb&./l 000 sq. feet, that the
seed w1111 be applied at the rite specified in paragraph 4,062
(C)
and that the annedimulch will be neither thinner than 3/4 inch
nor thicker than 1-1/2 inches approximately 1-.,Ptl-/2 to 2 tons per
acre}. Slurry steal! be spread uniform Y gver the area and within
one pouf after having been mixed, and shall be agitated while
being applied.
(2) Liming shall cons'j'st of mixing Lime with water and applying the
mixture as a slurryiRate of annlcation shall ensure that the lime
will be applied at t'ne rats of two (2} tans per acre., Slurry shall be
spread uniformly over the area immediately after hvdroseeding
has been accomplished,.
C APPLICATION
I } Apply seed uniformly by b.roadcastI ng with a cyclone seed
er,
close drilling or cultipacker seeder., Normal depths for covering
seed range from 1/4" for rye grass to 1 inch for small grgrain.Firm
the soil offer planting with a culfl'packer or suitable equipment
except where seed is applied with a hydraulic. applicator.
(2} When a hydraulic seeder i's used, the seed and fertilizer are
mixed 1"n a slurry and appiled in one operation.operation.The seed must
not remain in the slurry with fertilizer for more than one hour.
4m063 NC DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DOT) - PERMANENT SEEDING
Permanent eros,on contro I shall be performe. d as follows:
{a; Ali disturbed areas shaft be dressed to typical sections and plowed to a
depth of 5 inches. Thy top 2 inches shall be pulver"I'zed to provide a
uniform seekdbed.
NOTE: Lime should be applied before plowing operationA
(b} Limy, seed, and fertilizer shall be applied with necessary equipment to
give uniform distribution of these materials.,. The hand -bucket method is
not acceptable. Fallowing are rates and kinds of these mated'als to be
appi'led.,,,per acre:
PC
75 lbs-4 Ky 31 Fescue
50 lbs.. P�nsacala �3ahlagrass
50 lbs. Korean Lespedeza
1,000 lbs,, 0,-*10 Fertilizer
R. 9/09 SECTION 4

1 — r. .+f-_r F +a._ +
t
Ci
r F._ T + ,+T�--. F ••- +r•.-a+ +r + .�+rt t F+. .�.a t + • t+ : a• a �4 fa a +,a�ya ��yrar %_T-r yaa..�.z , ++F- _: { a. �� - {f- f� �.ar f+.ti '-r 44 i.... TF FT- F -y_ r_F -04-4 4%q. .art 4_a }• . 4d..% Ii•+eM }y d. —P .+a+ti +. ,.. .0. f}- r —.0 i. F.tz i.F:fd +--h h{ i--fa Ftir aaa oaf as 66
4w07
NOTE
4,000 lbs., Agricultural Limestone
Only tested and certift
ed seed shall be used.9-
Seeded area shall be cultiopacked
4
41
to firm seedbed and cover seed,.
urain straw snav oe appitea over seeded areas as a mulch.
Page 12
No bare
ground shall be v*sl'ble when riding by a mulched a.rea'l'f proper application
s achieved.Thick Clumps of Straw are not permissible as a uniform
coverage is expected. See 4,062(a)(2) for rates.
(e) Mulched area shall -be tacked with asphalt sunicienkta hold Str
See 4.062(a)(3) for rates.
aw in place..
(f� pitch treatment shall be- used in areas where steep grades (more than
10%) could cause ditch erosion.. Use of jute mesh, excelsior matting, or
fivb,erglass roving is acceptable., Ditch treatment should be instal#ed before
MATERIALS_
TO
4*07.2
Rev'. 9/09
mulching operation.
Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, 1pamy soil having neither I
ess than two
percent nor more than 30 percent organic matter as determined by lass on
ignition of samples which have been oven -dried to a constant weight at
212 degrees F. Spll shill be free from subsoil, heavy and stiff clay, coarse
sand, stoness larger than two inches ire their {argent dimension, toxic
amounts of acidic and alkaloine substances, roots, brush, sticks, coarse
litter, and other substances which would interfere with mixing, plan-ing,t
and maintenance..
(b) Topsoil shall be taken from reasonably well-drained, arable land which has
not supported tobacco growth during the previous three years, and which
is not supporting the growth of Johnson grass or Kudzu, Topsoil shall b.e
taken from and transported. through areas which are free from infestations
of fire ants, whits fringed beetles and Japanese beetles.
(C) Topsoil shall not be taken below the depth of fertility, except that in no
instance shall topsoil be stripped below a depth of 12'1'nches. Top,soil shall
not be stripped wheni"t'ts in frozen, muddy, or non -friable conditiOn,
kd) Topsoil shall be stripped and embanked on -site for rep
lacement on all
graded areas prior to re -seeding.
SEED
(a) Seed shall satisfy the requirements of the North Carolina Department of
Agriculture, No seed will be accepted having a date of test more than six
month, s prior to -the date of sowing.
(b) Sped which has become wet, moldy, and otherwise damaged will not be
acceptable.
SECTION 4

•
i
4aO7'w3 N' ROGEN
Nitroqen shall be either in cranular or liquid farm and sha
grade., Nltroge
containers; labs
shall be furnished in new, clean,
It be 0
sealed,
Is spa{( clearly show manufacturer(s name
the weight and guaranteed analysis of contents.
4,;07w4 LIME
46,07*6
4407-66
4v-07r7
Page 13
f commerc'i'al
and labeled
brand name,
Lime shall be agricultural type. Total carbonates shall be not less than 85
percent, by weight. Not less than 50 percent shall pass a No.. 10 Sieve, and not
less than 25 percent shall pass a Na, 100 Sieve..
FERTILIZER
Fe rtilizer shall be uncaked granular type, end enne
or fertilizer shall satisfy the r
Department of Agr4iculture.,.
MULCH
(a) Areas Not Stee.er than 31f,1
Mul,ch shall, be either threshed rye-, oat, or straw or Bermuda grass hay,
and shall have a moisture content of not more than 12 percent. Mulch shall be
r 1-01010 , 4:12:12, 5:12:12,
equirements OT the r4ortn Carolina
free from noxious weed seeds., soil, sawdust, mildew, leaves, and substances
toxic to vegetation, Material for holding mulch in place shall be asphalt or other
approved binding material.
b� Areas Steer)er than 3:1
Mulch shall be wood,cellulose fiber, shy
& V0.1 -Vt 19
11 contain no germination and growth"
factors, snail De green to allow visua
I metering in i-stappiication, and
shall have the property to be evenly dispersed and suspended when agitated in
water. When mulch is sprayed uniformly, on the surface of the so'li, the fibers
shall form an absorbent cover, allowing percolation of water to the underlying
soli. Mulch steal! be packaged in moisture -resistant bags which have the net
weight of the package plainly sh.awn, Properties of mulch shall be as follows:
Uri
d.":A .._..&h:.....i....... ..s....: ..�,
Mo*lsture Content
Organ'l�c Matter
Nominal Values
in Percent
9.00 + 3:1,0
99*2 + 03
(Oven Dried Basis)
Ash Content 0c8 + 042
pH 4,P8�-Q.5
Water Holding Capacity
{Grams of Water/1 0R Grams Fiber} 1150 Min fmum
JUTE NET
(.a) Juke net shall be heavy, uni'farm clash woven of single jute yarn, which if
36 to 48 inches wide, shall we'lgh an average of 1,2 pounds per linear
yard.. The jute net shall be as manufactured by Eros'tonet, Holdgro,
Weedchek, Curlex or equal.
�
r —
s
t
i
�
M1
r
r
I '
L
i
r
i
wheat
wheat
Rev, 9/09
SECTION 4
1
i~

_Jot a4 ri•• L+ f}+y yF+a a v•! Yh_ a a.a:rt rr ! T + � � a a � as _ y_•a_ - • - • • r u + } 1 � _ a f .
}
4wO7o$
4s07IIIIII.9
4.407 it 10
Rev. 9/09
Page 14
GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FOR ROADWAYS
('a) Geotext'lle fabric underlining the access roads shall be a non -woven
needle -punched fabric wish the following minimum properties:
1> We-Ight 8.0 oz/yd 2 ASTM Dsw5261
2) Grab Stren gth 205 lips. ASTM D632
3) Grab Elongation 50% ASTM DA632
4) Trapezoidal Tsar
Strength 80 lbs. ASTM D-v,4533
5) Puncture Strength 105 lbs-9 ASTM D-4833
G) Perm'14tt*1v1iy 1.2 see' ASTM Do.4491
7) Flow Rafe 95'' ja1/min/ft.2 ASTM D-441rii1
8} Mullen Burst Strength 350 psi ASTM Dvo37'86
94 Annarent OpenAing
S,ze {AUSt, maximum 0.180mm Leo vs sieve} ASTM D6w4751
10) UV Resistance after 500 70% ASTM D-435'5
hrs. (% Strength- Retained)
GEOTEXTILE FABRICS FOR -um.FtOSlQN CONTROL
Geotext'i'le fabric underlying
spilltivays, etc-., shall
properties..
the rid -rap idi tches,
be woven monoiflament-Taoric with the T011OWing minimum
1} Wide Width Tensile Strength (Ibslft)
2) Grab Tensalle Strength (Ibs)
3} Grab Tetisj"Ie elongation
4) Trapezoidal Tear Strength (Ibs)
6).. Mullen Burst Strength (psi)
6) Puncture Strength (Ibs)
7) Apparent 0penir�g Size (AC}S),
8) Percent Open Area (%)
9) Pe rm ittivity (sec4
'�
10) Flaw Rate (ga1lminlft`)
11 } UV Resistance after 500 hrs.
(°lo Stra..,ngth Retained)
12')' Mass/Unit Area {Oz�yd�)
13) Thickness (mils)
1-4) Permeability (cmhsec)
medium nthe diversion
21700/MD
370/MD
161MD
I OD/MD
W11
120
60/CD
ASTM D 595
ASTM D,-4632
ASTM D-4632
ASTM D­45-33
ASTM D-3786
ASTM D-4833
max,.. 0,.212nim (70 US Sieve) AS -TM D-4751
4-6 COE — 22125-86
0,.28 A*'�E.�j.FTNI D*-4491
1.8 ASTM Q-4491
9Cl
ASTM
D-4355
6-111110
ASTM
Dw5261
13
ASTM
U-5199
01001
ASTM
D.-I491
SYNTHETIC MAT LINING FOR DIVERSION DITCHES
Extended -term degradable erosion control blanket shall be constructed with a
70% agr'lcultural straw and 300/o coconut fifer matrix and have a functional
longevity of approximately 24 months (NOTE: functional longevity may vary
depending upon climatic conditions, soil, geographic location, and elevation).,
The straw and coconut fibers shalt be evenly distributed over the entire area of
the mat. The blanket shall be covered on the top with a heavyweight
polypropylene netting having ultraviolet additives to delay breakdown and an
approximake 046�%-Z*'5 x 0.,62.5 inch (1.59- x 1,59 cm} mesh size. The bIank�t shall
SEC.. ..TION 4- 6"Pdbmmw�
I
I
L
I
I
}
!
y -
y2
L
M
i
i
•
I
}
I
I
i
y
.I
I
l
1
i
II
I
�
j
I
a
I
�
I
I
f
I
I
�I
I
I
.
j
I
f
�
I
.
7
1
I
I
}
I
�
r
I

+i_f. p-..q--..,F...,. -... . . f•+-P-:+- ., . r .. . .
Prope.1
rty
Thickness
Res'ifliency
Mass per Unit Area
Water Absorption
Swell ECTC Guidelines
St'1'ffness/F1ex'16b*111t,y
Light Penetration
Smolder Rest*tstance
MD Tensile Strength
MD Elongation
T D1 Tensile Strength
TD Elongafibn
+ i +
be cowered on the bottom with a 1*ightweilght polypropylene ne
inch x 0.50 inch (1,.27 cm x 1,,27 cm mesh size.
together on 1-.50 inch (3--,81 cm)
list contains further physical properties of the erosion control blanket,
Test Method
t
t
centers with degradable thread,,
The blanke
Typical
Page 15
having a 0.450
shall be sewn
The follow"ing
ASTM D5199/ECTC 0.,3414n (8,64 mm)
ECTC Guidelines 75%
ASTM D6475 11. oz/yd2 (388 g/mz.}
ASTM D
30%
ASTM D
1 '1171ECTG
1388/ECTC
ECTC Guidelines
ECTC Gui
I delines
oz-in (1
1 � .70°!a
Yes"
ASTM D5035 205-20 lbs/ft
ASTM D5035- 28.00%
ASTM EY151)1�5
ASTM D5036
**Material is Smolder resistant according to the specified test
MD *-�
TD --
Machine Direction
Trangverse direct ian
4:.08 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT AND COMPENSATION
4.08al
4v08w2
4.08m3
GENERAL
2,397 mg -gym)
2.99 kN1 )
152A4D lbs-Ift (2*22' kNrm>
2110%
If any or all of the work to be performed under this contract is an a unit pr3Pr
ice
basis, the actual number of units of each unit price item of work actually
performed may be more or less than the number stated in Bidding Schedule of
the Proposal, or incl�!ded in the Contract, but no variation in the Contract unit
price will be made on that accoun . Payment will be made only for the actual
number of units incorporated in the work, or for the actual number of units of
work performed, antC at fihe Contract unit price for each such unit with
measurement for payment made as defined in the following paragraphs.
Measurement for payment of wor{� done an a unit price basis will be as,fo..11ows:.
CLEARING- AND GRIJBBING
Unless otherwise specified in the Project Specifications or the Contrast
drawings, the payment for Clearing and. Grubbing shall be as specified in
Section 1, Clearlirng and Grubbing, of these General Spec'ffioafions,,
GRAD-ING
(a) When provided- for bya Unit Price rPosaI, excavation shall be paid for at
the Contract UnIft price per cubic yard, which price shall be full
compensation for the excavation and formation and compaction of
embankments, furnishing water for moisture control, disposal of surplus
matei"J"als, preparation and completion of subgrades, shoulders, ditches,
channels, ramps, dikes, and other appurtenances and incidentals
necessary to complete the work and all haul wi'th'in the specified "Free
Haul Limit".
Rev. 9/09 SECTION 4
I
.. r +
JI
I .
I
k
f
r
r
f
F
r
i •
i
k
1
JF
5
•
1
1
T
�
i
1
i
i
I '
i
•
L
'
i
l
'
}
i
+
1
_
1
_
I
r
4
I
�
I
i
f
I
I
I
.
1
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
i
•1
1
.
1

i
Page 16 i
(b) Embankment shall not be a pay item unless specifically called for in the
Project Specifications. The cost of embankments shall be included in the
cost of excavat*ion, except that required amount, over that which is
JF
available from excavatiOn, which will be paid for at the Contract unit price !,
per cubic yard of borrow,.
(c} When not provided wiath Unt PiPrigProposal, the Contractor shalt merge
the cost of all excavation and embankment work with the Lump Sum Bass
69d Item,
(d.) The quantity of excavation to be paid for will be the actual number of cubic
yards of materials, measured M their original position and comP Uted by the
average end area method, which have been acceptable excavated in
a0cordance with Co-ntract SPecifications and Draw'ings. Final cress
sections will ae taken after the excavation has be, n comp, leted except that
the plan lyp1tcal sections will be used for the final cross sect*tons where, in
the opin'onOf- the Engineer, the work has been constructed in reasonably
close conformity to the plan typical section.-
4wO8v4 UNDERCUT EXCAVATIONF.
{a} Undercut excavation shall be as defined by Section 4.03.1 b of this-
Spec'i'ficat'ion. When provided for by a UnUnitPrice Proposal, undercut
exC.-.-,avaflon shall b.e paid for at the Contract Unit price per cubic yard, which
price shall be full compensation for the excavating and hauling of this
material; for the disposal of the excavated material; far furnishing any
disposal areas that may b,.e necessary; for the backfilling and compacting of
suitable material to replace undercut excavation; and for the furnishing of
46
all lab -or, equipment, foals and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
(b) Undercut excavation will- be measured an a box cut section to widths and
depths as directed b.y the Engineer.-
11�ui��11111hen not provided with a Unit Price Proposal, the Contractor shill merge
the Cost of atl undercut excavation work with the Lump 'Sum Base Bid 'Item
or the Unit Price Item for Excavation.
4.08.6 Ruto K EXCAV..AT[C�N
Rock excavation shall be as defined by SerGtfton 4,03.3 of this Specification.
Rock excavation shall be paid for at a unit price rate provided a Unit Pricy
Proposal is utilized., If the Proposal. is not Unit Price, the cost of all rock
excavated and removal shall be r,�erged with the Lump Sum Base Bid Item..
4t,08-4-6 FINS GRADING
?"his item shall not be paid for as a .s err- n,.- a. -rate pay item, but shall bincluded ien
the cost of grading.
4,tO81 EROSION CON.TRQL
Exciz;pt for khe items shown � far "Temporary Si(t Fence" other items used
for erosion control Shall be paid for at the Contract Unit price per item utilized in
erosion control, unless otherwise specified in the Project Specl'ficat'i'ons-,
Rev.. snag SECTION 4

+
F
i
Pale 17
4.08.E TEftw'I'PORARY SILT FENCE
When provided for by the proper item in a Unit Pri
temporary sill fence to be paid for under this item shall be the actual number of
4x08-x9
4tO8.qi Q
be Proposal, the quantity of
linear feet -of fence installed in place and accepted. Such
price and payment
will be full compensation for the work as described in the above paragraphs,
qr
including but not [united to furnishing all materials, tools, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work,. When a Unit Price Proposal for
this item is not available, all casts for placing, maintainir�g and re mouing all
Temporary silt fences and deposited silt materials shall become part of the
lump Sum Base Bid.
SILT ACCUMULATIONS
(a) When- provided for by the proper item in a Unit Price Proposal, the
removal and di-sposal of silt accumulat4io-ns shall be paid for at the Contract
Unit Price per cubic yard of "Drainage D'itch Excavation".
(b) When a Unit Pricy Proposal for this i*tem is not available, all post for the
removal end disposal of silt accumulations shall become part of and be
considered to. be incidental to the work covered b)( TempOrary S'I'lt- Fence.'"
G R''ASSING
(a) ThIsitem be paiatd for the contract unit price per square yard
The
Contract unit price shall be full compensation for ground preparation,
famishing and planking seeds, plant establishment and any incidental
items necessary -to obtain an acceptable ground oover
4wO8 in 11 TESTS
measurement of permanent seeding will be made horizontally.
i
(a) Tests for compaction o f cohesive and non -cohesive coils, which shall be
conducted by a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer,
paid as a separate item; but shah be merged- ir�tc� ether the l
unit price items, as applicable.
(b) All cost of these. tests shot[ be paid by the Contractor.
4.09 NEGLECTED WORK BY CONTRACTOR
shall not be
amp sum or
If the CONTRACTOR should neglect to ProsQcute the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, the OWNER,
upon written notl4ce to the CONTRACTOR, after finree {3� days from receipt of such native
by the CONTRACT4R and without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, may
rnake load such deficiencies and the cost thereof ("including compensation for additional
profess'ional serv'ices) shaft be charged against the CONTRACTOR I*f the ENGINEER
approves such action, in which case a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the
necessary, revisions in the Contract Documents including an appropriate reduction in the
Contract Price. if the payments then or thereafter due the (""ONTRACTaR are not
sufficient to rover such amount, the CONTRACTOR will pay the difference to the
OWNER'.
Rev, 9/09
t
II
f
I
I
i
I
I
i
I
7
i
I
. I
SECTION 4
I
.......... `
_ I
I
I
i
I
I

y .. • �.rrrr .� � rarrr rr f
F
•r}- i +�i-+• �i-++ F+i+����ria+a 0. a# r p J+& 4- 'r'.1-0 rr ti1.11- air �+'4rr hz}•fr i F. d, 4.• •ie+ Yf:-i ++r•-J64- /# F
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTIONS 6.0 - 6.0-
k
4 THESE SECTIONS NOT USES
i
ME
1
i
1•
2
l Y
L
r
.
r
F
+

0

1
Page 1
GENERAL SPECIFICATION S.
7.,0, GRAVITY SEWERS, CONDUITS, AND 'DRAINS
7.01 GENERAL
7.01 .1 SCOPE OF WORK
(a) All labor, materials, equipment, toils and serv''i'ces-, required for the
famishing, installation and testing of -a[! gravity sewers, conduits, and drains
required on- thIs Contract shall be furnished and installed in compliance with-P
the following General Specification, the Pro ect Snecificattons and the
Contract Drawings.
(b) "his General Specification designated as Se—tion TO covers the description
of materials generally utilized i"n sewer and drain construotion 'and the
installation of such materials. The Project Specifications and the Contract
Drawings will designate the specifi� work, the materials, the Imes, grades
and details and the construction methods to be employed on the furnishing
and instal(atinn oir- all
.1
inclus5ton of items of
necessarily constitute the
7.01.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
Sewers, end Drains an this Contr�ci. ThyA
material or work within t
leis Project.
(a) Attentio1- nis directed i
it use on t
he provistor
Contract requiring the submission to t
of shop and setting drawings. On
his-�pecificatidn does not
in the Genera{ Gonditians of the
Is
such
submission steal! include the fallowing even though items ronosea to be
furnished conform to the exact description stated.. in the General or Project
Spec,ifications'.
0!
he Engineer of descriptive details and
Sewer and Drain installations
details of pipe, fittings, specials, joints and the assembiy thereof..
t materials and deta'wits.
{3) Reinforcing steel fending and setting drawing;
7.013 STANDARDS
+
ta) Where materials and, methods are indicated 1K
in th,ef,ollowing Spectijcafl'ons
as being in conformance with a standard. spec*111*1cat'10n, it seal( refer in all
oases to the latest edit'ton -of the spec't'fication and shill include aH interim
revisions. Listing of a standard specification without further reference
indicates that the particular material or method shill conform w'l'th such 1'14sted
specifiaat(ar�.
Rev,. 03/11 SECTION 7
+

Page 2
7.02 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
7.02.1 GENERAL.
All materials and equipment shalt be furnished by an established and reputable
manufacturer or supplier. All materials and equipment shall be new and shall be
of first class ingredients and construct'ion, designed and guaranteed to perform
the service required and shall conform with the following Standard Spec"Ificatel'onso
Cited exa pies are used only to denote the quality standard of product
desired and does not restdoet bidders to a specific
manufacturer or s�eCific name., They, are used only to, set forth and Canvey
to bidders the 9%A­0neral style, type, character, and quality of product desired,
Equivalent Products will b-e acceptable.
7.02.2 CLAY PIPE
{�} C LA-Y DR.AIN TILE xAsTM C4N
(b)- STANDARD STRENGTH, EXTRA STRENGTH AND PERFORATED CLAY
SEE W__ ER PIPE - ASTM C7009%
7,,,,,02..3 CONCRETE PIPE
Rev.. 03111
(a)
(b)
CONCRETE DRAIN TILE - ASTM C412..
CONCRETE SEWER PIPE - ASTM C14 and Concrete with minimum
.4 cement content of 6n5 seeks per cubic yard of concrete. All pipe specified to
be ASTM C-14 pipe shall be bid as Class 2, "B° wall pipe with 0-rin ribber
gasket IF unless otherwise- no#ed by the Project Specifications. Joints
may be either with or without shoulders an the tongue-.. Joints shall- meet
ASTM C 4314
(c) REINFORCED CONCRETE CULVERT, STORM DRA,IN AND SEWER
4
PIPE - ASTM G7� with circular reinforcement, wall thicknessB, or as
designated in Praject Sp�ifi�at��n� or Drawings, and concrete with
minimum cement content of 6.5 sacks per cubic yard of concrete. The class
of pipe steal! be as required by the Project SP ec*lficafons and/or Contract
Documents, All pipe spec'fiedASTM toi be C-w76 pipe steal! be bid a s
Class 31 "B" wall pipe with 0--ring rubber gasket joints unless otherwise
noted by the Project Spec*ificafions.. Joins shall have onnosing shoulders
designed to meet ASTM Cw443 and suitable for pike meeting ASTM Co4361
and AWWA C-302.
(d) PERFORATED CONCRETE WIPE - ASTM C444.
REINFORCED CONCRETE LOW HEAD PRESSURE PIPE -ASTM C361
with circular reinforcement and concrete with minimum cement content of
6.5 sacks per cubic yard of concrete.
(f} REINFORCED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE - AWWA C300 or C301.
SECTION 7
x

- -7 i--rrF�rrt� � r r v_ 4t a- .-, • .- Wa r • - a J4 � a • ati �
Page 3
(g) REINFORCED CONCRETE SUBA'QUEOU$ CYLINDER PIPE -o- AWWA
C300 or C301, Steel lugs for draw baits shall be located on the springline at
the ends of each pipe,.
Draw belts with units shall be supplied to pull the
pipe together subaqueously.,,
(h) FLARES END SECTIONS (FES),m FES shall be used on. all free -discharging
00norete storm drain pipes unless specifically rioted otherwise by the Project
Specifications, All flared end sections (FPS) shall be of the same- material
as the pipeline..
7,02,4 DUCTILE [RON PIPE
All ductile it -an pips sha
1! conform to AWWA Ct5l, class 50 unless omerwise
noted in the ProjectSoeCITICations and./o
be of the Push -On type,
andfor Contract Drawings,
r the Contract Drawings. All joints shall
unless otherwise noted in the ProJ ect Specifications
7.02.5 P,,V.C. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
All R.V.C. Gravity Sewer Pipe shall conform to ASTM
accordance with ASTM D441784,
7z02v,6 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE (HOPE}
H DPE pipe
polyethylene
S P e c'l'f 1* c a t'['o n
material sha
D-3034 -and F"-679 in
shall be oroduced from aa high molecular weight, high density.
resin, meeting the requirements of A,IM D3350t "Standard
for Polyethylene (PE) PlasticF'itfi'nMateriels".
fl be listed by PP
Pipe and p
1 in the name o
Resin
f the manufacturer and shill be
based on testing in accordance with ASTM D-21 7
"Standard Test Method for
Obtaining Hy drostatic Design Basis far Thermoplastic Pipe".
HDPE pipe shall conform
vt
Polyethylene {PE} Plastic Pips
o r AS7M F71�4 D3035 Staridard Specification for Polyethylene (PEj Plastic Pipe
to ASI M D30,3,5_, "Standard
(DR-PR} Based ntr
DR* -PR) Based on Outside DiameteC".
Specification for
311ed outside Diameter"
The thickness and pressure class of HOPE pipe required for the installation and
1
operating con ditions duriseNliceng the expected life of the force mart shail be
determined in accordance with WWA C906. Polyethyiene (PEj PP�ssure Pipe
and fittings, 4" — 63", for Water Distribution
Fittings for HDPE pipe .shall conform to ASTM D3261 "Standard specification for
Butt Fusion of Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fi*tti4ngs for PE Elastic Pipe and cubing"
and shall be manufactured by injection molding, a combination of extrusion and
machining, or fabdcat'ion for HOPE pipe material..
Rev.. 03/11 SECTION i
i
i
I
7
s
a
�
I
I
I
a
a
I
I
I
i
i
I
i
I
I
1
i

.�.� Syr_ ..faa�r _ r•rriti rare r r� •. r��r r -i — i• r - tit• J.
Page 4
Force mains of HDPE pipe shalt be joined by the thermal butt fusion process and
shall be perflormedin accordance with ASTM A2657 "Standard Pract'ice for Head
#"k-K Fusion Joining of Polyolefln Pipe and Fittings" and the manufacturer's
recommendations during installat'i'on.-
7,.02:.7 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE
All fk1b,er9,�aso,-.- reinforced- pipe shall be a composite pipe consisting of a P.V.C.
interior core around which layers of rowing fiberglass are wound and epoxy
banded in accordance with ASTM D2996..
foal sections,
test for burst
pressure.. The pipe joint shall
capame oT accepting cos
a rubber ring gasket.
t iron or
7.02,.8 COR-RUGATED METAL PIPE
7a.02*9
7.02.'1 t3
a,
Rev., 03111
W
The pipe shall be constructed in 20
shall be 150 psi Dress-ure raked and shall pass the AS! M D 1599
be of an .'t'ntegral bell with a spigot end
auctile iron -pipe Crea-Unci a waT.e.r tight ioint with
4
+
All corrugated metal }pipe shall be furnished in acco-rciance with the requirements
of the Project Specifications, the Contract Drawings, and Federal Specification
WW-.+`405B.
Corrugated metal pipe used for storm drain sha
discharging ends unless srVv1%P20rc1f,1.Qa1'-1y noted ol
specifications.lons.
CORRUGATED POLYETLn"I'LENE PIPE
Il he mitred on all free -I
t
se by the Projec
AEI corrugated polyethylene, Pipe. shall be furnished in
F�05 and FB67, and AASHTa M252 and M294.
JOINTING MATERIALS
accordance with ASTM
{a} CEMENT ICJRTAR shall be composed of one (1) part Portland cement an
d
two (2) pa, rts clean torpedo sand,, Where pipe is to be la'i'din wet sand,. the
Contractor shall use one-third (1/3) natural cement and two-thirds (2/3)
Parkland cement in lieu of 100% Portland cement in preparing the joint
mortar or add - are approved waterproof't'ng agent to the mortar.,
(b) RUBBER GASKETS � ASTM C443. Shape and design satisfacto!-y to the
engineer.
(C) M'E��c;HANICALJ OIfvTS - ASA A21.11.
('d) GASKET TYPE JOINTS�0R BELL AN[, SPIG 1,I)T CAST iR�N PIPS shall
be similar and aqua( to American "Fasfiie," U.S. "Tyton,° Glow "Bell-Tite° or
equal
e FACTORY FABRICATED RESILIENT MATERIAL JOINTS FAR CLAY
PIPE � ASTM C425.,
SECTION 7

Page 5
(f) CORRUGATED METAL PIPE JOINTS shall be as specified by
Section 7-.03.3 c 9 unless otherwi'se noted bY the Project Snedf*cafion.
{g) All joints use8 an Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe shall be Mechanical Joints
conforming to ASA A21 1 1 unless otherwi'se noted in the Project
Specifications or Contract Drawings.
7.02,.11 MATERIAL TESTING
(a) Attention is directed to the provisions in the General Conditions of the
Contract requiring the inspection and testing -of materials to be 'incorporated
in work included under th;s Contract, by a Test'ing Laboratory employed and
paid by thy: Contractor, unless otherwise noted by the Project Specifications.
{b; All materials to be incorporated in the Construction required under this
Contract shall be subjeot to inspection and testing. Specimens up to 0.5
percent of the tots( number of each size of pipe furnished shall -be tested,
except that in no case shall less than tvsra (�j specimens be tested. The
laboratory making such tests s II furnish to the Engineer three {3} certified
copies of the tests. No pipe shall be (aid before these reports are approved
bY the Engineer.
C Under the following items, the Perfinent tests required are.,
(1) Clay ripe -Where the total -quantity required on this Contract, including
all PPie sizes, is less than 1,000 feet, visual inspection at the site for
conformance with ASTM C4 and G700. Where the total quantity
91r
required an this Contract including all pipe sizes is more than 4,000 feet,
tests shall be by an .independent laboratory per ASTM C301 for
conformance with ASTM 0700,, Drain file shall be tested per ASTM C4*
(2) Concrete Pipe-* Where the fatal quantity required an this Contract- - ---------,
including all pipe sizes, is less than I,Q00 feet, visual inspection at site -
for conformance with ASTM C141 C4121 and C444.4 Where the total
quantity required on this Contract, including all pipe sizes, is more than
I000 feet, tests shall be by an independent laboratory per ASTM G 14>
C412, and C444.,
(3) Reinforced Concrete Pipe -When the total quantity -requirred an this
Contract, including all pips sizes, is less than 1,0�0 feet, visual
IP
inspection at the side for conformance with ASTM C76, Where the total
quantity required on this Contract, including all pipe sizes, is more than
1,000 feet, tests shall be by an independent- laboratory per ASTM C76,
Section 9.0. In sizes 30 inches and larger, strength and amount of
reinforcing may be determined- by crushing tests on concrete cores
talon from the pipe in accordance with ASTM C497.
(.4) Reinforced Concrete Cylindar Pipe - Where the fatal quantity req u ired
39
on th*S Contract, 'jonclud'i'ng all pipe sizes, is less than 1,000 feet, visual
inspection at the site for conformance with AVVWA C300 or C301,
whem fti.,� tot�1� quanfiEy required on this Contract, including all pipe
Rev. 03/11 SECTION 7

.+l.a. . . % ..v*....._..—.0---I s k, -�. i ".-01. 4. 44,0--+. i . +.. . + . . . r ► +
.
r
Page 6
s more than 1-I,000 feet, tests shall be bv independent laboratory
per AWWA C300 or 0301 4C
(5) Reinforced Concrete Low -Head Pressure Pipe"
equired an this Contract, including all pipe sizes
Where the total quantity
is less than 1,000 feet,
nraliminary hvcirnctatir. ininY fp�ctfi �nnrretp rvlinrlar tP.StS anal viqiial
�.r � w� i � � R i. x • r wra � � � i j .wa . +.r wr Sew. �3 vv � +.• z a e x w �.. v .w � --.r v s x err s ..v �w ... � . ■ . s....... R �....,� .��. �.....n ,• . --.- �-...e .
inspection at. the sits for conformance with ASTM C361 Where the total
quantity required on this C-ontract including all pipe sizes, is more than
l,uuu feet, �l`elirninary hydrostatic joint tests, followed by hydrostatic
IV
tests an 0-.5 percent of the number of each size required and concrete
Pe
r
cylinder tests by an independent laboratory
ASTM C361.
{6} Qorru ted Metal Pige-Ikil corrugated- metal pipe furnished steal ( be
tested in accordance wJLh the- requirements set forth in Section 4,
polyethylene_ . . .. - - __
pipe
"Quality Assurance Provisian5', -of Federal Specification WW,-4-P-405Bo
All pipe sampl't'ng shall -be as stated 1Ct Fedg%m..ral Specif*loation M1Lk,*STD*m
105,111 A certifi'cafion from the manufacturer will be accepted when filled
out an the form enclosed'as part of these Contract Documents.
(7} Corrugated Polyethylene Pixie -o All corrugated
furnished sh a I I be tested in accordance with the test procedures
described in AASTO M252 and 294, and ASTM 405 and 667.. The
supplier steal! include a certification form indicating the passage of the
' tests as performed by the manufacturer on ali projects where the total
project amount is I,OOd feet �r more.
(8) Ieinf�rcinp -Certified mill tests for conformance with ASTM A'�5 and
A305%
(9} Ductile Iron Pips F'I'tfings - Where the total quantity required an this
Contract, including all pipe sizes, is less than 20Q tans, etch piece shall
bear the manufacturer's serial number and shall be Qert-ijified by the
manufacturer for conformance.,
10)
P.V.0. Grav"t Sewer Pie -Where the total quant'irty required on this
Contract, including all pipe sizes, is less than 1,000 feet , Visual
inspection at the site for conformance with ASTM D3034 shall apply.
Where the total quantity required an this Contract, including all pips
sizes, is more than 1,000 feet, test shall be made by an independent
laboratory as per ASTM D3034. The sampling frequency chalk not be
less than one (1) sample per lot.
(11) High Dens'It.V Pol-Yethvlene Pipe (HDPE) -- Tests to be performed shall
include those specified in ASTM D3350... Resin mater*tal shall be tested
in accordance with ASTM D2837. I
.4
0
2) Fiberglass Ieinforced Pipe � Where the t�tai quantity required on this
Contract, including III pipe sizes, is Tess than 1,00
feet, visual
inspection at the site for conformance with ASTM D2996 shall apply.
Where the total quantity required on this Contract, including all pike
sizes, is more than 1,000 feet, tests shall be by an independent
Laboratory as per ASTM D2992 and D2996% The sampling frequency
shalt not be less thin any (1) sample per lot,. Rev.,
03111 SECTION 7
r
!
i
y
1
r
+
+
+
F
-
+
'
r
•
+

i
-Page 7
7wO3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
7,,03,.l TUNNELING
(a) Excavation in tunnels made beneath ex'['sfing structures, across railroad
rights-of-wwt, existing pavements and sidewalks for the installation of pipe or
conduits, shall be of sufficient size, height and width to permit the installation
of the pipe, to permit proper bracing of the tunnel section, and to permit
ample roam for the rosecution of the work and safety of the workmen.P
b All tunnels shall be lined with fall circle metal Inner plates of sufficient strength
to meet the loading conditions.. Loading fior highuvay and pavement tunnels
shall be bayed upon con.inuous load carrying structures for the height of
cover under H-m20 loading; and goading for railroad'. tunnels- shall be based
upon continuous load carrying structures for the height of cover under Copper
EV-70 loading., In no case shall diner plates for Ho"20 load*tng Have a section
modulus less than .0736 in,. and for Cooper- E-w7Q loading- less than 0918- in,,
Lin -ear plates for railroad tunnels shall be �afvani��d and bituminous coated.
(c} Ali Work performed beneath existing structures, across raiIroa right3-of-way,
and under pavements shall be performed -
in accordance w'tLth the
requirements of the Parties or agencies having jurisd.4 A iction over these
10cattORS. TiiB Contractor shall contaci the parties or agencies prior to
Starting work and shall meet all requirements of the parties or agencies in
regard to methods of construction and the safety precautions to be taken in
performing the. tunnel work,, All casts invoiced in meet't'nq these requirements
shall be paid fir by the Contractor and no additianai eomPansatian will be
allowed.
(d) At the Contractor's option, with the written approval of the engineer, and with
consent of the parties or agencies having jurisdiction; corrugated metal pipe,
reinforced concrete pipe or steel pipe may be jacked or bored in place as a
casing pipe in lieu of al,'i'ner plate tunnel under the fallowing conditions:
(1 } That the Contractor is responsible for all approvals from the parties or
agenciechav4 ng jurisdiction, that the Contractor furnish complete details of
the methods to be employed for approval and that the work shall -be
performed under the following cond'itions._
{2} Corrugated meta( pipe snail b� fabricated from corru9 ated galvanized
sheets, number sight (8) ga,uge U 4,S* S., or as specified in the Project
Specifications or Contract [drawings with base metal made by the open
hearth process. Rivets shall be mad'e of the same material as the base
metal, thoroughly galvan'lzedii. The basetmetal sheets shall be galvanized
on both sides by the hot dip process, at the rate of not less than two (2)
ounces per square foot of metal, or one (1) ounce on each side.
Corrugated pipe shall be specially fabricated for a jacking installation, with
sections fabricated for field riveting. The pipe shall be furnished in lengths
to suit the Contractor, however, the sections should be as long as is
Possible far the Contractor to-conven'ently handle and ins#all, and shall be
bituminous coated inside and. outside for railroad crossings. Reinforced
concrete pipe shall be of the tongue and groove type, conforming to ASTM
Rev, 03/11 SECTION 'T
i

Page $
i
Designation G76, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings
and/or desi'gnatedi'n the Project Specifications,
(3) A suitable approach trench shall be opened long enouah to accommodate
the length of pipe units to be placed, and wide enough to Provisufficientt
de
working room. Guide timbers or rails for keeping the pike on line and grade
shall be installed in the bottom of the trench and heavy timber backstop
supports installed at the rear of the trench to take the thrust of the jacks. A
timber bearing or "pushing frame" shall be built and furnished to fit or match
the end of the pipe to be jacked, so that the pressure of- the jacks will be
evenly distributed over the end of the _pipe.,. Two (.2.) hydraulic )'packs of.
sufficient power shelf be used to a pply pushing or jacking pressure.
Jh IL
Excavation shall be carried an from inside the pike, eight (8) to twelva...%, (12)
inches ahead of the lead pips. Excavation at the trap and sides shall be
approximately one (1) inch c:re�ter than the outside periphery of the pipe,
Bottom excavation shall be accur.atelY gut to line and grade. Adjoining
sections of corrugated iron pipe shall be made with cement mortar and jute
from the inside. Adjoining sections. of steel pipe shall be welded,, Pipe shall
be jacked an successive shifts until completed, this to guard against the
"freezing of the line" due to sett{err�ent and compaction of surrai�nding soil,
7,vO12 BORING
(a) Lines installed under highways or railroads shall be performed by boring
where permitted and/or indicated by the Contract Drawings. Where baring
It required, the Contractor will be paid the unit price. bid in the proposal for
each linear foot Of pipe, so placed, of the type bid upon in the proposal,
In placing pipe in bared tunnels, any annular space exceeding onewwquarter
inch in width between pipe and tunnel shall be grouted. The cost of
grouting shelf b.e an integrai part of the price submitted in the propose! for
the type and size of pipe required by the installs#ion.
The Engineer may require "Boring or Tunneling" under objects or P avings
notindicated on the plans, but required in the best interest of the Owner,, in
which case the payment for each linear foot required will be made at the
unit price given in the Proposal or at the unit price as established by.Art'icle
I I of the General Conditions.
Thy Contractor shall install casings in accordance with the following
requirements:
('I) General.
The Contractor shall be required to notify the Department' of
Transportation or the appropriate Railroad Association of the
contemplated construction and shall verify or secure the necessary
permits for performing the work..
Rev. 03/11 SECTION 7
i

I
+ r � T. • i f
Rev. 03/11
i
Page 9
(2) Carn"er..P'iDe
Carrier I ine pipe and joints under Highways and Railroads shallba ductile
iron pipe as per Seciion 7.02.E of this specification
otherwise.
(3) Casing P'1'pe
The casino pipe shall be spiral welded or smooth wa
unless
noted
It
capable of. Withs-tandinc the intended IoaAs.
The inside diameter of the casing pipe steal! be at least -four t'4) inches
I{ steel pipe unless
noted otherwise- by tile Project Specifjca!ions. All casing pipe shall have
35JO00 psi. AEI casing pips and j*oints sha
a minirr►um yield strength of
be of leakproof construction,
greater than the largest outside diameter of the Barrie
cauplings. In aft cases, the casing pipe shall be large enough to allow the
carries pipe .to be removed-,,
r pipe's joints or
The required minimum wall thickness for
casing pipes used under highways shall by as follows:
Pi:M
ste Sizes (O.D.
The required
railroads shall
Wall Thickness
O-Li 88
04,312
0,375
O,c5OO
0
minimum wall thickness far casing pipes used under
be as follows:
PIO'De S*tzes (O.D..
12"
Under 14°
14"
16„
3 8"
20 "`
22"
24'l
26„
2830
32��
34"
36"
38,E
40"
42"
48,>
Wall Thl"cknesr>
0281
0.188
0.219
0281
0.250
0,2.81
0-312
04375
Q.,375
0.406
0,,469
0,438
0*469
0.631
0,500
0.500
0,500
04688
SECTION 7
{
{i
}
T +
I
t
T
I
f
+
I
F
1
f
'
7
'
i
l
F
T
7
I
•
_
I

ti
I- . . • -+ + + a I L
If casing pipe
I. lk
Page 10
\Mthout an exterior protective coating,increasethe appropriate size
0.063 inches The protective coating shall be at least a single coal -tar
primerfollowed by a single application of hot
inches thick plus a banded 15 pound fast wrap.
tA) installation
used under railroads is :nstalfed
30 Ne
b
AN work an borings sha
one wain can
bor-a
ing
a
coat -tar enamel 3/32
II be under the supervision of the approprialnLice-
District Engineer or his authorized representative. , who shall be notnied at
least 5 days before actual work of installation is begun.
Pipelines shall
e installed under Highways or Railroads by, boring or
jacking, if practicably.
The casing pipe shall be installed by d ry boring and Jacking. As the der
boring operation progresses, each new section of the enoasement Pipe
shall be buts welded to the section previously jacked into place, The
auger shalt not be of a qreater diameter than the 0,.,D, of the
e n ca se m en t (plus pratactive coafing where applicable)-
Vo'lds are to be filled with a 1:.3 Portland ce,ment grout
t sufficient
pressure to insure that no settlement will occur. In the event that an
obstruction i s encountered during the dry boring operation, the anger is to
be- withdrawn ,.. the excess pipe cut offand capped, and the Void
completely filed with 1.03 Portland cement grout at a minimum of 25 psi
prior to moving to another boring site. All
t
DIRECTIONAL
bring operations shall be conducted at all times in such a manner so
as not
o crea_te a hazard nor to impede the normal- flow of traffic..
Where the ends of the casing pipe are below grade, they shall be bricked
up with a four inch (4") schedule 40 PVC drain at the low end., The drain
shall have washed No.. 57 stone covering its outlet,. Where #he ends of
the casing are at or above ground surface and above high water level,
they may be Ie ft open, provided drainage is afforded in such a manna,
that' leakage will be carried away from any railroad , highway or structure.
See items 7.0341(d)(I)T (2) and (3) for additional information ertain6ng to
the jacking procedure.
T.03.3 HORIZONTAL
DRILLING
n
Rev. 03/11
(a) The contractor shall provide, instal) and construct in place, th-e high-density
polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe at highway and stream crossings where
shown on the drawings,
(b) Work included under this section..
(1) General site/access preoarationpnecessary for construction operations,
(2) Assembly of HDPE pips.
(3) Hydrostat*lc testing of HDPE pipe prior to ins#allatio
{Contractor's
Option}.
(4) Erection of drilling equipment.
SECTION 7
i
i
.
I
�
1
5
I
+
I
I
I
I
I
I
ti
I
•

a
E
+
Page 11
(5) Drqillina of a small diameter pilot hale along the alignment defined on the
drawings.
(6) Reaming the pilot
hole as specified herein to a diameter su'I'ta-ble for
installation of the HDPE W,
pipe.
(7) Pulling the assembled HDPE pipe through the reamed hole along with
the detector wire..
(8) Hydrostatic pressure testing of HDPE pipe. after installation.,
(9) C-ieanup and foal restoration of all work areas'.
(10)Prevent'i'on of offs*lte sedt'omentat'i'on and surface water contamination and
in accordance with
for the installation.
(C) ..Industry Standards
the laws governing the constructikon and .the pe.rm*lts
(1) The horizontal directional dtilling method shall bev. mechanical with flu'ld
assistance, Pneum.atic, water jetting, jacking, and boring method will not
be permitted.
(2) The HDPE pressure pipe shelf be installed by horizontal directional
drilling in accordance Wi#h the best industry practise and the Pro ect
Manual.-
(d) Submittals
{1) Certification of pipe material from the pips manufacturer for compliance
with the spedt'f'icaflonsv
(2) Descr't'pfion of the a
monitoring and con
installat'ion.
rrangement-of directional dd"Iling including method of
trolling lire and grate, schedule, and procedure of
(3) Technical data for the drilling equipment...
(4) Product information, material specifications and handling procedures for
drilling fluid and bentoni"teldr'ill'ing mud.
(5) final as-buflts giving depth obtained by drilling contractor platted along
the around lines established bv Owner at a scale of Ii) = 100' on th�
horIzontal and at a scale -of I" =2" an the vertical.
Submission of Engineering Deport comparing predicted maximum(6)
pullback force versus maximum tension an the pipe and percent
elongation. The report shall provide an Engineer's opinion that the
pullback Farce used will net damage the pipe., The procedures used- to
support this opt n4 ion will conform to pine. manufactureCs data and
methodoloov.. Full backup data will be provided. The reparfi shall be
sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in North Carol ina and
submitted in triplicate.
(e) Materials
High Density Polyethylene (H-,Ej pre��ure pipe as speCITted on the
Construction Drawings,.
(fj Field Tests
I Prior to installation, the Contractor shall at his expense fo hydrostatically
test the pipe -line to determine the integrity of the butt fusion joints,, This
Rev. 03/11 SECT.ION-7
X

Page 12
shall not be considered an alternative to the hydrostatic testing required
after installation.
(2) Follow4lng instailation,'the HDPE pipe shall be tested in accordance with
the specifications herein.
(9) Availability of Land
The Owner has obtained certain easemen..ts for the work as shown on the
plans. Add`t"ional easements irf needed are to be provided by the Contractor
and the costs shall be'included in the Bid..
(h) Execution
(1) The HDPE pipe sha
r
if be handled in accordance with the manufacturer's
ecommendat'ions, Chains, hooks, or cable slings shall not be used to
iandle the ppipe.Care shall be used to protect the pipe from scarring,
.4
aouainaF or excessive abrasion,. The directional drilling procedure shalt
include provision
cables, hot boots
In addition, the d
s to guard against electri'cal shock such as ground
gloves and any additional devices deemed necessary.,
tilling equipment shall include an alarm system capably
of detecting ee.tricallccurrent as it nears eE�ctric�l lines,
(21 All joints at the ends of direccionaliv drifled runs shall be fusion bonded to
the adjacent pipe section. Mechanical couplings are not permitted.
Fus'ion bonding may be accomplished through the use of but fusion,
seek fusion or electro fusion coupling techniquesT
(3) The composition of all drilEing fluid used shall be submitted for review
prior to utitization., The fluids shall be ineri and of no risk --to the
environment. No fluid will be approved car utilized That does not comply
with permit requirements and env4tronmental regulations,, the driping fluid
should remain in the. bore hole to increase the stability cif the surrounding
Soil and to reduce the drag on the pulled pipe. Disposal of drilling fluid
and all other spoils shall be- the responsibility of the Contractor and shall
b e conducted in compliance with all relative environmental regulations,
right-of-way and work space agreements ender permit requirements,.
Drilling fluid returns at locations other than the entry and exit points shall
be minimized. The Contractor shall immediately clean up any drilling fluid
that i*nadvert,ently surfaces. excess drilling fluid shall be disposed of at a
pry -approved iocation found by Contractor, The Contractor is
responsible for transporting all excess fluids and other spo'ils and legal
disposal of all such waste pro -ducts and soil materials.. Under no
circumstances will drilling fluid be d*1scharged to any stream or surface
waters. All such fluids or slurries are to be removed from the s'l'te at
project completion.
(4} The Contractor shall investigate a t his own cost the subsurface
conaitions at the crossing locations..
(5) The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaln'inq., transporting, and
storing water for the drilling Prprocess.Upon completion of the pipe
installation, the drilling pit and receiving pit shall be backf'illed as
;k
specified. Rest[oratian of, any disturbed area shall be restored in
accordance with specifications....
Rev., 03111 SECTII il --soON 7UNIMMO
7

+
Pais 13
{i} P'llot Hole Drill+lng
(1) The oflot hale shall be drilled a[artg the path shown an the draw�ngs and
to the fallowing tolerances:
Vert4
ical location -- Plus o r minus 6 inches
Hor'*izontal Location —Plus or minus 3 feet, restricted
distance from highway structures or other underground s
(2) Reaming Diameter shall be performed to 1.5 times
4:
pips being installed. The pipe shall be prepared to fac
the remainder of the oir)efine being i
(j} As -Built Survey
(1) At the completion of the p4t1ot
the Enq'inee
point which
r a tabuiation of
accurately describes
Contractor shall provide Tabular
add'i'ti*on will
stations and in
n -stalled F1
to the min imum
tructures.
the G.D. of HDPE
il'lltate connecti.on to
hale drilling, the Contractor shall provide to
coordinates referenced to the drilled entry
the location of the pilot hale. The
depths of the line at 50' horI'zontal
provide a profile p!at as described above.
The ground lines are to be shown an these plans.
(k) Stress Analysis
(1) The Gontracta� is required to provide a s�k�mittal which confirms the
HDPE pipe will not be overstressed during construction.
The submission
by the uontractor Shati cover the tnree onticai stages ot
which ark 1 } pre--ctnsta.l�tian procedure testing, 2} pullback,
construction.
and 3) past
installation testing. The stresses placed upon the pipe are dependent on
the Contractor'� methods and equipment which are not known to the
Owner at the time of the bid, The stresses at each stage of construction
must be considered acting ind'€vidualky and in combination. the renort
shall address all of the following. Stresses resulting due to the spanning
between rollerspr" r to nu11back, the hydrostatic testing pressures, pulling
forces during installation, radius of curvature as the pipe entersth e
ground, the drill profile curvature, and external pressures in the drilled
hale.
(1) Pre-lnstallat*ion
(1) Hoop and longitudinal stresses resulting from hydrostatic testing are
calculated.
(2) Using the known dIstance between rollers as the free spanning distanoe,
the maximum hogging and sagging moments must be calculated..
Consi'dering the greater of these two moments, the maximum spannina
stress shall be calculated.. Note: During hydrostatic testing the pipeline
W "11 be full of water; therefore, the additional weight of water, must be
included in these calculations.
(m) Pullback
(1) The spanning stresses calculated above also apply to this installation
phase.
Rev. 03/11 SECTION 7
'
I
•
I
I
I
I

rage 14
i
(2) The theoretical pulling fo.rce must be determined in order- to provide the
q.
stresses that will result, An assumed dawn -hole friction factor of 1,0 is
re,uired to provide conservative results and to include the effect of the
pipeline being pul{�d around a curvy. The maximum predicted puffing
force should then be used in calculating the resulting -ion, g'jtudinal stress.
(3) Allow'I'ng'- for a 10% drilling tolerance, leads to the use of a radius of
curvature 90% of the design radius when calculating the longitudinal
curvature stresses. i
(4) �xterna{ pressure from static head in the drilled vale and/or overburden
pressures must be considered. it is required that the static head' resulting
from the maximum anticipated drilling fluid density shall be used with a
factor of safety of 1.5 to provide consarvative estimates of the resulting
hoop and longitudinal stresses.
n Post*"Installafion — Hydrostatic Testing
(1) The I.ongtktudinal curvature stresses calculated above are to be used
again here.
{2) Extemal pressure stresses from (m) (4) apply.
(3) Hoop and longlitudInal stresses resulting from the required fi-nal
hydrostatic lest are to be calculated.
{a} Allowable Stresses
(I} The individual and combined stresses at each stage of construction and
those for the in-service conditions must be determined and compared
with allowable limits set by the H. manufacturer. The Contractors
engineer's report shall certify that all of the above conditions were. �
considered and will not result in failure of pips.
(p) Environmental. Safety, of the grilling Process
I The contractor shall at all times comply. w4ith the permit conditions.
(2) Slurry Composition The Contractor shall provide the Ma.ter'pial Safety
Data SitE:@� tMSQS} fQi III pfOi�UG�S utiiized in slurries end shall be
familiar with and able to document legal disposal of all unused slurry
materials.
(3) Containment. The Contractor shall provide containment fits to contain �
the drill slurries., If settl1ing proQesses are used to allow discharge of
excess slurry water then the Contractor shall obta'l'n the necessary
ermifs fir such discharge and steal! prov'Ide �hem prior t o ssiteP
Mobilization.
IA� Reoycling Slurry — Ta khe extent Practical, the Contractor shall minimize
generat'ion of waste slurry by recycling.. E
(5) Slurry and Cuttings Disposal -m Waste slurry and cuttings shall be i
removed from the si'te and legal]Y disposed of upon pro-ject completion,. If
requested by the Engineer, the contractor will provide a manifest
indicating the receiver of the waste and the disposal method.
(6) Return to Pre -construction Elevations and Contours -- The Contractor
shall return all dIsturbed areas to Pre -construction elevations and
contours and seed and mulch as specified.
{7) At all times the Contractor shall comply with the approved sedimentation
and erosion control plan and the storm water permits, if applicable.
Rev. 03/11 S.ECTION 7

, f+ r
� i s+i • t
+
J � �+
•
r
Page 'I5
(q) Connection to Other Pipes
(1) At the termination of HDPE Piping, the Contractor shall install a
mechanical J*041nt adapter or a flanged j*o*int adapter for the purpose of
conneoting directly to ductile iron pipe in a fully restrained condition. The
fins! 10'- section of the HDPE pipe at anch terminal end shall be laid to a
flat.. grade to faci*1FItate
4 X
connection to ductile iron .pipe without undue stress
at me ioints. uonnections with significant 'OeTiections shah noi i)e
R.
opermitted,For connections into manholes'. the Contract or shall ensure
that HOPE is proper restrained and of ientlength to maintain a
oonneofion'41nto the manhole after the pipe has relaxed,.
7U0364. PIP.-ELiNE INS--TALLATIC?N
Rev.. 03/11
(a) GENFRAL
7% " -V"Tm
(1) The E-ngineer shall provide an the Contract Drawings a horizontal
layout for theoPrpQsed pip�lin� construction along with a m'lhn'I'Mum of
one (1) bench mark eve''ry 2,000 feet of line length. The Contractor
shall be responsible for
marks prior to use. �
verifying the accuracy of any and all bench.
D claim for extra work will -sae allowed for
alleged inaccuracy of any bench mark:,.
(2) It shall be the Contractor's respons"1k�illty to protect the ongina! Iine
and bench marks set by the Engineer., Should this information
become destroyed or damaged, the cost of the replacement will be
borne by the Contractor.,
(3) All Clay Pips, Gancrete Pipe, and Corrugated Metal Pipe Khali be laid
in conformance with the ASTM standard for installing vitntied clay
pipe, ASTM C12,. This specification shall be std'ctly conformed to
unless otherwise noted by the Project Specifications, The bedding
type shall be Class C unless otherwise noted.,. This bedding requires
the use of granular materials equivalent to the N.C. Department of
Transportation gradation size 67, or equal, unless otherwise Hated by
the. Project Specifications or required by the ENGINEER an site
because of local conditions.
All extruded A.B.S. Truss Pipe, PVC Pipe and Fiberglass Re'Inforced
Pipe shall be laid in conformance with the ASTM standard for
installing fleAble thermoplastic pipe ASTM D2321. This specification
shall be strictly conformed to unless otherwise noted by the Project
Specifications or required by the ENGINEER on side because of local
conditions. The pipe shall be bedded to the ASTM C12 specification
for Class C bedding unless otherwise noted., See Section 8.0
Pipeline - Trench Excavation and Backf'111 of the General
-4 ifica
Spactions for additions{ infarrnation,
(4) The j"uncfiion of two or more sewers shall be made in strict
conformance wifth the Contract Drawings., The cast of all connections
shall be included in the contract price for the new sewers unless
otherwise specifically provided in the Contract,.
SEC-TION i
+
+
}
I
i
I
d

T
[rev. 03111
t
Era
(6)
Page 96
New severer connectI, ions with old existing sowers shall be made within
.0
a manhole,, Where an old manhole exists at the pent of connection
of new and old sewers, it shall be repainted and any loose bricks or
blocks in the walls of the old existing manhole shall be relaid. The
cost of such work shall bel"ncluded in the Contract price for new Matti
sewer unless other payments are speclT(Callyiprovided for in the
Project Specifications.
Where no old manhole ex ists at the point of connec,tion, a new
manhole shall be constructed of the size -and type shown on the
Contract Drawings,,, Payment for such additional manholes will be,
made of the unit price in the Contrast for new manholes, which price
shall include al! work necessary to make the canneciion,
(7) Connecfians of new sewers to existing sewers, when encountered in
construCt Jon and. not shown on the Contract Drawings, shall be madede
where ordered by the Engineer. Such connection shall be made
within a manhole, except for house sewer and drain connections.
Whe-n such sewer connections are made within an existing manhole,
any added work involved will be paid for in accordance, with the
pracadure outlined in the General Condittons of the Contract. if the
Engineer orders such connections to be made in a new manhole,
such new manhole wl"11 be paid for at the prices established in the
(8)
Lontraat, which price shall include all work necessary to
connection.
Make the
When connect'tons are made with sewers carrying sewage or
special care must be Taken
water.. A flume or dim mus
v�rater,
under
t be installed and pumping maintLained, if
that no dart of the work is built
necessarv., to keep the new work
concrete or mortar has s
et up.
in the dry until completed and
(9} Junctions .for future sewer connections, where indicated on the
contract Drawings, shall be bricked off at the ends or otherwise
sealed off 'in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer; the cost to be
merged in the Contract price for manholes or sewers.
(1t?} Na pipe shall b.. lald upon a foundation in which frost exists; nor at
any time whin the Engineer shall diem that there is danger of the
formation. of ice or the penetration of frost at the bottom of the
excav,ati"on. The pipe shall be fitted together and matched so that
there shall be no shoulder or unevenness along the inside bottom
half of the pipe, and so that alignment and slope are correct. No pipe
shall be laid until the preceding length has been completely a' 1igned
and secured. Joi'nts shall not be completed untIl sufficient pipe has
-4
been laidin advance to insure against injuring the finished joints,,.
When jointed in the french, the pipe shill form a true and smooth line
of sewer.. Pipe shall not be trimmed except for closures, and pipe not
making a good. fit shall be removed. Where slight defects occur and
the use of the pipe is approved by the Engineer, defeats shill b e
placed in the top of the sewer. Temporary bulkheads shall be placed
in all open ends of sewer lines whenever pipe laying is stopped for
more than 8 hours,, When sections of fine between manholes have
SEQT1.ON__7

(b)
W
been completed, an 1
defioiencies corrected.
aor,eptance..
PIPE LAYING
nspectinn shall be
This inspection
Page 17
conducted and all
does not constitute
(1) Each pipe shall be laid on an even, firm bed., -so that no uneven strain
will come to any part of the pipe. Particular care shall
be exercised to
prevent the pipes bearing an the sockets.. Bell hales far bell and
spigot pips shall be dug ai each point as hereinbefare specified,
each pipe steal{ be la'td'in conformity with the line and grades given by
the engineer, and in the presence of the inspector. The bell -end of
the pipe shall be laid upgrade.
Subgrade preparation shall be such
%%
that each pipe spigot wilt be entered in the receiving pipe bell tn such
a manner that the joint packing can be freely inserted at all- points of
the joint circumference, spec iai care being taken to provide adequate
joint space at the bottom of the jiont without raising the pipe off of the
trench boftom for packing insertion. No portion of the wei41ght of the
spigot end of the pipe shall be transm'l'tted to the receiving pipe- bell
through the joint picking.
Before each piece of pipe is lowered [nto the trench, it shall be
thoroughly inspected to insure its being clean. Each pi ece cif pipe'
shall be towered separately.No piece of pipe or fittingwhich is
known to be defective shall be laid or placed in the. lines, If any de**d
pipe or fitting shall b� discgvered afker the pipe is laid, it shall
be removed and- replayed with a sat'isfactory pipe or- fitting without
additional charge, In case a length of pipe iOs. cut tc) fit in a ling, it shall
be so cut as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the longitudinal
axis of the pipe.
(2) The interior of the sewer shall, as the work progresses, be cleaned of
all ddirt,joi ntingmaterial and superfluous materials of every
description. On small pipe sewers, where cleaning after laying may
be di"fficult, a swab or dreg shall be kept inside the pipeline and pulled
forward past each j"0'1'nt immediately after*lts completion. When laying
of pipe is Stopped for any reason, the exposed end of such pipe shall
be closed with a plywood plug fitted into the pipe bell, so as to
exclude earth or other material, and precautions taken to prevent
floatation of pipe by run-off into trench..,
(3j All pipes shill be completely shoved hone. On pIL
ipe of the tongue
and groove type, 30" in diameter and larger, pressure must be
applied to the center of each pipe as ik I's laid by a winch and cable or
other mechanical means properly set and operated to injure that the
spigot is all the way home 'in the socket, and that the sewer joint i's of
uniform size throughout the circumference of the pipe.
(4) Laying holes in pipe, if used, shall be tapered and shall be plugged
before backfflling with a tapered concrete plug set. in mortar or
mastic.
r"%
Nev. 03/11 SECTION 7

i
Page 1$
(5) Pipes (aid in tunnel or casing pipe shall be supported on suitable
blacks cut or grouted into position to place the invert of the sewer or
drain at the slope and to the elevations indicated an the Contract
Draw'ingsY
(6) On pipes (aid in tunnel or casing pips, the space between the casing
pipe and tunnel lining shall be either backfilled with fine low void sand
thoroughly rammed or flushed into place, backfilled w'l'th Glass "C"
concrete or left unbackfillied as designated in the Project
Specifications. If left unbackfilled, each end shall be suitably
bulkheaded to Protecfi against entrance of foreign material,
(7} All Gravity Flow Pipeline shall be Installed using a laser for c-ontrol of
vertical and horizontal alignment. The Contractor shall fallow
accepted practices In the utIlizati"on Of the laser4 A certiTied lase.r
operator shall be present on the job at all times. Care shall be
exercised to assure that the alignment control range of the
instrument is not exceeded; but in no case, shall the range exceed
500 feet. Care shall betaken to P revent vibration of or direct sunlight
on the instrument. Where P resent a blower steal( be provided to
purge glue vapors from the pips. An air velocity meter shall be
provided so that the velocity of air in the- pipe will not be great enough
to cause tihe fight beam to be distorted., The Contrac tor shall
coordinate the work to minimize the number of take downs and Set
ups at each point. Per't'odic checks of the laser shall be made to
assure that alignment is maintained.
C PIPE JOINTS
(1) General In all jointing operations the trench must be dewatered when
joints are made and kept dewatered until sufficient time has elapsed
to assure efficient hardening of the jointing material,, Bell. and spigot,
or tongue and groove ends of the pipe steal! first be wiper# clean before
actual jointing operations are started,. The type of joint to be installed
in each location of the several follow*ing types specified shall be as
specifically designated on the Contrast Drawings and/or the Project
Specifications.
(2} ement Iortar and Jute Jaims -Joints between c�nsecUtive pipes
made with jute and Portland Cement Mortar shall be constructed as
follows*%
a. On bell and spigot pips, or variat,ions thereof, plastic mortar shall
be spread in the bottom one-third of the bell of the pipe previously
laid. A closely twisted gasket of jute of proper thickness and of
sufficient length to span around the pipe and lap at the top shall
then be.squeezed into the mortar. The spigot of the next pipe
shill be entered and shoved home, After the pips has been
thoroughly bedded to line and grade, the, juts gasket shall be
caulked into the annular space with a suitable caulking tool in
such manner as to seal the joint against, leakage. The remainder
of the space shall be. completely filled with plastic Mortar beveled
off with the outside of the pipe.,. The joint in pipes 30 or larger in
Rey. 03/11 SECTION 7

Rev, 03111
Page 19
diameter shall also be pointed and smoothed from the inside after
the pipe has been laid.
b. On tongue and groovy type pipe, the6ute shall be firmly attached
to the middle of the tongue of each pipe in one continuous length
with a compatible rubber cement having adhesive. properties'.
Plastic mortar
t
t
shall be placed on the edges of the upper half of
he pipe to be laid and the lower half of the socket of
40
he pipe previously [aid; the pipe then aligned, forced home and
graded., Sufficient mortar shall be placed an each pipe so that the
space between the two PPies shall tend to become filled by the
siding action of the socket when the pipe is forced into P lace., All
t .,....ngue and voids in both- the
be completely fNiled with mortar. The
beveled surfaces of the adjacen
ll
Cl be troweled smooth,- for pies 30° in d'iameter and
he tongue o
inside and
inside sha
larger., The finished joint shall not be greater than- one (1) inch in
width.
f t
(3) Bituminous
fA)
consecutive
the outside sha
and
Jute Joints. Mastic
pipes
joining compound
specified for cemen
Bitumsnous
made with jute
4
compound shall be constructed as follows,. Jute and bituminous
shall. be applied in the same manner as that
t mortar and jute joints,,
Type - Jo'pnts
and a
and jute ,)Dints, Poured Type
bitum
inous
- Joints
between
joining
between
consecutive bell and spigot pipe made with jute and a bituminous
join.4 ing comnoundnotured in place, shall be constructed as follows;
The bell and spigot of pipes to b e joined together shall first be
painted with a bitum''ihous Pr"rme coat to insure adherence of the
poured filler to the sides of the pipe. With pipe at grade and butted,
t he juts shall he caulked into position in such a rnanner,as to leave a
uniform space all around.
a joint runner,.
Thejoint shall be made in one pour using
(5) Rubber Gasket and Bituminous Joints -Joints b etweeri oni i ecutive
bell and spigot or tongue and groove pipe made w'lth a rubber
gasket and comp-atible bituminous compound of a type
recommended by the gasket manufacturer shall be constructed as
follow: The gasket shall be fitted over the tangos or spigot of each
pipe, the spac,e behind the gasket filled with the bituminous
compound an tongue and groove joints, and the pipe entered into
the bell or groove and shoved home, The. remainder of the joint
space shall be fi'lled with bituminous compound in the same manner
as that specified for mortar and outs joints.
(6) Ductile Iran Pipe Joints.
a. Genera! -Before any joints are made or the sp.t9ot of Pipes
placed in the bells, the spigots, bells, gaskets and glands shall
be thoroughly cleaned and all foreign materials removed from
their surfaces.,
i
i
I
I
r
1
i
{
1
I
{
S
5 ,
i
I
i
•
f
i
F
•
i
I
I
�
.
I
-
`F
I
I
I
I
I
i
.I
r
.
i
I
I
i
f '
}
i
,
I
i
i
.
i
.
i
i
i
_
i
I
I
i
i
I
a
r
i
i
i
�i
i
i
I
i
+
i
I
i
I
r
t
1
1
i
i
I
r
i
r
SECTION 7
+
,

Rev,, 03/11
piece and adjusted so as to give a uniform space
which shall be made with braided hemp or jute,
Page 20
b. In joining bell and sp'igot pipe and fitt"ings, the spigot of each
pipe shall be properly seated in the bell of the next adjacent
for the joint,
per packing,
or rubber gasket, and with lead as designatedin Project
Specifications. The packing shall be Ion9 enough to
completely encircle the pipe, and shall be thoroughly driven into
the. bell so as to leave a space of at least 2 1/2 inches in ept-
dh
to be filled with lead. Each joint must be made in one pour.. In
making lead joints, the melting pot shall be kept. near the join#
to be poured, and dress shall not be allowed to accumulate in
di
the melting pot., Lead joints shall be thoroughly caulked b.y
41
competent mechanics and in such a manner as shall secure
tight joints without averst�aining the iron of the bells.,
Gr In joining mechanical jain� pipe and. fittings, the gland, followed
bY the gasket, shall b� piaced over the plain end.. of the pipe,
the gasket and socket brushed with soapy water and the pipe
inserted late the. bell. The gasket shall then be pushed into
position so that it is evenly seated in the bell and the gland
moved into position against the face of the gasket. The halts
shall be inserted and made finger tight-, The bolts shall then be
tightened U P with a ratchet wrench to complete the joint.
d-1 In joining gasket type pipe and fittings, the gasket shall be
seated evenly around the inside of the bell in the grove or
recess provided and the inside of the gasket lubricated with
lubricant furnished by the joint manufacturer. Thy spigot of the
next pike shall be aligned w4fth the bell and started into the bell
it caeuntii oth,shall then be completed
b forcing the spigot past the gask t until i
t makes contact with
the base of the socket., Pressure to farce the Spigot home shall
be applied by means of a bar, a special lever or a mechanical
jack-type assembly tool.
(7) Factory -Fabricated Resilient Material Joints for Clay Pipe,-* In joining
clay, pipe with fa ctory-f�bri�at�d resilient material joins, the bell and
the SPigot of the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned, the joint material
assembled onn the spigot if it is made up of more than one part, the
joint material or both bell and Spigot coated with lubricant or
adhesive, furnished by the oint manufacturer, the spigot entered into
the bell and the pipe forced borne by means of a bar or mechanical
pipe puller..
(8} RubberG et Joints for Reinforced Concrete Low Head and
Cylinder Pressure Pipe -In joining pipes of these types, the ends of
the pipes shall be t1ioroughly cleaned and the gaE;ket furnished wish
the pipe placed in the groove or recess on the sp'igot, the gasket coa-
ted with a compatible b'ltumasfic compound of a type recommended
Y the gasket manufacturer, the spigot entered into the veil an pipe
forced home by means of a bar or mechanical winch. The remainder
of the joint shall be filled with bituminous compound in the same
manner as that specifiedr mortar and jute joints.
SCTIt�N 7

+
+
f
F
i
Pale 21
(9) Corrugated Metal Pipe Joints - Unless allowed by the Project
Specifications* only gasketed standard and two -puce bands and the
o9mring gasketed hugger -type connection will be allowed. the ends of
the pipes shall be cleaned thoroughly to accepi the gasket., All
gaskets shall be lubncated with a lubricant famished by the pipe
manufacturer to ease assembly and promote uniform tightening of
the connection to the torque specified by the pipe manufacturer.
U.0
pon tightening the connector bands, if the friction offered bly pipe
coatingsgaskets-preclude proper null -up of the, gasket, the
contractor shall utilize wooden fevers to aid the compression of the
bottom two-thIrds of the band.,
,tc.,
(10) Corrugated Pa(YYefihlene Pipe Joints - In joining th16 is pipe, all surfaces.
shall be cleaned of foreign debris and lubricated for assembly. All,
jkr
oints shall be water"tight rubber gasketed PVC Series 35 coupler
joints,., All J4'
Dints are assembled. by push -on techniques,
{1 �) Truss Pips, Solid WWII Laterals and Accessor'ies - Enjoining this pipe,
the Surfaces to be solvent welded shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
foreign material. Prmer shalt be utilized and generously applied to all
joining surfaces followed irnmediale(y With the application of cement.
The joint- shall then be made to prevent set-up of cement. In making
It
joints of this t i)e the pipe shall receive a 1/4 arc r
seating te hspigot end into the bell. After the joint is
effort spoil be talon not to disturb the pipe.
station while
made, every
(12} PVC Sewer Pipe -PAC Sewer pipe steal! be jointed as per Section
7.03.3(c)(6)d above., The Contractor is cautioned that all cut ends
are to be beveled prior to assembly.
(13) Fiberglass Pipe - Fiberglass Pipe shill be jointed in the same manner
as the PVC Sewer Pipe above.
7.01.5 CONNECTIONS FOR SERVICE PIPES
(a) G F:N E'RA.L
(1) Service Connections for pause sewer andlor drain connection openings
shall be provided in the main. sewers as spawn an the Contract
Drawings or as desj*gnated in the Project Specifications. The exact
location shall be as d*1rected by the Engineer during construction.
(2) Unless otherwise shown on the Contract [drawings or so designated in
the Project Specifications, all sewer connection openings an bell and
spigot pipe shall be wye or tie branches, with the outlet being four (4)
inches in internal diameter. All sewer connection openings on concrete
pipe of the tongue and groove type spoil be cast in place with the shape,
Is
size and dimension of the opening corresponding to the bell end of a
standard suer pipe four tAN inches in internal diameter. Wye or fee
branches shall be located at the points designated by the Engineer.
Wye branches spoil be so instilled that the lower lip of the branch is not
more than 2 inches below the outside top of the pipe. Tees may be
Rev.. 03/11 SECTION 7
7

3
Rev. 03111
Page 22
f
ins, talled with the branch vertical or rotated, depending an specific site
situations. After installation, wye or tee branches shall not be covered
with backfill anti! determination and record has been made by the
Engineer of the location of each with reference to the nearest manhole
1
downstream therefrom, and the direction in which the wye faces.
(3) All connection openings shall be closed with a vitrified tile or concrete
disk or stoppe
that specl*fied
Drawings.
(b) CONSTRUCTION
r securely held in place with the same joint materiel as
for main sewer, unless otherwise Hated on the Contract
(1) Al! excavation shall be carried out'i'n comp liance with the specifications,
(2) Service connection made to the sewer prior to backfifliing shall not be.
installed in the pipe trench as vertical risers except as approved in
writing by the Engineer, but shall be laid an a slope not exceeding 2 feet
vertical to I foot horizontal, and not less than 1/8 inch per foot, cut back
into the trench bank in such a manner that the service connection pipe
steal! -have a solid bearing an undisturbed earth as stl+pulated for pipe
sewers. The service pipe shall make such a hod'zontal angle wi'th the
sewer line that a proper connection with the wye or tee branch of slantis
obtained without trimming the pipe and with no danger of jute or jointing
materl'al being forced into the sewer., The first length of pipe shill not
make a total angle wish the branch or slant greater than four inches in
two feet, and the wye branch or slant shall be'l'nstalledin such a manner
as to fit the alignment of the branch service line as closely as poss'lble.
Where vertical risers are specified or ordered by the Eng'ineer, riser
pipes shall be supported to prevent an excessive load being applied to
the ma in sewer pipe, and encased in Class "G" concrete with a
minimum thickness of 6 inches, as shown on the plans, specified or
ordered by the Engineer.
(3) Wye and T-branches for b.ell and spigot, pipe, with less than 8 feet
from the surface, of the ground to the center of the branch, steal( be laid
'r
hoirzontally with a slight fall across the branch. Connection openings An
conQrete pipe of the tongue and groovy type shall. be {aid with the
ope,ning in the upper quarter of the pipe.
(4) When the distance from the renter of the connection openings is more
than 8 feet from the ground surfaces, the connection openings shall be
raised by means of riser pipes to a point less than 8 feet from the
ground surface. Pipe risers for single connecti"ons steal{ be la*ld at an
angle of from 45 Degrees to 60 Degrees with the hor'izontal depending
on the side slope of the sewer trench, and shall be la'id in undisturbed
sail. Pipe risers fog double connections shall be installed vertically wifh a
double "T" branch at the top with the branches placed crosswise of the
'4
main sewer. All openings shall be plugged with clay or concrete disks or
stoppers. Riser pipes and joints shall be of the same type as speclifled
for the main sewer.
SECTION 7

4
Page 23
(6) When sidewalks are available opposite the sewer being constructed, the
Contractor shall notch the street side of the walk directly opposite each
opening !eft in the sewer for connection to building drains. Where walks
are not available for such marking, the Contractor shall piece a
hardwood stake an the property Iine directly opposite each opening left
in the sewer. The hardwood stake shall be topped with a brass marker
labeled "Sewer". If the Contract Drawings so stipulate, the sewer
connections she![ be extended to the RAN or as noted, plugged and
provided with a clean out. In this case, the requirements for measured
locations, notching sidewalks, stakes, etc. shall be omitted. Also, the
Contractor shall locate and keep a record of all opening locafions by
measurement to the nearest downstream manhole. Such record shall
be delivered to the Engineer monthly during progress of the work.
7.04 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
7.04-.1 TESTS
Rev. 03111
(a) GENERAL - It is the intent of these specifications to secure pipelines with a
minimum amount of leakage. All ductile iron, reinforced concrete cylinder
pipe, reinforced concrete pressure pips and truss pipe shall undergo
hydrostatic pressu-re tests as herein described.. All other gravity pipe lines,
except clay pips, shall be tested for infiltration and/or for exfiltrationk All clay
3*
pipelines shall be air tested and tested for infiltration as described below..
FAr Unless otherwise noted by the Project Specifications, no inflitration or extra
filtration besting will be performed on piping used to transport storm water.
(b)
HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTS
(1) When a stretch of pipe and appurtenances his been completed, and
before the pipe or It are covered, the Contractor shall furnish
proper appliances and faci'J*jt*tes for testing and draining the same,
W'Ithout injury to the work or surrounding territory. He shall test by
filling the pips with clean water in the manner described under
exfiltra.t'i'on tests; however, in no case shall there be an, y visible
leakage, Water for making tests shall be furnished by the Contractor
at hi s expense..
(2) Any defects, Wracks, or leakage that may develop, or that may be
d*iscovered either in the joints or in the body of the pipe, shall be
promptly made good by the Contraotor, at his own expense, and to the
satj*sfact'i'on Of the Eng'ineer-.
(3} Upon wr'tten perm ission of the engineer, the system may be backf'llled
prior to testing, jt being understood that the Contractor assumes the
risk of re -excavating to the pipe in the event the system,, fails to meet
the requirements of the pressure test.
SECTION-7
+
+
7
i
I
I
I
I
.
I
i
I
I
1

f
i r
I
i
.+ I
f
i
4
i
f '
i
•
I.
Rev.. 03111
(C)
(d)
(e)
INFILTRATION TESTS
Page 24
(1) Infiltration is not allowable. The joints shall be. tight and visible leakage
in the joints or pipe barrel small be repaired at the Contractors expense
by any means found to be necessary, and with the Engineer's consent.
EXFILTRATION TESTS
(1) In areas where ground water is not encountered during sewer
h all furnish and. inst�[I Alt necessary
7
snail supply water, etc., and run exTlitraiton tests
construction, the Co
materials, equipment,
tractor
P p-
as hereinafter described before the sewer is accepted. The i-oints shall
be tight and leakage shall be r
necessaryl
epaired by any means found to be.
(2) To check the amount of exfiltrat+ion, the ends of each section of sewer
between manholes shall be plugged with watertight bulkheads., Inserted
in each bulkhead, at the top cif the sewer pipe, shall be a 2 inch pipe,
with an elbow , extending 4 feet vertically in the upper manhole and to
the same elevation I n the laver manhole. Air in the sewer pipe shall be
exh.austeexhaustedby filling the � inch upper manhole pipe to a height of 4 feat
of water. Using measured conta*iners, the water shall be poured into the
upper 2'lrnch pipe as needed to mainta'in a constant heed of 4 feet in the
upper pipe for a period of thirty minutes; not allowing the Inver pipe to
overflow.
Air Tests
(1} Unless site conditions are such that the site to be tested is submerged in
groundwater, all clay pipes shall be air tested in accordance with ASTM.
C828, In conditions where this test is not used,. the pipe shall undergo
infiltration bests as outlined by 7,.0401 (c)-6 With the consent of the
Engineer, the air test may be utilized in lieu of the hydrostatic test
covered in the above sections for other Types of pipe. This substitution
shall only be considered for p*ipe 12" in diameter and smaller.
Deflection Tests
(1) Deflect*ion tests shall be performed on ail pipe installations. The test
shall be conducted after the final backf'111 has been in place at lea, st 30
days to permit stabilization of The soil/pipe system. As an alternative to
waning 30 days to perm'it stabilisation of the soi1/p'J*Pe system, the
Engineer will accept certification from a so[l--%testing firm verifying that the
backf'111 of the trench has been compacted to at least 95% maximum
dens'Ity.
(2} No pipe shall exceed a deflection of 5 Percent.- if deflection exceeds 5
percent, replacement or connection shall be accompfished j"n
accordance with requirements't'n the approved specifications.
(3) The rigid ball or mandrel used for the deflection test shall have a
diameter not I�ss than 95 percent of the base 'Inside diameter or
averageinside diameter of the pipe depending on which is specified in
SECTI... M4"ON11 ....... 7
i

t
4
C[
Page 25
the ASTM Specification, to which the pips is manufactured. The pipe
shall be measured in compliance with ASTM D 2122 Standard Tes
Method determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and
The test shall be perfor ed without mechanical pulling devices.
7.04.2 RESPONSIBILITY
(a) GENERAL
(1} Sewers must be built so as to remain true to I -I'
inclining grade of the bottom of the sewer after
Fittings
t
ne and grade. The
completion shall be
such that after flooding, the flood water will drain off so That np r�main-
ing puddle of water will be deeper than 0 -haIf 119} pf an inch on
pipe thirty-six (36) inches internal diameter or smaller, and three-.9
quarters (314) of an inch on pipe larger than thirty-six (36) inches
internaI diameter. Any section of pipe that does not comply with
1
specifications 81t any time previous to final acceptance of the work
shall be replaced or rela'I'd at the Contractor I s expense.
(2) The Cantraotor w1111 be held strictly r
workshall bear the load of the bai
esponsible that all parts of the
fill. If cracks one -hundredth
(1 /100) of an inch develop in the pipe within one year from the date of
final acceptance of the work, the Contractor will be required to
replace, at his expense, all such cracked pipe.., To this end, the
Contractor is advised to purchase pips under a guarantee from the
manufacturer, guaranteeing proper service of sewer pipe under condILM
t'tons established by the Contract Drawings, Contract Specifications,
and local conditions at the site of the work.
?.U5 1W..A!11111�111;tI-. REMENT FOR, PAl(MLNT AND COMPENSATION
7wOSA
GENERAL
if any or all of the work to be performed under this Contract is on a unit price
basis, the actual number of units of each unit price iter-n or work performed may
be more or less than the number stated in the Bidding Schedule of the Proposal,
or included in the Contract, but no variation in the Contract unit price wil{ be made
an that account., Payment will be made only for the actual number of units incor-
porated in the work, or for the actual number of units of work performed, and at
the contract unit prig for each such unit with measurement for payment made as
defined in the following paragraphs., Measurement for payment of work done an
a unit price basis will be;as follows,,
7.,06,,,2 FITTINGS AND SPECIALS
Rev. 03/11
A.
Unless otherwise spectfically provided in the Project Specifications the cyst of
furnishing and, placing specials and f'Ittings shown on the Contract Drawi*ngs
and/or called for in the Project Specifications shalt be merged in the unit prices for
the poipetines, and will not be paid for separately.
SECTION 7
i
I
f
F
i
.
I.
a
'F
r
+
i
}
C
I
a
N
f
�
1
I
I
1
a
r
.I
,
,
I
I
{
I
I
•
I
I
'1
I
+
I
I
I
}
a
I
t
I

i
Page GV >.
7.,,06,,3 GRAVITY SEvAIERS, CONDUITS, CULVERTS, AND DRAINS
(a) Measurement of gravity sewer lines, condul"t-s, culverts and drains will be '
made along the center]-'I'ne of the line, whether curved or straigh.t., measured in
place. The payment fir gravity pipelines end related items that are presented
in unit price schedules -and requested on a depth of cut basis shall be the
depth of cut obtained by subtracting the perpendicular distance along the
A reflowcenterline as-tructure line or invert from the natural
ground surface or toy of structure. -
(b) Linear measurements on sewers of thirty-six {36} inches or less internal
diameter will be made straight through the manholes.. On sewers larger than
thirty-six (36) inches internal diameter, measurement will start and terminate
at the inside face of manholes,,
(C) Measurement an catch basin sewer connection leads will be made from the
centerline of basins to the centerline of the manholes or sewers'.
Measurement of sewer leads between inlet boxes and catch basins will be
made from the ins"rde wail of the inlet box to the centerline of the catch basin..
Half traps and running traps will bei'ncluded in the above measurement and
will not be paid for separately.
T.05.4 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR RAISING OR LOWERING
WATER MAINS
Measurement for payment will be made only for raising or lowering those water
mains which lie within the area to be occupied by the sewer, conduit or structure.
i
7.05..5 RELOCATION OF WATER SERVICE PIPES
Measuremenfor payment wilt be made only for relocathosetking water service
pipes,which lie within thy; area to be aacupied by the sewer, conduit �r 5#ructure.
Rev,, 03/11
SECTION 7
a
a
.I
;
i
I

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION $s£i
THIS SECTION NOT USE[?
q.
rd-+- p- 11 •q- 10-F
Page I
I

J
9.01 GENERAL
+
0
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
9.0 CONCRETE AND REINFORCING
9.01 *1 SCOPE OF WORK
(a) re
All labor, material, equipment, fools and services required for the furnishing and
i..nstallat►on of akl concrete, bosh precasf and cast in place, reinforcing stei and
appurtenances for structures and structural frames required on the Contract shall be
furnished and installed in Gompliance with the follow'Ing General Specificat'i'ons, with
the Proj"ect Specifications, and with the Contract Drawings.
(b) This General Specification section, designated as Concrete and Reinforcing, covers
the description of mater*ials generally utilized in precast and cast in place reinforced
concre-1ke construction and the [nstaliatian of such materials. The Project
Spec*if'i'Cat'i,ons and the Contract Drawings designate the specific work, its locations
and the construction methods to be used on all Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
installations under this Section. The'*Inclusdion o
f items of material or work within Phis
Specification does not necessarily consti"tute their use on this Project.
9;oOl .2 SUBMITTALS
E
(a) SHOP DRAw,..1NG.S - Attentl
of the Contract requiring submission to the Engineer of descriptive details and o
and Reinforcing Steel *installations
0
can is directed to the p'rovisians in the Genera!
and seft*ing drawings. On Con'' crei
submission shall include the following, even though items proposed to be furnished
conform to the exact description stated in the General or Project Specffications.
Conditions
(1) Bar lists, bending detai'ls and setting drawings for all reinforcing.nreinforcing.,
f shop
such
(b) PRODUCT DATA - Manufacturers descripiive data and deta01ils shall be submitted on
the Following products:
-(1 ) Admixtures.
(2) Joint Materials.
(3) Reinforcing Steel support chairs,
(4) Form Ties.
(5) forma, if fabricated off the site.
(6} Reinforcing Mesh.
(7) Vapor barriers.
(8) Floor and Slab Hardeners.,
1XIV) 1 Non-Sl4tp aggregate.
(10) Curing Ma.ter'ials.
(11) Fiber Reinforcing Materials.
(12) Precast structures..
t
i
Rev. b3/U9
S�c-rIoN 9

+
r
Page 2
(cj DESIGN MIKES � A report of the design mix proposed for each different concrete mix
required. for the project shall be submitted. The report shall include the follow'ing.
(1) Name of concrete producer.,
(Z) Name or number ot mix.
{3} Description,
(4) Water/cem(
(�i1 -Rliimn
i61 Air content.
(7) S pec
kG) Average compressive strength by test and age oftest..
source and quantifies of all ingredients.
n It retie.
iced compressive strength,,
d MATERIAL CERTIFICATES Cert"ficates gnedbiy manufactures indicating that
materials comply with requirements shall be subm'l'tted for each of the fallowing
items to be used.
(1) Cement
(2} AgSregates
(3) Re*Mforc4ing Steel
(e) SA-MMPLES *be
specified in t
i0
Samples of the following materials shall be submitted, unless otherwise
he Project Specifications:
{1} Coarse Aggregate.
(2) Fine Aggregate.,,
r. i r
shall submit a wrlitten descri'ot'lon of oroduct"r
pn abvlity, including facilities, personnel
and a list of similar completed projects.
UALIFICATION DATA Y When directed by the Engines
9a0lw3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
J
he concre�e proauce
concrete produce
(a) GENERAL -Routine testing of materials and concrete for compliance with the
Specificatipns shall b
e t
he responsibility of the Contractor.
The
Contractor shall
engage and pay an independent testing laboratory to perform quality control tests as
required by the Cttanrac�ocumeriYts. All tests and the manner in which theare
conducted shall be satlsfactory to the engineer. the testing laboratory shall have
prior approval from the Enallneer...
..
'
bCONCRETE PRf�[3t1CER QUA��,IFICATIONS -The concrete producer steal( have
not less than 5 years experience in the product'on of structural concrete and shall
have previously supplied concrete for not less than 5 projects similar in scope of this
project..
(c) TE''STING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS - Tire testing agency shall provide evidence
W,
to the engineer that an inspection of its facilities within the previous 12 months was
made by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Inst'Itute of
Standards and that any deficiencies noted in the report of that!'nspeckion have been
corrected.
Rev,.03/09 SECTION 9

2 • �iTl ii[IQ.L.Ci r,r��� � "� 'T13FL1iJiLF�i •aa � • �
9,mO 1 .4 STANDARDS
Page 3
(a) Where materials and methods areindicated in the following specifications as being in
conformance with a standard specification, it shall refer Jn all cases to the latest
edition of the specification and- shall include all Interim revisions'. listing of a standard
specification without further reference indicates that the particular material or method
steal! conform to such I'I
steel spec*1ficationA
(b) The following reference specifications shall govern the work covered by this Section,
unless otherwise Hated or detailed:
American Concrete Institute
AC12.*21 1-.c I Standard Practice fo
ACIrm2l 1.2
Ak C 1 11111111,13 1111) 1
ACI-304
AClo.*305
AC w306
Ac I 1113vo
AG' 14-309
ACI-315
ACil-.318
ACIow347
Concrete Reinforci'n
r Selecting Proportions for Norma(,
Heavyweight and Mass concrete
Standard Practise for selecting Proportions for Structural
U,Ahtwelght
1& SpeCificatic�ns for Structural Concretef,or Buildings
ConQrete
Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Concrete
Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting
Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting
Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete
Guide for Consolidation of Concrete
Manual of Standard Practice for Det.aili
Concrete Structures
ng Reinforced
Building Cade Requirements for Re'Inforced Concrete
Recommended Practice for Concrete formwork
Steel Institute
CRS- I Manual of Standard Practice
Ameri*can Societv for Testing and Materials
A 82 Specification for Cold .. Drawn Steel Wire fo
A 185
A 496
A 497
Re'Inforcement
Sner,'I'fication for Welded Steel Wir
Re'tnforcement
r Concrete
e Fabric for concrete
Specification for Deformed SteeJW ire for Concrete
Reinforcement
Specification for Welded Deformed Stec! Wiry Fabric for
Concrete Reinforcement
A 615- Specification for Def)nmed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars far
Concrete Reinforcement
C 33
SpecAlfication for Concrete Aggregates
Rev,, 0 3l09
SECTION 9

t
+
•
9.Q1,5
American Soci'etv for Test*ina-and 'M'aterials .,. con
C 39
C 94
0150
C 309
C 1059
D 1761
.4.
D 1752
Page 4
timed
Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens
Spec'Ification for Remy -Mixed Concrete
Specification for Portland Cement
Specification for Liqui
for Curing Concrete
d Membrane -Farming Compounds
Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to
Hardened Concrete
Specification for Performed expansion Joint Filler for
Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
(N.onextrudting and Resilient Bituminous Type,$)
Sne_c'1'f'1'cat'1on for Performed Sponge Rubber and Cork
qr
Expansion Joint Filers for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
(a} STORAGE - Cement and aaarenates shall be stored in such a manner as to
deterioratrevent i�n or intrusion of foreign matter.,, Liquid admixtures shall be
protected from freezing and from settling out of solut*tonL Any deteriorated or
damaged matenal shall not be used for concrete.. (b)
DELIVE.RY.. OF.. RE-IIN-F-ORCING BARS -
without bending..
Reinforcing bars shall be delivered c
� D-ELIVERY OF CONCRETE - Revolution counters shall be in operation for all
concrete discharged for use an this project. 9.02
CONSTRUCTION MATERIA.LS 9.02.1
G
9*02_*2
Rev..
03/09
ENERAL
All materials and fabricated R,%.,.oms shall be furnished by an established and reputable
manufacturer or supplier, All materials and- fabricat., ed items shill be never and shall be of
first class ingredients anid- cpnstruction and- guaranteed to perform t lie service required
and shall conform to the following standard sPecif*icat*ions. Cited exa .. pies are used
only to denote the quality standard of product desired and does not restrict
b*tdders to a specit'Ic brand, make , manufacturer or spec'iqfic name. They are used
only to set forth and convey to bidders the general style, type, character, and
quality of product desired. Equ*lvalent products w'I'll be acceptable.,
CONCRETE
MATERIALS
(
a) PORTLAND CEMENT - Portland cement shall conform to Specifications for
Portland Cement ASTM Ca-150 and shall be Type I , except , where high early
strength concrete is called for, cement shall be Type III.
SECTION
s

Page 5
(b) CONC"RETE AGGREGATES
(1) Concrete aggregates
Concrete Aggregates. Aggregates failing to meet these requirements but
1
producing concrete of the required quality as shown by special test or
shall conform to ASTM C3'3, Specifications for
actual service may be used where authorized by the Engineer. (see
Table. 1, Grading of Fine and Coarse Aggregate for Concrete).
(2} The maximum size of the aggregate shall be not larger than 1/5 of the
narrowest dimension between s'des tthe forms uvithin which the
concreteis to be cast nor larger than 3/4 of the min imum clear spacing
1 between reinforcing bars, or between reinforcing bars and forms,. For
unreinforced slabs, the maximum size of aggregate Shall be not JargN::-.#
than 1/3 of the slab th'ickness.
(3) Coarse Aggregate shill cons'J'st of clean g,ravel or crushed stone, free
from safe or elongated places and deleterious substances.
IAN t-tine aggregate shall consist of sand having clan, hard, durable grains
free from deleterious substance., Sand shall be tested for impurities in
accordance with ASTM C 40 and shall be rejected for exposed work if it
shows a color darker than the reference color.. A soundness test shall be
conducted in accordance with ASTM C 882.
(c) ADMIKTURES - Admixtures shall be measured and dispensed according to the
manufacturers recommendations.
I) AIR ENTRAININ'G - Rir entraining admixtures
shall conform
IN 0
260'1Specificatians for Air-Entrainfng Admixtures for Concrete
to ASTM C
(2) WATER REDUCING -Water reducing admixtures shall be composed
essentially of water soluble reacting products of an amine and an organic.
acid, and shot! not contain lignosuifonic acid, its derivatives or calcium
chloride. Adm'lxtures shall conform to AS-T---M C AQ4, Types A, D or E,
dependent on the necessity for providing retarding or acceIerating
characteristics to the mix.
(3j OTHER - Other admixtures shall conform to appropriate ASTM
Standards. Their use shaft be approved by the engineer.
(d) MIXING W---A-TE.R -Preferably, water used in mixing concrete shall be fresh, clean
.......
and potable, Nonpotable water may be used if mortar cubes made with the water
in quesfion have 7 and 28 days strengths equal to those nfi companion specimens
in which potable water was used..
9.02-.3 REI'NFORCING
(a) Bt�RS - Intermedolkate grade, deformed - ASTM A615, grade 60.
(b) WELDED FABRIC AND COLD DRAWN WIRE W ASTM A82, A1851 A496 and
A497kf
L
'T
I
I
i
,
}
{
{
r
r
•
I
Rev. 0-3,/.0-9-
+ti
SECTION-.9

9tO2a4
9.02vS
9'4M02-.116
Rev. 03/09
JOINTIN''G'fin'ATERIALS
(a) WATER STOPS wr
chloride material.
Page 6
Ribbed or corrugated and manufactured from virgin polyv'inyl
dr
(1) in construction joints - "burajoint" type
Grace and Co., bometals, Vinylex, Greens
7 as manufactured by WAR.,
treat or equal.
(2) In expansion joints - "Durajoint" type 7G as manufactured by W. R. Grace
Co..,46
Bometals Vinylex, Greenstreet or
(b) EXPANSION JOINTS MATERIAL-"- Res'I'I'lent
equal.
premolded self expanding cork
conform']"
ng to ASTM D 1752 or asphalt-saturated cellulosic tIber conforming to
ASTM D 1751 1W
{c7 SEALANT -Gray polysuifide joint seater "Hornf(ex" as manufactured by W. R.
Grace and Co., BASF Sonneborn NP4.&2, Pecos Dynatrol 11, Tremco Dymer't'c or
aqua{.
d) �OR PRECAST CONCRETE ITEMS - The joints between sections shall be of the
longue and groove design sealed with a vulcanized butyl rubber elastomeric
compound which meets Federal Specification No,. SSe-1S--,0021 Q and which has a
temperature service range of -65 degrees F to +200 degrees F:�
otherwise specified joints will be grouted.
ffn�
kizq E
Unless
JOINT FILLER FOR FLOORS� Semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy
resin with a Shore A hardness of 80 per ASTM D 22403L
FLOOR TREATMENT MATERIALS
(a) LIQUID FLOOR HARDENER —BASF Sonneborn. Lapidolith, Dayton Superior
Burke o I ith, Symons Buff Hard, or approved equal.
{b} SHAKEoo-ON FLOOR HARDENER - Factory -graded, packaged, rustproof,
nong-.1azing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum oxide granules or crushed
emery with �m��y containing not less than 50 p, ercent aluminum oxide and not
less than 24 percent ferric oxide, unaffected bY freezing, moisture and cleaning
materials..
CON- CRETE CURING MATERIALS
(a) -CURING PAPER— Concrete curing paper shall meet ASTM C171 Type I.
(b) FILM - Polyeth,ylene film conform'ng to ASTM C 171.
(c) ABSORPTIVE COVER - AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth, weighing
approximately 9 oz-1sq. yd.,
{d} LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING CURING COMPOUND-m Wax free resin Type,
capable of retaining 95% of the moisture for the specified curing period and
conforming to ASTM C-w309, Type f, and containing a rod fugitive dye,. Curing
4
compound applied to surfaces to be left permanently exposed to view -shall not
cause permanent discoloration or otherwise adversely affect the appearance of
these surfaces.,
SECTION 9
r
a
I
+
I ,
I
i
t
C
•
I
f
r
j -
�
I
i
I '
r
r
i
I
t
+
t
i
i
i
i
a�
r
+
i
i
i
+
i

1
9.02.7
9402,,8
9.02.E
9.02o;10
'9-402.11
Page 7
GROUT
(a) NONSHRINK GROUT FOR GROUTING COLUMN AND EQUIPMENT BASE
PLATES -Non-metallic aggregate grout capable of developing full strength
without vertical confinement , anredq►�iring no cutting or capping of shoulders.
Grout shall be composed of 1/4 inch maximum size coarse aggregate; cement,
Is sand and water in same oror)or,ions as specified for Class B. concrete., added in
non -confined portions
placed with general purpose grout
effect UnIess,delet-ed bY the Proje
Ct
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All
of this grout m'l'xture shalt be removed and r
for final acceptance
Specitication.
(b) G E N-E RAI.. P
. This requirement is in
URPOSE GROUT
with water suffic'ent to produce
BONDING AGENT
(a) BONDING. AGENT -Non
1059, Type 11%,
- Composed of equal
required consistency.
4
parts of sand and cement,
-redispersible acrylic emulsion
DRAINAGE FILL UNDER SLABS ON GRADE
-F
conformi'ng to ASTM C.
NC Department of Transportat'j'on, Diuision of Highways Standard Size Na. S stone,
unless shown otherwise an the Contract Drawings,.
VAPOR BARRIER UNDER SLABS CDE
Vapor barrier must conform to the requirements of ASTM El 54+
PRECAST GONCRETE STRUCTURES
(a)
FINISH - All finished precast units shall be neat and smooth in appearance. The
concrete surface shall be dense and
irregularities. Precast units
appearance will be rejected. The fl'
7,
wing a
Wish requ"ir
oe the same as far cast in place concrete. (
holes, voids, honeycombs, or other
mottled, uneven, or discolored
ements for the precast concrete w'1'11
b) IDENTIFICATION -Each precast structure shall have date of casting stamped or
painted on it. If multiple castings are to be erected together, each section shall be
numbered try facilitate assembly, alignment and sequence of erection.
C} CURING � Precast uni4ts shall be subjec'ted to any one of the methods of curing
described below or to any other method or combination of methods approved by
the Engineer that will give satisfactory results . The precast units shall be cured
for a sufficient length of time so that the concrete will develop the specified
compressive strength in 28 days or less,.
(1) steam Curing -Precast units shall be placed in curing chamber , free
from outside drafts, and cured in a Moimoistatmosphere maintained by the
injection of steam for such fi'me and such temperature as may be needed
to enable the units to meet the strength requirements. The curing
chamber shall be so constructed as to allow c'irculation of steam around
the entire unit.
(2) Water Curing -Precast units may..be water -cured by cover'ing with water -
saturated material or by a system of perforated pipes, mechanical
sprinklers, porous hose, or by any other approved method, that will keep
the units moist for a minimum of 5 days after casting.
Rev, 03/09 SECTION 9

(3) The manufacturer may, at his option, oomb-ine the methods above as
long as the required concrete compressive strength is atta'Ined.,
IAI A sealing membrane mayebaippEed and should be left intact unt'l the
required strength requirements are met. The concrete at the time of
application shall be within 90 degrees F. of the atmospheric temperature.,
All surfaces shall be kept moist prior to the at)plica#iQn cif the comnounds
and shalt be damp When the compound is applied. This method shall not
be used an surfaces to be painted, surfaces to receive a bituminous
membrane or surfaces which are to receive a finish treatment 0___f any
kind.
9:,02.,12 CONCRETE MIXES
Rev. 03109
{a� GENERAL,--nJfix designs shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory
it accordance with the following requirements,
(b) COMPOSITION -Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine
aggregate, coarse aggregate, water and admixtures as specified herein.
(c) WORKAB''ILITY - The proportions of the concrete shall produce a plastic mixtureture
that will work readily, with the placement method used, into the corners ant
angles of the fo,[A-ms -and around reinforcement without segregation or bleed'ing
-MaxJ, imum slumpshall be 4 inches for concrete to be consolidated bv mechanica
11 q
vEbrators and -5 inches for concrete to ne consolidated Dy other means.. Concrete
containing a high ranue water reducoina admixture sha
fl have a maximum slump
of 4'1'nches before adding the admixture and 8 inches With the admixture
(d) STRENGTH The proportions of the concrete shall produce concrete which has
the compressive strength required. Unless specified otherwise in the Project
Specifications or noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings, all cast in place
concrete shall have the co,mpressiu� strenath at 28-days listed below fQr its Glass.
(e) CLASSES � The classes of cast-in-place concrete are: as follows:
Compres$lve
Application
Class
Strength, 2st
-----------------------------------------------
A
41000
.... ......... .....
Foott"n9s and slabs on rode
B
41000
Supported slabs, beams, columns and walls
C
4,000
f'illets, cradles and fi'lling voids or backfilljng
............
and sidewalks, pedestr"ian ramps, etc
D
4,000
Concrete avement
E
41000
Curb and utter-----------
{� AGGREGATE - Coarse aggregate shall be used in each Class of concrete Ir
in the
greatest amount consistent with rewired workability. The rat io of sand to total
aggregate shall be from 33 to 42 percent by weight based upon surface dry
material, unless a higher percentage is authorized by the Engineer dui to
character of coarse aggregate. Over sanded mixtures will not be accepted,,
Minor changes in aggregate propoionirtng shall be made during the progress of
the work to adjust for changes 'in aggregate gradat!ions1,-
(g) AIR CONTENT -Concrete for flatwork, curbs, stairs, platforms and ramps which
will be exposed to precipitation, and at other locations as indicated in the Project
SECTIUN 3

Page
A
Specifi'cafi'ons or an the Contract Drawings, shall be air entrained,. The total air
content shall be as follows;
Nominal max9k
imum. size of total air content,
Coarse aggregate, inches percent by volu e
5-9
�/ 4--;,$
1 3,,5 - 6.5
1 /3 31-6
Goncrete for floors
to receive a steel trowel finish shall not be air entrained...
(h) -ADMIXTURES - except as noted on the Contract Drawings, all cast irr place
concrete shall contain an approved water reducing admixture conforming to
ASTM specification C 494., Admixture TvDes A, D, E or F may be used,
dependent on the necessity for providing retarding or accelerating c
Rev,, 03/09
to the mix. The use of calcium ct
shall be used and dispensed
manufacturer. Proportioning and
manufacturer.
haracterj*st41CS
he admixture
according to the recommendations of the
mixing shall be as recommended by the
ride in concrete is prohibited.
(i} ADDITIONAL WATER The addition of water to plant mix concrete is
discouraged, At any time when additional water is to be added to plant mix
concretes the Contractor shall supply the Engt"neer with documentat'i'on to prove
%r that the tarot amount of all waterin the mix is not exceeding the plant mix design
or in the event of no specific plant mix design, not exceeding the allocat'ions as
provided herein. If on-s'te additions of water are requested, all necessary
materials to substant*late the maximum amount of field added water shall be
made available to the Engineer prior to any concrete pour,, ACI.-#304 R-89 refers.
(j) MIX DESIGN - Proportions of concrete mixes shall be determined according to
ACI 301 based on field tests or trial mixes.
(1) TRIAL MIXES - Where required, an advance design of each concrete mix
required shall be made by an independeat Testing Laboratory in
accordance with ACI 211 -1, for normal concrete, or ACI 211 .2, for
lightweight concrete, to attain the properties of strength, slump and
entrained air content.. Advance tests of each class of concrete where
required shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31 by an independent
Testing Laboratory., Four standard 6 inch compression cylinders, one to
be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days, per ASTM C39, shall be made
with the propa�tIoning and materials proposed t� be used on th*s
Contract. The slump shall not be less than the greatest slump expected
to be used in the structures, Test specimens shall be made before
beginning operations, using the consistenc"ies suitable for the work and in
accordance with ASTM Method of Making and Curing Concrete
Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory {ASTM
C 192). Tests shall be conducted according to ASTM Method of Test for
Compressi've Strength of Molded Concrete Cyl'Inders (ASTM C39). A
01
curvy shall be established to represent the relationship between the
water.cement rat io and the minimum 28 day compressive strength. or
arlter-streng..,# at which the concrete is to receive its full working load.
The- range of values on the curve shall include all the compre ssii
ve
strengths called for--by.t-,hese Contract Documents., The curve shall be
established by at least three points, each point denoting average values
from at least four test specimens. The water cement rat"10 shall
SECTION 9
I '
G _
t
•
A
i
i
r
I•
r
I.
i
y
t
r
�
}
7
4
L
i
I
f
+
i
1

t
i
I '
I
L
y
Page 10
correspond to a strength sufficiently high as to ensure that Wane of
the strert. th tests shall have values less than the specified strength.
The lasts made an the aggregates as required above may be made a
part of these tests if su'ltably referenced on the reports which shall be
issued at 7 and 28 days. These tests shall berepeatedi f necessary
because of changes in materials or unsatisfactory results. Unfavorable
results of actual pours, may necessitate redesign of Mixes.,
gA02,'i3 COtVGRETE MI
XING
aj BATCHIt�G - A(( concrete and mortcfm aterials shall be measured in
conformance with ASTM C 94V
b} IVllXlNG CONCRETE
(1) Mixer The mixing of concrete shall be done in a batch mixer of
approved type or in ready -mix equipment conforming to ASTM C 94, The
volume of the mixed mater"I21s for each batch shall not exceed the
manufacturer's rated CaPaCity OT the mixer. All concrete mixers, stationary
or trans'lt mix, shall be equi"pped with revolution counters in proper
working order..
Rev, 03/09
(2j Mixing lime -� Concrete shall be mixed unt'll therei's a uniform di'str'ibution
- Rhow9b0p _r
of the mater'lals and shall be discharged com-plete,ly before the mixer is
recharged. For job mixed coycrate, the mixer shall be rota#ed at the
speed recommended by the manufacturer and mixing shall be continued
for at le.as# one Minute aft.e-r all matenais are in the mixer. for mixers
larger Than 1 cubic yard canad'ty, the minimum mixing time shall be
increased 15 seconds for each additions[ one-half cubic yard of concrete
capaclty,,For job mined concrete, the mixer steal! be rotated at a speed
recommended by the manufacturer. Each, hatch of one cubic yard or less
shall be mixed for at least one m'l'nute after all materials are in the mixer,,
The mixing tine shall be increased bY 15 seconds for each ;additional
cubic yard or fraction thereof.. The entire batch shall be discharged
before the mixer is recharged, If job mixed concrete is used, all
equipment and method!s of mixing employed must be approved by the
Pe
engineer.
(c) COLD WEATHER BATCHING - Proceduros in ACI-w3O6, "Recommended
Practice for Cold Weather Concreting", shall be followed. When the temperature
is below 40 degrees F or is likely to fall below 40 degrees F during the 24-whour
period after placing, adequate equipment shall be proAldad for heating the
concrete mater'lals. No frozen materials or materials contalining ice Shall be used,,
IL
Temperature of the separate materials, including the mixing water, when placed
in the mixer shall not exceed 140 degrees F. When placed in forms the concrete
shall have a temperature between 84 degrees F and 90 degrees F.
(d) HOT WEATHER BATCHING - Procedures in AC14a305, Recommended Practice
for Hat Weather Concreting, shall be followed.. Concrete temperature snail not
exceed 940 F prior to pla.cement.
(e} MIXING Mrw%RT
ARS The mixing of M0_kars and grouts shall conform to the
requirements for Mixing Concrete as stated above.,
-SECTION 9

Page
9.03 CONSTRUCTION �ETHQpS
9.03A
9*03.2
9.03.3
9,03v4
Rev. 03109
PREPARATION OF EQUIPMENT
i I
(a) Before placement, all equipment for mixing and. transporting the concrete shall be
cleaned and all debris and ice shall be removed from the places occupied by the
concrete. Forms- shall be thoroughly wetted (except in freeing weather) or tiled,
and masonry filer units that will be in contact w'l'th concrete shaft be well drenched
(except in freezing weather). The reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of
ice, dirt, rust, scale. or other coatings.
(b)-Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless
otherwise permitted by the Engineer, All laltance and other unsound material
shall be removed from hardened concrete by sand blast ing, chipping or wire
gushing before add'Itional -concrete is added.
INSPECT-.O-N
After the reinforcing steel is �n place and aJl formwork completed, and at least 48 hours
before placsng concrete (anless shart�r notice is specifically permi#ted), the Contractor
shalt notitv the engineer that the work is ready for his inspection. The Engineer will then
(aspect the work,, the Contractor shallshall assist the
required by
hivec�pab[emenonthe[obwhohivec�pab[emenonthejobwho
Eng10 ineer in If the work and who sha
the Er�ginaer Nrior to placing the concrete.
WATERTIGHT STRUCTURES
11 make all change I*n the work
All- concrete structures shall be made watert ght,, The Contractor shall use all means
necessary to produce structures that are absolutely watertight against hydraulic
Ir
pressure both from inside and ftom outside. Concrete walls, etc.,, that show seepage or
daats will not be aceed unitl this condition is corrected. No water -proofing
.0 .
ingred'Aients shall be added to the concrete mix unless approved by the Engineer..
Should contractor cracks occur in the �c�n�rete wprk, the Contractor shall' make such
q'
repairs as necessary to produce a watertight structure.
FORMWORK
(a) Constriction -Forms shall be constructed to conform to the shape, form, I ine and
grade indicafied on the Contract Drawings; shall be mortar tight and shall be
maintained suffic'Ien#ly rigid to prevent deformation under load. Forms for
exposed concrete surfaces shall be faced with smooth plywood. Exposed wall
surfaces shall include interior and extertior concrete surfaces, beams, columns.,
stabs, and all tank, chamber and tunnel walls except those in. contact'w'lth earth..
All exposed corners shall be chamfered 314 inch, unless otherwise noted an the
Contract Drawings. Unlined forms may be used far concrete work not exposed to
view aeon completion of the Project. Farms shall be coated with a nonstaining
- mineral oil. Absolutel-y, under nc) cond*itqj'on, wig[ the coating of reinforcing or form
ties with the form release oil be tolerated.. The Contractor shall be completely
responsible for the design and the structural safety of the formwork, shoring and
bracing and shall provide a reasonable factor of safety in all designs.. An
adequate amount of waters, stiffeners and braces shall be used to ensure straight
If
walls upon stripping of forms..
(b) Alignment - edges of dorm panels in contact with concrete exposed to view in the
finished work shall be flush within 1/32 inch.,. Firms for plane surface areas shall
be such that the concrete will be plane within 1/8 inch in 4 feel. Leading edges of
SECTION 9
r
a
C
y
+
+
I
r
f
r
�
r
f
r
+
+
}
r
i
I
r .
I
+
i G '
a
F
S
I
i
� I
I
I
I
r
i
or
1
} I
I
C
I
r
1
F
i

0
9.015
9.03.E
Rev. 03/09
concrete at top of walls and other
measured from a 10 font template,
Page 12
exposed locations shall lie within 1/4 inch as
(c) Removal -Forms shall be removed in such a manner as to insure the complete
safety of the structure,. Beam and girder side forms,, columns and wall forms may
be removed as soon as the concrete has attained sufficient strength
.0 own weight, but not less than A 8 hours subsequent. to placeme
forms and shoring for slabs, beams, girders and other structural members shall
to sustain its
Support, ing
not be removed until the members have acquired sufficient strength to support
%+
safely their own weight and superimposed loads, but in no case less than 14
days, provided sample lest cylinders show a strength of not less than 3,000 p-,s1-'1#
in- compression when cured- under conditions similar to those affect*ing the
structure involved.
FORM Tick
(a) The hype of form ties proposed to be used shall be approved b-Y the Engineer
before in stallati,on. Wire tips wi�� not be Permitted,. Farm tie, s shall be adjustable
in length or of proper fixed length and of such type as to leave no metal Glaser
than one and one half inches to the finished concrete surface. Ties shall not
leave holes larger than one inch diameter at the surface of concrete. Unless
otherwise permitted ties shall be -left in place. A plastic cone spacer steal! be used
at each end- of the, form tie Mowing a full 1-1/2 inch breakbackl,
(b) Removable port)k J%
ion of farm teas sha
after removing the f
ooncrete surfaces,,
arms. Cary sha
be removed from the conc-retel' med*lately
be exercised to avoid spall'Ing the exposed
(G) Within 24 hours after farms are removed, holes left by removal of ties shall be
patched as sp'ecified in 9,.03.,12.
REINFORCING
(a) Reinforcing steel shall be handled and placed in accordance with ACI 315 AC;1
318 and the CRS! Manual of Standard Practice. Reinforcing steel , at the time
concrete is placed steal( be free frill,m rust scale or c�fher coatings that wiEl destroy
or reduce the bond'. it shall be accurately placid in accordance with the Contrast
Drawings and steal! be adequ-ately secured in position by concrete or metal chairs,
+- spacers and tie wires.
b Metal reinforcement shalt be accurately positioned and -secured a-,--gainslf
displacement by us -in- g- annealed wire of not less f.han No,. 16 gauge,, or suitable
clips at'intersections, and shall be supported in a manner that will keep all meta(
away from the exposed surfaces of the wall. Nails shall not be driven into the
outside forms to support re'Inforcement nor shall any other devi'ce for this purpose
came in contact with the outside form on walls exposed to view after structure is
completed,
(r,)-All bars shall lap a minimum of 36 bar dia��ieters. Adjacent sheets of wiry mesh
shall lap a minimurti of 6 Inches and be securely wired together. Reinforcing
steel in slabs and foofings loured against grads shall be supported on precast
concrete units spaced at'Intervals required by the size of reinforcement used and
of the proper height to accommodate the proper poistioning of the reinforcing.
Steel chairs and slab bolsters supporting reinforcing in beams and slabs (on
formwork) shall be galvanized or plastic protected,
(d) Reinforcement shall be carefully formed to the dimensions indicated on the
Contract Drawings.. Heating of reinforcement will be permitted only when
S-ECTION 9
-h

. . 40
approved by the Engineer,. Field bending of r
concrete surfaces is prohibited,
I + I
Y
Page '13
elnforc"nq bars which project from
(el Wherever i# is necessary to splice reinforcement otherwise than as shown on the
Contract Drawt*ngs, the character of the splice sha!( be as specified by the
Rt
Engineer on the basis of
reinforcement at the spike.
stress nor shalt adjacent bars be spliced at the same point. far splices shall be
staggered.
allowable bond stress, and the stress ire the
.0 Splices shall not oe made at points of maximum
.0.
(f) The re'i'nforcement shall be om,,tected bV the -thickness of concrete indicated in the
Contract drawings. Where not otherwise shown, the thickness of concrete over
the reinforcement shall b;w- as follows :
l.ocation Minimum Cover
Where concrete is deposited against- the. ground withoL,,lt 3"
the use of forms
Where concrete is exposed to weather or to the ground 2".
but laced jhn farms
In slabs and -walls not exposed to the ground or the 3/4"
weather
In beams, girders and columns not exposed to the 1-1/2
round or to the weather
In all cages at least equal to
the diameter of
the bars-----------
----
(9) exposed re inforcing bars intended for
protected from corrosion by concrete or
banding with future extensions shalt be
other adequate coveding.1-
9:w03*7 ANCHORAGE ITEMS, CHASES, SLOTS, INSERTS, PIPING AND CONDUIT
Suppt)'RTS AND GUIDES AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS
(a) All pipe chases, cavities, slats, inserts, anchors, etc,,,, required may not be shown
on the Contract drawings. Nevertheless, they shall be provided for before
concrete is poured. It shall, be the requirement of this Section to notify other
Sections or Contractors in due time, so they may provide the essential
information as to size and locat'ions and furnish any required embedded i#ems.
These embedded items steal{ be supplied under the other Sections or
Contractors, butj'4nstalled under thIs Section.
b Install doveI 1fl anchor slats i
n
specified in General Spec"ficat"on
concrete work
Masonry,,
for anchorarigmof masonry as
(c) install inserts as required for support of suspended ceilings and other suspended
installations.,
(d} Whereitems are to beinstalled toter, the space around the fixiure sh 11 be made
wa er t*g t by completely filling w I i h an) n-shrink grout.
(e) Conduits, pipes, sleeves eto,,, with the outside diameter not exceeding !.If' of the
thickness of concrete and spaced not closer than 3 d*iameters an center may be
4
rev. 03/09 SECTION g

placed in the center of stabs, rriaNs, beams, caiun�ns, etc.,
ring shall be not less than 1" and ioreferablv 21t-,
Engineer. Concrete cove
when approved by the
(f) Piping carry ing I iquid, air, gas, eta., shill be� tested immediately prior to placing
concrete and again after concrete has attained its designed strength.
9:m03m8 jOINTS
(a) Locatoton -Joints shall be placed at locations indicated on the Contract prawings.
Joints not indicated on the Contract Drawings shall be so made and located as to
i16
mpair least the strength of the structure. If it becomes necessary to place
construct'l'on joints at locations not shown an the Contract Drawings, the locatians
of such joints shall be approved by the Engineer
(b) Construction JointsJoints shall have continuous keyways as indicated on, the
Drawings,, Where not specifically indicated an the Contract Drawings, the
keyways sha11 b� a minimum width equal to the -width of the wall divided by 3 and
a min,imum-d'ep#h of 1-5/8 inches. �n order to rninirnize shrinkage, long taws of
walls shall not be poured at one time. Na more than 80 feet in the horizontal
d4trection shall be poured at one time without ioint., a construction unless the
engineer has given writken ap�r�va( of such procedure. Where a joint is to be
mace, the surface of the concrete shall- bel... thoroughly cleaned and all la*ltance
removed by sweeping the top of the joint wth aisstiffJUSbroom t before the
6
concrete becomes thoroughly hard., No such Joints shall be made without first
1
obfai�ting the permission of the Engineer:0 in writing. In addition to the foregoing,
vertical joints shall be thoroughly, wetted and flushed with a coat of neat Cement
grout, is which has been added an approved bonding agent, immediately before
the placing- of new concrete.
c Additional Construction JointsSuch joints shall be so made a»d located as to
.
least impair the strength of the structure. At least two hours must elapse after
'F
depositing concrete in columns or walls before depositing concrete in beams',
girders or slabs supported thereon, Beams, g4lrders., brackets, column capitals
and haunches shall be considered as park of the float system and shall be placed
integraiEy therewith. Construction joints in floats shall be located near the middle
of the spans of slabs, beams or girders and steal[ have an adequate keyway-,
(d) Roadway and Curb and Gutter Joints - The Contractor steal! forma 1" expansion
1 JOint between all concrete curb and gutter and retaining walls,, �f'his expansion
joint shall be an impregnated fiber material recessed from the surface one half
inch (1 /2"). Upun-completion of the area work, the I" x 112" joint shall be
vacuumed clean and poured full of self -leveling S'Ikaflex 12SL Sealer.
>1 (e) Contra{ Joints - Crick joints -shall be sawed as per the Contract Drawings,
long''itudinally clang the centerline of all paving', and at every 15 feet across the
pavement and- at the joint between the concrete paving and the curb and gutter.
5
All crack jyotnts shall be- vacuumed and sealed with BASF SL*,2, Pecos SIR 200,
Tremco THC 900 or approved equal. All sealant steal[ be applyled to a backer rod..
f) Exposed edges of joint ma terial and joint filler steal( be capped with a dray
polysolfide joint sealer
(g) Water stops- - Water stops and expansion joint materials shall be securely
anchored to the formwork and reinforcing steel in a manner which will prevent
di spfacement during pouring of concrete,, Water stops and expansion joint
materials for joints shall be continuous around all corners and intersections.
Spices steal} be made using an electric splicing tool as recommended bY the
water stop or expansion joint manufacturer. Heated steel P[aies or torches for
Rev, 03/09 S ECTI O.N 9

El
d.
Page 15
jo41L
ining water stags w'irll not be permittedf Water'stops shall be used in the
follow'l'ng locatirons,
(1) All vertical construction faints in walls which in the final project are I'
adJ acent to soil.
(2) All vert'Ical construction -jGtnts in waifs of structures to be kept dry and
which are adjacent to water containing compartments, chambers or
tanksP.
(3) All construction joints in slabs on grade unless specifically omitted in the
Project Spec'Ificat*ions..
(4} 19
All construction joints in walls of water reservoirs.
t
Water stops shall be -constructed to the-- details as shown and noted on the
Contract Drawings.
h} Expansion Joinfs - �xpansir�n joints shall include expansion joint material and
water stops of the types designated hereto and. in locations shown on the
Contract Drawings.
i Precast Structures -Precast structures shall be cast with tongue and-- -------- groove or
male and female type joints and ends. When assembled. the joints shall provide
alignment that is continuous and_ uniform without objectionable deviation from the
lines shown on the plans or v�rithout excessive grouting nr sealing of the faints.
9oO349 PLACING CONCRETE
(�) GENERAL
(I-) No concrete shall be placid prior to wr'tten approval of the Engineer of
each design mix proposed
1,,e)n, Na concrete shell he placed except when the engineer or his
representative is present and has approved the work and authorised the
placing of the concrete., The Contractor shall afford the Engineer
whatever casual labor, platforms or other access as may be require- d for
proper field observation of the concrete work.,
(3) Field review of the worrk b y the Engineer shall in no way relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility to furnish materials and workmanship in
full compliance with the Confr�ct Dravuings and Snecifica-Vionsd
(4) Concrete shall not be placed- until aiC reinforcement is securely and
properly fastened i n its correct position, oar anti! f,orm ties at
construction joints have been retightened, nor until all bucks, sleeves,
castings, hangers, pipe, condu't't, baits, anchors, wins and any other
fixtures required to be embedded the -rein, together with farms for 6
openings to be left in the concrete hive been placed and anchored by
the Contractor, nor until the forms and reinforcement have been oiled
and cleaned respectively as specified.
(5} rate of delivery of concrete for any monolithic unit of a structure shall -
The
be that which will permit proper handling, placing, and finishing of the
co ncrete; end steal! be so regulatedm that the aximum In terval between
the placing of batches at the work site sliall not exceed 20 minutes.
Rev,. 03109 SECTION 9

Page 16
(6) The Concrete shall be placed before the elapsed time, befween adding
the mixing water xa the rnix and placing the concrete in the farms,
exceeds the following:
Air Temperature 9l1 degrees �. end above - 30 minutes
Air fie perature 8Q degrees F. through 89 degrees F. - 45 minutes
Air temperature 79 degrees F. and below - 60 minutes and before
the drum has revolved 300 revolutions
. Tn ensure mixing at the job
site, the drum musk be revalued 2d revolutions at mixing speed just
b_e
It
fore pouring.
(7) concrete is not,tO be poured can drying green concrete (I
ess
than seven
(7j days curing time] without direct written_permission of the Engineer,,
b ConveYin-
�
Concrete shall be conveved, from the mIP
ixer to the place of final
deposit by methods which w'I'II prevent separation or loss of materials, Equipment
for chutng, pumping and pneumatically conveying concrete shall be of such size
and desig n as to insure a practically caninuous flow of concrete'at the delivery
end without senaration of the materials, Aluminum pipe and chutes shall not be
used, Concrete steal[ be handled from the mixer to the place of final deposit in
Carfis, bugr�. ies or conveyors, and shall ntobe spouted odeliveredyr bspout or
trough from the hoists, or dumped .info corks with a free fall from the mixer of
mare than four (4) feet., Every possible precaution shall be taken to prevent
separation or loss of ingredients whip transporting the concrete. Delivery carts or
buggi"es shall be keIrlpt on temporary runways built over the foor system, and
runway supports shall not bear upon reinforcing steel or fresh concrete,, The
word "conveyors" as used in this specilffica,t,ton shall be construed to or
concrete pumping machines,
(C) Depositing - Before beginn. . ing a run of concrete, hardened concrete and foreign
materials shall be removed froth the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying
equipment, All conveyance's, buggies or wheel barrows shall be thoroughly
cleaned at frequent intervals: during the placing of the concrete.. Special care must
be exercised to prevent splashing of forms or reinforcemen*t with concrete, and
any such splashes or accumulations of hardened or partially hardened concrete
on the farms or reinforcement above the general level of the concrete already in
place must be removed before the work proceeds,,, Concrete shall be placed in
the farms in such a way as Lo prevent segregation. All concrete for walls shall be
placed trouhgh openings in fihe inside farm spaced areauennt ft it ervals or
through "elephant trunks" {heavy duck canvas or galvanized iron} equipped with
suitable hopper Beads. Tremies shall- be of variable lengths so that the free fall..
shall- be three (3} to four (4) feet maximum and a sufficient number shall be
placed. in- the forms to ensure the concrete's being kept level at all times.
d') itNlhert placing concrefie, sufficient iltuminafion steal( be provided in the inter'tdr of
the forms so that the concrete at places of deposit is visible from deck and
runways. concrete shall be spaded and rodded
(e) Consolidation -Unless excepfied by the �rojeck Specifications, all concrete shall
be consolidated by the use of mechanical vibrators operated by experienced
-9
workmen under competent supervision, Vibration steal! be applied d'Irectly to the
concrete unless otherwise approval bY the Enginear. The intensity of v*bratjon
shall be sufficient to cause flaw or settlement of the concrete'lLnto place. Vyibratzion
shall be applied at the point of deposit and in the area of freshly played concrete.,
It shill be of sufficient duration to accompl'I'sh thorough compaction and complete
embedment of- reinforcement and fixtures, but not so long as to cause
segregation. Supplement vibrating by spading and.- rolling. By hand in the
corners and angles of forms and along form surfaces while the concrete is plastic
under the vibrator im.-1�on. No forking or raking shall be permitted. When using
Rev.. 03/09 SECTION 9
I
i
I'
I
+
i
{
I
I
r
rt
�
a
4
y •.
i
a
I
I
I '
r
t •
i

r
... ..... ...
i.
Page 17
I
I
i
' � I
vibrators on floor slabs, the bottom of hevibrator must not be permitted to ride
the form supporting the slab. Vibrator must be laid on the concrete
marring slab forms,Vibrators and consnlidation shall conform to theof AEI 3n9. When forms are removed, surfaces chalk be even and dense, free
from aggregate packets or "honeycomb. " Spec€ai care shall be takendense concrete around ail inserts.
#
t
to 1
prevent
I
equtrements
(f) Where the Contract Drawings require concrete fiEl to be placed in concrete
masonry units, cavity walls or other similar locations where proper placement and
o secure
cansofidatior cannot be made, the cor�crete
maximum aggregate size and the maximum slump increased tp 8
minirr►um strenath requirements are maintained.
sEabs on vrade - t�rEor to placing reintarcemen
fill compacted, the drai�►age fill placed and
material and other embedded items placed as
and other Sections of the Specificatio►�s.
ti
+
+r
�
r
I
}
E
�
7
}
I
may be proportioned with 3/8"
provided the
fithe grade sha({ be preparedthe
the vapor barrier, keyways, joint
requ�{e� by the Contract Drawing
(1) A minimum thickness afi 8 inches of drainage fill st1a
all
MW
unless specifically denoted otherwise on the Contract Drawings
drainage fill shobe compacted with- a vibrating-plate
Compaction besting of drainage �ii! is not requires+,
!l be provided under
slabs on grade and at other locations noted on thy. Carttract Drawin
The
compactor.
(2) A vapor barrier shall be prouided under all slabs on grade within building
tins ar�d af o#f�er locations noted an the G�antract arewings. The vapt�r
barrier shall be placed try lapping aN edges a minimum of 4" and sealing
confinuausiy Wftll an approved roofing mastic, wa#erproof tape or
equivalent material Seal around ail piping and other openings through
the vapor barrier and turn up edges 2° minimum at the walls and other
vertical surfaces. Igo not black weep holes.
Screed chairs or akher obj��fs shall rigt be permitted to d�arnage or
penetrate the vapor barrier or waterproofing membrane. Buggy runways
shall be used where concrete is required td be transported over the vapor
barriee or �rvaterpronflng membrane. Screeds may be sit in rnaunded
concrefe in lieu of screed chairs.
{h} Bonding and Grouting - Concrete surfaces against which new concrete is tc� be
laid shall be tho�o�tghly cleaned and wetted. in addition, the joint shall be
roughened as required to develop an adequate bonding surface. Existing
concrefie shall have a slurry of one (1) part cement and three {3} parts sand
brushed on prior #o pouring ne�,v concrete. Horizontal construction joints- ire walls
shakl be slushed with at is�st 2 inches of cement and sand grout just prior to
p4acing r�ew eoncretp. This gout shall be of the same mixture as the cancrete,
but with coarse aggregate omitted. At vertical construction joi;-its, specia4 care
sha11 bs talon to work the freshly placed concrete to obtain an adequate amount
of � nortar at khe jc�infi.
S.(!3.'!U SURFACE FfN15HE5
a} General - The finishing of concrete work shall be in accordance uviih Chapters 10
and 11 ofi ACI 301.
(b) Wails and Ceilings
Unexposed Surfaces - Concrete surfaces belowgrade adjacent to earth
and other surfaces nt�t exposed to uiew after construction such as
Reu. 03/09 SECTION. 9

(C)
Rev., 03109
completely enclosed chambers, wet wells, ate., Thai! be given a rough
fi'nish as follows: Fins and rough edges shall be removed., Honeycomb,
aggregate packets, voids over 1/2 inch in diameter, and holes [eft by form
tins shall be patched as specified in "Patching Concrete" below and damp
cured for 48 hours,,
(2) �xpOsed Surfaces Concrete surfaces which are exposed in the fln"rshed
work for both exterior and interior loc;aflons sha
as follows: Follow III the steps noted above
If be given- a smooth finish
for a rough finish. Upon
completion of these steps, apply a smooth finish by thoroughly wetting
and then brush -coating the surfaces with cement grout composed by
volume of 1 part cernen# to 2 parts fine aggregate passing the No, 30
sieve and mixed with water to the consistency of xhick paint. Grout shall
be cork or wood -floated to fill all pits, air -bubbles, and s_urfare holes,
excess grout steal! be scraped off- with a trowel and the surface rubbed
with burlap to remove any A'sible.. grout film. I hedw. grout shall be kept
damp bv means of fog spray during the setting period. The finish of
any area steal[ be completed in the. same day and the limits of a finished
area shall be made at natural breaks in the finished surface., Smooth
finished surfaces shall'l'nclude, but shall not be limited to the following:
jo
a,, The full he'lght of malls and surfaces in open tanks, reservoirs
and basins-,
6. Exterior walls of tanks and st'ructures -adj4acent to earth to any
foot below finished grade.,
a Inter(or -surfaces i-n basements, tunnels, pipe galleries, equipment
rooms, and above grade areas,,
d. All surfaces which are to be painted,
(3) Rubbed Surface finish - A rubbed surface shall be provided on surfaces
specifically designated in the Project Specifications or Hated an the
Contract Drawings. The surfaces to be rubbed shall first be thoroughly-
2rsaturated with water. They shall then be rubbed with a medum coarse
carborundum stone until a light paste has been formed which steal[ fill all
voids, a-nd until all form marks, fins, projections and irregularities have
been removed., The paste formed by this rubbing shall be leftip'n place
and allowed to set., The final finish shall be obtained by a second rubbing
with a fine carborundum stone and clean water. This rubbing shall
cont'i'nue until the entire surface is of a smooth texture and uniform color.
After the final rubbing is completed and the surfac- e is dry, it shall be
lightly brushed or rubbed with burlap to remove the loose powder. The
surface shall be left free -from -powder blemishes, discolorations and
object'ionable marks.
CONCRETE FLOOR' AND ROOF SLABS
(1) General T Floors shall be level with a tolerance of 1/8 inchin ten feet,
except where drains occur, in which cage the floors shall be pitched to
the drains as indicated on the Contract Drawings. The ducking of wearing
surfaces with dry materials will not be permitted.
'2} Monolithic Finish -Alf floor surfaces, including floor surfaces of ch�nn�ls,
tanks and structure floors, exposed to view upon complefl*on of Project
shall be given a monolithic finish as follows: While the concrete is still
green but sufficiently hardened to bear a man's weight wfthout deep
imprint, if shall be woad -floated to a true, even plane with no coarse
aggregate visible.Sufficient pressure shall be used on the woodfloats to
bring moisture to the surface. The concrete shelf then be double stee
SECTION 9
f
f
I
I
I
I
i

Page 19
troweled to produce a smooth impervious surface., Floor slabs of
qF
reservoirs, Tanks and basins and roof slabs may be power -machine
_finished in lieu of steel and hand troweling:, Floor stabs receiving a
wearing surface, such a$ W7Vhalk, rubber ar vinyl tile, linoleum, cark, etc.,
may a!so be P owerfwmachine finished.
(3) Rough Slab F'n'sh - Floor slabs to receive a separate tapping of
-Pon.............. ................................ *V
concrete, terrazzo, quarry tile, etc,,, shall be given a rough slab finish by
screeding with straightedges and float't'ng to produce a reasonably true
and uniform surface. This finish shall also apply to structural floor slabs
of Channe s or flumes to which a membrane waterproofing is Af to b.e
applied.
(d) SIDEWALKS, RQAQINAYS, WALKVI/AYS, AND �XT�RIQR PLATFORMS
Such concrete surf -aces Thal! be Aloodu&fioated to a true and even plane and steal
troweled_ �"he surface shall then be slightly roughened by dragging burlap across
thes.furfalce or by other approved means.
(e) FLOOR HARDENER Two coats o'l' liquid floor hardener shal't be appl*led to all
concrete floors in buildings not designated to receive other finish or floor covering.
Remove all Foreign materta s, including mortar, paint, etc., to prevent arty f6reign
materials from showing through the finished surface-.0ne-goat sh-all be applied
upon completion of Curirg of the slab and one coat applied after Viral painting and
other finishes are comP lete,, The Tina( result shall be a transparent appearance
which, when sujected to an abrasion test made with a stiff wire brush, shall oat
dust, but shill p(Alsh without showing abrasion. I
9;x03al I PROTECTION AND CURING
(a) Genera(- Concrete damaged by freezing or flash set drying shall be removed as
directed by the Engineer and replaced at the Contracto s ow-n expense..
kp (b) Provisions shallbe made formaintaining concrete in a moist condition for a
period of at least 7 days after placement. For high early strength concretes,
however, mist curing shall be provided far at least the first 2 days when concrete
and air temperatures are abav� 5Q Fx and for longer periods when temperatures
are below 50 F.
C All concrete shall be cured- by one or more methods specified in Chapter 12 of
AC1 301. f�9embrane farming curing compounds shall not be used on any
surfaces against which addikional concrete or finishing materia.1s, are to- be
bonded,, Curing compounds shall not be us, ed on surfaces to receive hardeners,.
(d) Waterproofing curing paper shall be used for final curing of flatwork only. When
selected for Tina! curing, the paper shall be -placed as follows:. Unroll curing paper
over the entire surface to be cured.. Lap ends and'edges a minimum of 4" and
seal continuously with masking or pressure. sensitive tape and provide sufficient
weights over paper to prevent separation from concrete surface.
(e) Additional care shall be exercised in protecting and, curing the concrete tapping to
prevent rapid loss of moisture at any time during and.. immediatelY after the cur" --...inn
period.
(f) Coldm&Weather Requirements - In cold weather the procedures in ACI 306 shall be
..........
followed.. Whenever the temperature of the surrounding air is below 40 degrees F
or when the possibility exists that the temperature will fall below 40 degrees F
within the 24-hour period after concrete pouring operations, concrete placed in
the farms shall have a temperature between 70 degrees F and 100 degrees F.
Rev,. 03/09 SECTION 9

r
9*011. 2
k
Rev,, 03109
(9)
Page 20
All concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 50 digress F
for at least 72 hours and shall be protected from
72 hours or for as much time as is necessary
freezing for at least an additional
to ensure t)roper curing of the
'P
concrete. I ne nousing, covering or otner protection used in connecTion with
curing shall remain jn place -and in.tact at 1e4.n,.SA 24 hours after the artificial heating
is discontinued, Flour slabs against earth, including slabs of tanks, reservoirs and
basins, shall be protected with a covering of suitable insulating mated'al to prevent
frost penetration into the subgrade. Such insulation shall be of the non- staining
type. No dependence shall be placed on salt or other chemicals for the prevention
bf freezing.
Hot. --Weather Requirements - In hat weather adequate measures shall be taken
avoid nIgh temperatures
placed concrete. The I
14
in fresh concrete and t
rocedures in ACI 3u*0
requ-iremenzs areas toitows:
to
o prevent rapict aryiny ot newly
sha[I be followed,.. Additional
f IF
('f) AV.gregate stackpiies shall be kept moistened as required.
(2) Long water supply Hues shall be kept covered or painted white or
aluminum. Similar precautions shall r)e taken with water storage tanks.
(4)
moist curl
surface...
Subgrades on which concrete is to be placed shall be saturated in
advance and then sprinkled just ahead of the plac*ing operation-,'
Fresh concrete shall be Shaded as soon as possibl� afker finishing and
li be started as soon as %4
it can be dune withoui -A marring
ng sha
PATCHING CONCRETE
(a) Tie Hoes -Holes shall be thoroughly roughened and wetted, brush -coated with
neat cement grout, and filled with mortar, Mortar shall be a stiffmix of one part
cement to two parts fine aggregate passing the No.. 16 mesh sieve, and minimum
water content. Mortar shall be thoroughly- compacted in place and finished flush
If
with adjacent surfaces. When dry, the color of the mortar shall ap.proximately
match the adjoining concrete.
(b) Defective Concrete
{1) If any concrete work is not farmed as shown on the Drawings or if for any
reason, is out of alignment or level or shows a defective surface, it shall
be considered as not confa:`ming with the intent of these Spec'I'fications
and shall he removed from the job by the Contractor at his expense,
unless. the Engineer grants permission fn patch the defective area.
Permission to pdoft
atch any such areas shall not be considered a waiver of
the Engineer's right to require complete removal of the defective work if
the patching does not, in his .opinion, satisfactorily restore the quality and
appearance of the surface.
(2) Immediately after removing forms, all concrete surfaces .shall be
inspected and any oor joints, pvoids, stone pockets or other defective
areas permitted by the Engineer to be patched shall at once be patched
before- the concrete is thoroughly dry., Defective areas shall be chipped
away to a depth of not less than 1" with the edges perpendicular to the
surface., Such areas which are to be patched and a space at least 6"
wide entirely surrounding the shall be wetted to prevent absorption of
water from the patching mortar. The defective areas shall be patched
with a mortar containing a special bonding agent mixed and applied in
SECTI-ON 9

,9*03xl 3
+
Page 21
accordance with the manufacturer t s instructions. the mortar shall be
made of t
he same material and of the same proport'ions as used for the
concrete except. that the coarse aaare9ate sna
of water used in mixing the mortar shall be as
requirements of handling and placinn,.The rr
compacted into place and screeded off so as
f{ be omitted. The amount
little as consistent w'lth the
Tartar shall be thoroughly
to leave the patch slightly
higher than the surrounding surface. It shall then be left undisturbed for a
period of one to twb hoars to permit initial shrinkage before being finally
finished. The patch shall be f'l'nitrz�hed in such a manner as to match the
adjoining surface,,
PLACEMENT OF PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Placement of Precast Concrete Structures - The various sections shall he marked.- for
proper alignment during installation. Precast units shall be lifted and placed using lifting
eyes, hooks, hales or other methods acceptable to the Engineer, which w"11 not overstress
or damage the concrete.. Lifting devices or methods that wi11 mar the surface of th-e
not be used. Any precast unit which has been cracked, d-amaged,'chipped,
scarred or otherwise disfigured shall not be used,. Precast structures shall not be loaded,
concrete shall
stressed
str
backfilled or utilized until the -concrete has reached its
specified compressive
encith or has been cast for 28 days. The structure shall not be setin place utit*ll it has
been. cast for 1
4 d a Vs o r concrete has reached 75 °fo of its specified compressNk
ive stren a th,
Unless otherwise specified, prec�si structures will be set in wet concrete and supported
on blocks to maintain. roper pos''ition until concrete has set.
9.03.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
.6 (a) General -The following Gsted tests of concrete as Placed shall b performed, with
results reported to the Engineer: i
(1) Strength tests..
(�} Slump tests.
(3) ,fir contend tests.
{4) Add'(ti'onal strength tests, if requ'l'red..
b equipment The follow'ng tes"iing equipment shall be available when f"eld testing
is conducted.,
I Slump cone.
(2) Platform,.
,3) Concrete molds for cylinders; including machined base if metal molds are.
used-.
(4) 5/8 round smooth rod approximately 24" long, one end rounded to a
hemispherical tip diameter of which is 5/8".
(5} Shovel and wheelbarrow far sampling and transporting of samples.
(6) Metal or glass covers for protecting cylinders,
(7) Small scoop for use in filfing sump cone and cylinder molds,.
C} R e t1The following data shall be reported to the testing laboratory for each
group of cylinders:
(1) Mix, including amounts and brands of materials used,
(2} Specified 28 day comP ressive strength.. .
Rev., 03/09 SECT1_0_N__._9L

� as } s ti' • a��a •• �•Y � •ey a• ••�•• • � • • r � � • -
}
Rev.. 03JAG
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Page 22
Atmospheric temperature at time of pour.
slump.
Type and amount of admixtures used,
Location of concrete in the structure.. (in sufficient detail to identify
def'lnitely the pour at any later date)
The following data shall be reported by the laboratory to the Engineer and to the
Contractor:
(1) Datz#
(2) Unit
(3) Type of break-.
reported to the laboratory, listed above.
weight of the cylinder pounds/cubic feet)..
N.
(4) Percentage of, aggcegate broken..
{5} E3reak*ng 'oad
(lb-s.).
kb) Breaking stress ms.:,/sq. inch).
d STre th Testjj'nq - During the progress of the work, and for each- different mix of -
concrete, Sets of four standard 6 inch concrete cylinders shall be made and
tested. one set shill be made where less than 50 cubic yards of concrete are
placed during each days operation. An additional set of cylinders shall be made
for each 100 cubic yards or major fraction thereof over the first 50 cubic yards.
The cylinders of each set shall be malted from the soma sample of- concrete.
For precast concrete items
a set of 4 standard 6° concrete cylinders shall be
made and tested for- each days casting of each item,, One cv1'1nder sha
I. tested at 7 days and two at 28 days. Should the Contractor desire to r
It be
emove
shoring and forms before the time stJ[ ipulated in the Specifications and'to subject
the concrete to toads of any kind, he wilt be required to provide an extra set of
test cylinders for testing at an agreed upon time fa determine whether the cylinder
has actually acquired the design strength oP thy' concrete, These test cylinders
shall receive, insofiar as practicably, the same protection from the elements as
given in the portions of the structure which they represent and shall be stored on
the site. They shalt be moved to the laboratory not more than two days prior to
the date of testing. Sampling of concrete for test purposes shall be per ASTM
C172.. Mak4ing and curing of test cylinders shall be per ASTM 031. Testing of
specimens shall be per ASTM C39.+
(1j sampli*nq-The sampling shall be representative of the .-batch, (The word
batch as here employed shall be understood to refer to one day'-s pour
rather than the contents of one mixer load}. It shall- consist of P ortions
from different points in the batch. When taken from truck mixers or
agitators, the samples shall be taken in three or more regular increments -
throughout -the discharge of the entire batch. The compos'Ite sample shall
be mixed with a shovel sufficiently to insure homogeneity and
immediately molded [into test specimens. The place of molding shall be
such that the cylinders wi'll-not have to be moved during the first 24 hours.,
Molding shall tie done on a platform ar same- other firm, level base not
subject to vibration-.
V)N Size of S eci ens Cylinders shall be 6" in diameter and 12" deep, The
mold shall be metal or other nonabsorpti've material such as paraffined
cardboard, If a metal mold is used it must have a machined bass which
can be secured to the mold'and be. watertight.,
(3j M.01ding -Place the concrete into the mold three layers of approximately
equalvolume., Move the scoop ground the top edge in placing ire order to
SECTION 9
i
I
i
F
}
r
r
F
•
+
I
I
i
1 •
I
'
I •
I
I
*,
I
r
i
I
i
{
1
r
I
••
I
y
a
�
I
•
.
I
I
7
I

r
41
further bv a circular motion of the tamr)ina rod,.. Rod each foyer with 25
r standard tad (sic equipment list}. Distribute
he crass section ot the mold, penetrating into the
immedi'ate underlying layer... Bottom layer shalt be nodded throughout its
distribute the concrete
depth. Wham votds are I�ft by the tamping rod, tap sides of the mold to
close the voids. After she to-N.) Iayer has been rodded, strike off the
surface of the concrete with a trowel and rover with a glass or mesa! plate
to prevent evaporation. Marx number and date an tap of cylinder with a
IL A
na, 11
Or
SIM Allar oblfect,,
(41 Stora e -Test sr)ecimens shill be removed from the molds at the end of
24. hours and stored in a locaC-ion such that they will be protected from -
damage. At the end of 48 hours they shall be moved to the laboratory
4L
where thev shall be placed in a moist room or in a lime saturated water
bath until time for testing. The temperature of the moist room or water
bath must be -controlled between the limits of 60 F and 8(} F-r All other
conditions of curing shalt conform to Paragraph 7(c) ASTM C31-57. The
hest specimens cured as above specified- shall be the ores used for the
standard 7 day and 28 day reports'.
(5) Trans portation *W
Page 23
achieve symmetrical distribution of the concrete
strokes of a 5/8" diamete
strokes uniformly over t
When cylinders are moved to a laboratory they shall be
Dackepackersin boxes having inside dimensions of 7" X 21" X 13" to contain
three cylinders. The box shall be made of 1/2 ti plywood with a separation
partition between cylinders and equipped with a tinged lid, hasp and.-
handl,carrying . The cyiind�r shall be picked completely with excelsior,
straw or sawdust and kept damp.., In the top of the box place a list
show't"ng the data listed in naragraph "Data to be reported to laboratory"
above,, Fasten the lid securely and tag with a shipping ti'cket-
1zhN Slump Testing -Where 25 or more cubic yards of concrete are placed, and as
necessary to aintain desired cons'isten%c..y of the concrete, a slump test shalt be
made. Not fewer than one such task shall be mace for each 50 cubic yards of
concrete placed at one opera..tion. Such test shall also be made on each sample
of concrete used in fabricating strength test specimens. Test specimen shall be
farmed in a standard 16-gauge, galvanjzed meta( slump cone 12° in he ight, as
described by ASTM C-11 43--p-52.,
(1) samp-11 Samples of concrete for test specimens shall be Taken at the
mixer or from the truck mixer in the... case of reedy -mixed and trans4lt-
14r concrete, during discharge. Obtaion such samples by passing a
receptacle completely through the stream -of concrete, at. Three or more
regular intervals throu-M.-Whout the d'I'scharge of the entire hatch except that
samples shall not be taken at the beginning or the end of discharge, The
sample shall then be transr)orted in a wheelbarrow or some other suitable
conveyance to the plate of molding. M'ix the specimen with a shovel until
the specimen is uniform in appearance., Nate location of batch from.
which the sample is taken for future reference,
(2) Mold+tnq. - Da, rrrpen the cony and place it an a flat, moist, nona.bsorbent
surface. From the sample, immediately f'1[1 the cone in three layers, each
approximately 1f3 of the volume of the cone. in placing, mc�v� the scoop
around the top edge of the cony in order to insure symmetrical
distribution of the concrete. Rod each layer with 25 strokes of a 5/8"
standard tad (see equipment list).. Distribute the strokes aoross the cross.­%
nn the cons, penetrating the underlying layer. Rod the bottom
layer throughout itsdet.h, After the toPI;ver has been nodded, stake off
surface of the concrete w'lth a trowel so that the- cone is exactly filled.
Remove the come b Y raising irt carefully in a vertical d'Irection. The slump
Rau. 03/09 SECTION 9
5

_ _ }
Page 24'
shall then be measured by determining the d"fference between the height
of the cone and the height of the specimen.
f A.4
ir Content Testing N09K
Tests for air content shall be made concurrently with making
test cylinders per ASTM C231 *
(g} Additions( Strength Tests ,The Engineer shall be telephoned immediately if any
questionable tests are discoveredin all cases that hest re8sults of concrete
cylinders fat! to meet the strength requirement established in this Specification,
the Contractor shall, at his awn expense, make additional compression tests on
cored cylinders in accordance with ASTM C42, "Methods of Securing, Preparing
and testing Specimens from Hardened Concrete. for Compress'ive and Flexural
Strengths", or make additional load tests in accordance with AC! 318, at the
direction of the Engineer. if core tests fa1*1 to demonstrate strengths adequate for
the intended purposes of the member or members in quest ion, as determined by
the Engineer, orif the failure to moet specified strength requirements- occurred in
members from which itIs impracticable to secure test specimens by the method
of ASTM 42, load tests shall be conducted and -their results evaluated in
accordance with Chapter 2 of ACI 318, " Building Code- Re.
quirements for
Reinforced Concrete." If, in the opinion of the Engineer, these alternate strength
tests indicate that concrete has been placed which does not meet the
requirements established in this Specification, the defective concrete shall be
removed and replaced, at the Contractor's expense-,. Additional tests of the
hardened concrete may be required by the Engineer even -though the
requirements of the Spec*lficafions were met when, in the Engineer's opinion,
there is cause for -concern over the adequacy of the structure.,
9.04 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
9,.04.1 WATERTIGHTNESS
All structures steal{ be watert*ght. The Contractor w"11 be required to take such steps a$
are necessary to correct any and all leakage through floors or walls of structures without
add i"t"iLo nal compensation.
9.04.2 CLEAN�UP
Upon completion of all work performed under this Section, all excess materials, storage
facilities and temporary facilities shalt be removed from the site, Areas which were
occupied during construction operations shall be smoothed and. left in first-class condifi*on.
9;.05 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT AND COMPENSATION
9,05.1 LUMP SUM CONTRACTS AND ITEMS
On lump sum contracts and an lump sum items in un1
it price contracts, concrete and
re infaraing steel or precast structures will not be measured for separate payment' and no
additional allowance w'4111 be made. for formwork, appurtenances, finishing, placing,
protecting, curing or admixtures, if used.
9.05.2 UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS AND ITEMS
(a) On unit price items and on unit prices far changes in lump sum items or contracts,
measurement and compensation for concrete and reinforcing steel, or precast
structures, placed or omitted will be made as follows.
f
3
Rev. 03/09.
SECTION 9

(b)
(C)
multiplied by the lenath installed or
for accessories or installation.
Page 25
Concrete - Measurement in cubic yards for payment or deduction will be made
comoutea trom nominal finished dimensions OT concrete OT each Class and each
construction on which unit
6
type of
allovva.nce will
admixtures, if
r)rices are included in the Contract.. Na additions
be made for fc�rmw�rk, appurtenances, finishing, protecting, curing o
used.
I
r
Reinforcing Steel - Measurement in pounds for payment or deduction will be made
computed an the basis of the theoretical weight per foot of each size of bar,
om'l'tted,. No additional allowances will be mach
+
I
I
I
r
i
i
I
�
•i
1
�
}
R
+
d 'recast Structures - Measurement for payment or deduction will be made
computed on the basis of the number of units of precast structures installed or
omitted. No additional allowances will be made for formwork, appurtenances,
finishing, curing, placing, or admixtures, if used.,
t
F
Rev: 03/09 SECTION 9

r-
Page 1
10.0 MAf�HC�}�.ES, INLETS, CATCH BASINSY
VAULTS AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
10.01 GENERAL
10.01*1 SCOPE 0FW.._0RK
JP
{a) All labor materials, equipment, tools, and services required for the work
JP6
under this section shall be furnished and.. performedin compliance with the
follow*inq General Specifications, the Project specifications and the Contract
Drawings.
(b) This General Specification designated as Section 10.0 Manholes Inlets,
Catch Basins, Vaulfs, and' Drainage Struct�;es, covers the materials -and the
installation o� such mate�i�ls generally utilized far manholes, �at�h basins,
inlets and drainage structure& The PrroJect Specifications and the Contract
Drawings designate the spe,cific work, the materials, location, grade-,. details
and construct*ion methods to be employed an the famishing and installation
at all manholes, inlets, catch basins and drai�t�g� structures. The in+elusiarr
of items of material or work w'lth*ln this Specification does not _necessad4ly
constitute their use an this Project.
{c) Manholes, inlets, caich basins, vaults, drainage structures and
appurtenances constructed and/or ir�staii�d under the provisinns of
Section 1 0.0-c Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, Vaults and Dranaige
Structures, shall*Include: providing and install'ing all necessary castings; '
providing, placing, setting 'and erecting all precast Concrete structures,
providing materials, placing, setting, erecting and provV '4
ng form work for
built in place structures; the excavation and backfill for all such structures
and providing, P acing and for mina all concrete necessary to build struc�
tares,
10.Olsr.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Attention. is directed to the provisions in the General Conditions of the.
Contract requiring the submission to the Engineer of -descript*ive eand
Of shop and setting drawings. For manhole, catch basin, inuz,;L vault and
9 drainage structure installation, such submission shall include the following,
even though items proposed to be furnished conform to ;he exact
description stated in the Project or General Spec-ificatiOrI.S.,
(1) Precast concrete joints, Jaint sealing material and reirn-forcindetaig}s.
i
(2) Full details of all castings or fabricated metals used as part of
structure,
10.01.3 STANDARDS i
Where materials and methods are indicated in the following Specifications as
being in conformance with a standard specification, it shall referin all cases to the
latest edition of the specification and shall include all interim revisions,,_ Listing of
a standard specificatid'on without further reference indicates that the particular
material or method shall conform with such listed specification. Where
Rev.. 1f12 SECTION 10

Page 2 II
anufacturer(s) or trade names appear, it is only to represent a level of j
qual'ity expected and in no way is to be construed to preselect the
Contractor"s supplier or equipment. They are used- only to denote the
quality standard of product de�ired and does not restrict bidders to a
Specl le brand, make, manufa t r Or nocific name. They are used. ontly o i
set forth and Canvey to bidders .the -general style;_ type., character, and
qual'Ity of product desired-!, Equivalent products will be acceptable..
10.02 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS i
10*02ml GPE"'NER..AL
AI! materials and appurtenances shall be furnished by an establ*lshed and
reputable manufacturer or sunnlier. All materials anal appurtenances shaft be
new and shall be of first class ingredients and construction, designed and
guaranteed to perform the service required and shall conform to the fallowing
standard specifications or shall be the product of the listed manufacturer or
similar and equal thereto as app. roved by the Engineer.
101P0242 PR��AST, REINFC3RCED GONGR�i� MANHaL�S
(a) All precast reinforced concrete manhole sections shall meat ASTM C478,
AASHTO M 1,99 and NCDOT specifications, shall be traffic bearing, and
designed to withstand an H*v,20 loading. _
b Manhole sups shall b'14e composmaterial, grouted into the side of the
structure. The rung or cleat shall Prnject a minimum clear distance
of seven {i} inches from the wall of the riser or core ��ctian measured from
the paint of embedment. Embedment of steps shall 6e a minimum of fc)ur j
(4)'Inches,.
i
i
c Pipe inlets and outlets shall be through precast holes fitted with water prof
rubber boats with stainless steel tightening bands. If rubber boots are not
used, each inlet and outlet pipe sha1R have a brick masonry collar built
around the pipe.
(d) Where openings must be cut into sides of manhole sections for drop
)p
connection, extreme carp shall be exercised so as not t.,o damage the
manhole,, The method of cutting these openings shall be approved by the
engineer. All openings cut into sides of manholes steal! have a minimum of
six (6) inches clearance between holes and manhole sect ion joints.,
(e) Eccentric cone se..ctions shall be used where duFth of a manhole milt perm -it
it.
(f) The tap ring of cone sections shall have a fiat surface formed to receive the
first course of brick masonry or grade ring.,
(9) Liftholes iingn sections of manholes shall be plugged with grout.,
Rev,-, 1/12 SECTION 10
i
}

�i
I
Page 3
10*02a3 BRICK OR BLOCK MASONRY FOR MANHOLES, VAULTS,
INLET'S, CATCH BASINS AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
(a) Masonry shall include all manholes, vaults, catch basins, inlets and drajna�Je
structures of common brick and cement mortar-,," brick courses,, where
required to br'r.ng frames and covers tti grade, for vaui#s, cancrate block Q
precast concrete pipe and manholes; and the building in of metal castings
pipes, sleeves and other items required in the work, complete as spawn
specified and directed. All common brick shall be ASTM Des: C32bw73
Grade MS or ASTM G62, trade SW.
(b) Mortars shall be mok
ixed in the proportions that fellow:
1 sack pf masonry cement-T Ib-
S.)
3 cubic feet of d-- ry Sind 240 lbs
(1) Masonry cement shall be Brixen'tr�, 'Huron, A1pha or equal, A TM
Des: C139.
(2) Sand shall be of graded quality co-nforming to the requirements of
ASTM Des: C144. Water spoil be clean potable water, free from
If 4 injurious of deleterit�UB materia{5.
(c) All bricks shall be of the best quality, hard burned brick, shall be whole,
sound straight, hard, uniform in structure, with true faces and shall be of
standard size.,
(1) lBdcks shall be sarrtpled and tested far absarp#ion in accordance with
ASTM Des: C67. Absorption shall not exceed 9%, Certified test
0
reports shall be furnished to the Engineer.
The bricks shall be culled and sorted when delivered on the ground bykj:Ll
experienced men furnished by the Contractor, and all bricks
condemned shall be'immediately removed from the site of work..
(d) when specitied, concrete blocks shall be used for manhole construction.. All
concrete black shall be of the spacial type manufactured for manhole.
construction. Such manhole blocks shall conform to ASTM C139.,
10.02..4 STEPS
1w
Structure steps shall be composition material, embedded into masonry a
minimum of four (4) inches. The rung or cleat shall proj'ect a minimum of seven
(7) inches from the wall of the.structu measured from the point of embedment.
The minimum cross sectional dimension shall be one (1) inch. The minimum de-
sign five load shall be a single concentrated load of three hundred (300) pounds.
Steps shall be spaced twelve (12) inches aP�rf end aiigned verfiyc�li,
Rev., 1/12 S ECTIO.N� 1--Q
I
7
l

i
i
Page 4
10,,02.5 CASTINGS FOR FRAMES AND' COVERS
(a) Manhole rings and covers, catch basin frames, grates and covers and other
drWinage structure castings shall be constructed of cast iron conforming to
the latest ASTM Standard specifications, Serial Designation A 48, for Glass
30 Gray iron Cast"Ings, shell be tragic bearing, and designed to withstand
H"*20 loading. All castings shall be made accurately to the required
dimensions, fully interchangeable, sound, smooth, clean and free from ' I
blisters, blowholes and/or other- defects. Defective castings which have
been plugged or otherwise treated shall not be used. All castings shall be
thoroughly cleaned and painted or coated with a bituminous paint. Each
casting shall have its actual weightin pounds stenciled or painted cfn it in
whits paint, The weight of all castings shall be within 50)o of- the weight
shown an the manufacturers' approved shop drawing submittal., Castings
will be weighed at random. Those weighing less than the approved
minimum weight allowance shall be rejected, All cassfill,gs shall be true to
the manufacturer's approved shop drawing submittal with a tolerance of
1116'1'nch. Prior to shipping, the manufacturer shall fit up all casting compo-
nents t� insure that ai{ castings furnished are of proper fit and free from
rattle. Castings- which do not have propedy fitting lids will be rejected.
(b) All castings shall be of the sits and weights shown on the plans and as
manufactured by the East Jordan Iron Works, Inc„ General Foundries, Inc,
U.S. Foundry & Manufacturing, or equal. Sanitary sewer manhole covers
shall have the ward "Sewer" cast on the tap in letters 2 inches high,, All
casting components shall have permanently tasted into them the
manufacturer's name andaP prraved part Iumber.
(c} Manufacturers shall furnish to the engineer for approval, certified tensile
test results as Performed bY an independent testing laboratory at no
add'tb"onal cost to the owner,, Warranty documentation and a legal
certificate of compliartca shall also be provided at this t"Ime by the
manufacturer.
d Al! cast'i'n9s that fail to meet the beforementioned specifications shall be
rejecote..d. All associated cost for the furnishing of approved castings shall
be the responsibility of the contractor. The approved status of the
manufacturers, providing rejected casting components shall be revoked,.
10:.02.6 HATCHES AND COVERS
Hatches and covers for vaults steal[ be as shown on Contract Drawings and/or as
described in Pro]. ct SP ecifications,,
1 0.v3 METHOD OF CONS T.RUCTION
10,03.1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES
(a) Precast concrete pipemanholes over 12 in height shall have a precast
extended monolIthl'c base section or shall be constructed an Class "C" 2500
PSI) concrete slab foundations. The concrete slab foundations small be as
Rev,. 1/12 SECTION 10

i
0
Page 5
indicated on the Contract Drawings. The precast base ring section shalt be
set can the "wet' concrete within two 1121 hours of slab pour.
Each precast
base section shall have its flat bottom and sides adjoining the bottom, for a
vertical distance of not less than (12) inches, wetted and cleaned of dirt,
mud and foreign material,,, Each precast base section sha
the flat bottom only, with a slurry of one (1) part cement
sand just prior to be ing set an the slab,,
(b) Precast concrete manhole base sec
NCDOT No., 67 stony not less than six
noted on the Contract Drawings.
II be brushed, on
id three... (3) parts
shall be placed on a bed of
ric-hes'i'n depth unless otherwlise
(c} The joints between sections of manholes shalt be of
- will be water proof and shall be sealed with mastic or r
that t
*L
ubber Omnnas.
10003 2 BRICK,OR BLOCK 1M.,.AS0NRY MANHOLES, INLETS, CAT -CH
13ASINS AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
hey
(a) All brick or block masonry structures shall be constructed on poured IP
in place
Concrete for the bottom shot! be Class '"C" (2500 PSI)
block masonry:l's started.
The bottom slab thickness shall be a minimum of eight (8) inches thick or as
shown on the Contract Drawings.
concrete bottoms.
and shall have atta'ined full strength before brisk or
such design
I
(b) The manhole shall be constructed with care beIt AN
ing exercised to form the
dc
incoming and outgoing appurtenances or pipes into t w.a11 of the Str.u.ctu1e
at the required elevafions.
(c) The bricks shall be laid in mortar of a kind and quality a!s above specified.
They shall be laid with a "shave joint" and all spaces between bricks shall be
sol'Idly and completely filled with mortar.
A "Shove Joint" method is obtained by spreading an abundant amount of
mortar along the base of the structure and then sliding the masonry unit with
a lateral motion causing the mortar to extrude up between the two units and
forming a sol'id j"oint..
(d) �h� bricks shall be laid to � line with the bed in the line of the rad*0 ii of the
curves.,, Bricks shall be thoroughly moistened before laying. Each., brick shall
be completely bedded in mortar at ifs bottom side and end, in one operation.
Joints of. face work shall be struck and neatly pointed. Care shall be taken
tohave the interior surf
ace smooch and reaular. The masonry units shall be
laid in a workmanlike manner, true to lines and grades indicated on the Con-
tract Drawings. All joints shalt have a #hickness of at least 3/8". Competen#
masons shall be employed for this work.
(e) No masonry shalt be erected when the temperature has dropped below 45
1*
degrees F. unless it is rising and of no time when it has dropped below 40
degrees except by permission of the Engineer. Masonry sha!! riot be laid an
frozen work. Any work which freezes before the mortar has set shall be
removed and replaced 'at the Contractor's expense.
Rev.. 1/12 SECTION 10
41

Page 6
(f) Unfin'j'shed work shall be stepped back. for jointing new v�rork. _
(g) The outside faces of the brick work of each structure shall be neatly
plastered with mortar not less than 3/8'vinoh thick, and trowelled smooth.7.
(h) The Contractor shall provide all necessary forms and centers. required for
laying brick masonry. They shall be true to the required curves, shapes and
sizes, strong enough to withstand all operations incidents( to the placing of
the brick work and the face aga*lnst which the work is to be (aid shall be
safisfactor'l'ly smooth and clean..
(1) Ali fresh work sha{I b� Profected from injury of all kinds and any injured work
shall be made grind by the Contractor in a manner sat*lsfactory to the
Engineer.. All new work, unless immediatelly covered with- earth', Shallr be
kept moist until. the mortar has became hard and w*111 not crack'In the sun.IV
(j} The Contractor shall build into the back masonrry the iron. steps., the pipes
and other objects shown on the Contract Drawings or as directed, and all
necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent the pipes and other work
from being displaced, broken or deformed, The bricks and mortar shall be
tightly packed around the �mbuddnd matenals so as to prevent leakage and
secure perfect adhesion.
(k) Concrete block may be used for manhole construction when approved by
the engineer. All concrete. block shall be of the special type manufactured
for manhole construction, or equal to this type-. Such manhole block shall
conform to ASTM C 139. �
(1) A " vertical joint " will be used in manhole construction when shaped manhole
%%
block. is being used. A 112-inch minimum joinfi will be constructed on loth
the bottom and top of the shaped block.. A " vertical joint" is obtained by
filling the circular shaped hole, farmed by pacing the ends of two shaped
blocks together, with mortar. The mortar placed in this hole must be
compacted with a tool specl'f"Ically approved by the Inspector. This tool wi.(I
be kept at tine jab site and used on all occasions,. Na substitute for This tool
JOR
will be permissible. The masonry units shall be laird j"n a workmanl'ike
manner, true to lines and grades indicated on the Contract Drawings,,
10.03.3 BACKFILL
Excavat'ion for manholes, inlets, patch basins, vaults and draina!ge structures
shah be backfilled in the same manner as the adjoining pipelines to which' They
are connected or a part thereof. All forms, false work, sheeting �rtd bracing shall
be removed before backfil(ing around the structure. Masonry structures shall be
allowed to set for a minimum period of 24 hours before backfilling.
10.03.4 INVERTS AND CHANNELS
inverts and channels shall be grouted into bottoms of structures so as to provide
smooth transitions for change in direction of flow and change in grade. The
channel shall be formed by grouting up to the springiine of. the pipe and. uniformly
sloping the bottom, on a slope of not less than 6 nor more than 12 horizontal to 1
Rev. 1/12 S-E,QT.1 O.N IQ- EM

11
rt F• • 1 f-_ •/ • r • :Y i F ��+r , • t �+rt-i-i 4' a�-� • ffirf+•�F �-i++ t h rt a� i �+ • a t
� F -
Page 7
vertical, to the sides of the manhole. Bricks may be used to reduce the quantity
of grout required on the "shelf' of theinvert. At no time shall the Contraotor use
calcium chloride t
o speed the setting of the grout. The Contractor shall use hy-o-
draui'i'c grout sealers only with the Engineer's prior approval..
10.03.5 PLACING AND SETTING CASTINGS
The castings for the drainage structure shall be set at the required elevation and
properly anchored and grouted to the masonry,, Where manholes are constructed
Pf
in paced areas, the top surface of the frame and cover shall be tt"Ited to conform
to the exact slope, crown and grade of the existing adjacent pavement.
1Q.03.6 MANNC}L,E D 1A k cc trtm:TE R
(eternal diameter of manhole shill be sized according to the dianieter of the
largest pipe exiting the manhole,, For nomt1nal size pipe of twenty-four (24) inch
diameter or smaller, the internal diameter of the manhole shall be four (A) feet
unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings. For nominal size pipe greater
than twenty-four (24) inch diameter, but equal to or I-ess than thd1'rtv-W9*1Xy (ou) inch
diameter, the internal diameter of the manhole shall be five (5) feet ror nominal
page sizes larger than thirty --six (36) inch di"ameter, the internal diameter of the
manhole shall be as specified in the Project Specifications or as shown on the
Contract drawings.
10.,03.7 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS,
STRUCTURES AVER EXISTING LINES
VAULTS
AND DRAINAGE
All structures that will be constructed over existing lines shall
have any
abandoned, connecting pipe broken out,. The pipe openings steal! be bricked up
and sealed with new flow lines formed as required in the Contract Drawings.
10,03,8 BREAKING DAWN & FILLING OF ABANDONED MANHOLES,
CATCH BASINS, ETC..
(a) All structures noted to be abandoned $hall have all connecting pipe plugged
wifth grout and/or mortar and brick,. The top of the structure shall be
removed to an elevation of 2 feet below subqrade or below'the springline,
where noted, and the structure filled with select earth material properly
tamped,- The Contractor shall dispose of all surplus mater'als resulting from
the abandoning of any structures"I however, every eff.ort s..
hall be made to
salvage the castings which shall became the propeq of the Ownen,
(b) The quantity of abandoned structures broken down, filled in and accepted
will be measured and paid for at the contract Lump Sum price per each
"Break" Douvrr and Filling Abandoned Manholes, Gatch Basins, and eta.",
Such, prices and payments will be full compensation for all materi'al, plugging
Par-4iopenings, breaking down of structures, backfilling, removing of broken
materiels and other incidentals necessary to complete the work as required.
Rev. 1/12 SECTION 10
•
1
1
r
1
}
� II
• I
I
� I
1
+
I
I
1
�
1
i
� I
+
•I
.x
t
1
1
f
5
t
t
t
t
1
y

rl
Page 8
10,03,wS DROP MANHOLES
(a) A drag manhole shall be constructed when the difference between the I'
inverts of inlet and outlet pipe is greater than two feet.. A drop manhole shall
consist of a standard manhole having a drop of pipe, encased iln Class "G"
concrete constructed on the outs"Ide of the manhole as shown on the.
Contract- Draw*jngs- Unless otherwise specified, the fining and pipe material [
for the drop shalt be cyst iron mechanicaljoint pipe.
b) The pipe speciaEs afi the fop and bottom of the drop, the straight. pipe used in
drop and the concrete encasement for the drop shall be included and
constructed as part of the unit price for drop manholes. ! .
10:,03.10 GLEAN -UP OF STRUCTURES
All excess materials, dirt, sand, rock, grout, concrete, farming ma[enals, trash
and debris shall be removed from structures and disposed of by the Contractor
off the project site unless spec'i"fic arrangements are made to the contrary with the
Engineer.
i
10*03A I CAST IN PLAC CDNCiE7� MANHOL.ES, CATCH BASINS, i
INLETS., VAULTS AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES �
{a) Cast in place structures shall be constructed as specified in Section 1.2,
Miscellaneous Metalwork and Section 9, Concrete Reinforcing, of the
General and Proj.ect Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
(b) Cast in place structure shall be paid for as part of the Lump Sum Base Bid
and shall be complete as 5wnec'ified or shown an the Contract Drawings
unless otherwise indicated.. j
10:.04 TESTING
All new manholes must be vacuum tested in accordance with the following procedure;
1 a The Contractor shill furnish all labor, equipment, and any appurtenant items
necessary to satisfactorily perform the vacuum test. All equipment will be approved
for vacuum testing.
2) Aift'ing hales shall b e plugged with an approved non -shrink grout.
3) All pipes entering the manhole shall be Plugged. The contractor shall securely
JL
brace the plugs to keep them from being drawn into the manhole, All service
connections tied to manholes shall also be vacuum tested with the manholes. '
4} The test head shall be placed insicie. the top of the cone section of the manhole and
the sea! inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendafions,
5} The vacuum testing equipment shall be manhole vacuum tester* A vacuum of 10-
inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. Inflate the
compres,sor band to effect a seal between the vacuum base and the manhoie cone
section. Connect the vacuum Pump to the outlet port with the valve open. With the
Rev., 1/12 SECTION 10

y + a -i-tip P I � 4 _.? F— / — �f -
Page 9
valves closed, the time for the vacuum to drop to 9-inches of mercury steal( not be
less than That shown in the followolng table.
Manh.oel. Depth
10 feet or less
>1 0 feet but <1 5 feet
;>15 feet
4811 D'1"ax
60
Sec.,
75
Sec.
90
Sec.
Diameter of Manhole
6011 Dvla*,
75 Sec.
90 Sec.
105 Sec.,
72" Dia,
90 sec.
105 Sec,
120 Sec',
(Tunes shown are minimum elapsed times for a drop in vacuum of 1-inch of mercury),
6}
If the manhole fa'lls the initia{ test, necessary repairs shall be made with an
approved non+4shrA]nk grout while the vacuum is still be ing drawn-, Reltest'j'ng shall
proceed and continue unfit a s�fisfactory test is accomplished,.
10.t06 METHOD OF PAYMENT ANC MEASUREMENT
10.05.1 MEASUREMEr-qTS QF.IV1x1NHC3LES
Manhole depths shall be measured frorn the lowest'invert to the tap of manhole
ring'. Payment shalt be based on a unit price for the depth of manhole built,, Each
manhole depth steal! be as shown on the Contract Drawings.
classification shall be as follows:
Greater t
Greater t
Greater t
Greater t
Greater t
Greater t
Greater t
han 0 feet but equal to or less than 6 feet.,
han 6 feet but equal to orr less than 8 feet.
han 8 fast but equal to or less than 14 feet.
han IQ feet but equal to or less than 12 feet.
han 12 feet but equal to or less than 14 feet,
han 14 fleet but equal to or less than 16 feet,,
han 96 feet but equal- to or less than 18 feet..
The depth
To be continued in this manner until the de'.pth range covers the deepen manhole
in the proposed Project.
10.05.2 MEASUREMENT'OF CATCH BASINS DROP INLETS, CURB
INLETS ORAY�aTHER DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
Catch basins, drop inlets,'curb inlets or any other drainage structures shall be
1k
measured from' -the lowest inverk to the inlet point of the structure,. Payment shall
be based an a unit price for the depth of the structure built. The depth of each
structure shall be as shown on the Contract drawings.
Depth classification shall be as follows:
Greeter than 0f, eet but equal to or lessth n 6 feet,.
.--
greater than 6 feet but equal to or less than 8 feet.,
Greater than 8 feet but equal to or less than 10 feel.
greater than 10 feet but equal to or less than 12 feet..
Greater than 12 feet but equal to or less than 14 feet.
Rev. 1/12
SECTION 10

Great
Create
r than 14 feet but equal to qr less than 16 feet..
r than 16 feet but equal to or less than 18 feet.
Page 10
To be continued in this manner until the depth range covers the deepest structure
in
the proposed
MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT OF MASONRY VAULTS
Masonry vaults shall be paid for as Lump Sum unit pr(ce items,
•
41
11
Rev. 1C12
SECTION 10
F

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
11.0 INSIDE PROCESS PIPING
11,.01 GENERAL
I 1,01.1 SCOPE OF WORK
(a) All labor, materials, fixtures, tools and services required for the f
installation, testing and adjusting of ail inside process p.4
iping
furnished and instaEled in compliance with the following
Specifications, the Project Specificatians and the Contract
-F
urnish'ing,
shall be
general
Drawings.
L-.,Posis Tor ail piping, valves, jnsraiiaTion, testing, etc,,snaciticaijYunless
noted otherwise ire the proposal form w'111 be included as part of the base
Bid.
(b) This general Specification designated as Section 11.0, Inside Process
PipV6
ing, covers the description of materials generally, ut"'fized in the process
piping and the specifications for the installation of such mater"jals,, The
Project Specification and the Contract Drawings designate the specific
inside proces
inclusion of it
S piping work to be installed u
ems Of material or work within t
necessarily Constitute their use on this Project.
rider thIs Contract, The
his specification does not
C) In this Specificatian, the designation (ns d� Process Piping is used to
denote exposed piping systems located within a
and buildings and excludes such systems or pc
r attach(
)rfi4ons o
to structures
f stch systems
which are buried below the surface of the ground or are buried in or below
masonry or concrete work., However, Inside Process Piping includes the
furnishings and installation of a(i wal( sleeves and thimbles required in
cancrate- or mqq(-)nry tn whic:h Inqidp- PmrnczR. Pininn
nntp--q Pnei
appurtenances are to be connected, it does include piping installations
Such �s those fir p{umb ng {including pofable and protected water
systems) heating, ventilating, air conditioning or refti'gerabon, unless
anv)or all of these items are soecifical1v not to be yid as se0arate
contracts.
11.t?1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) The attention of the Contractor is directed to the provision in the General
Condi'tions of the' Contract. requiring submission to the Engineer of shop
and setting drawings., Shop drawings and details for inside Process
piping work shall include pipe sizes, joint details, cataloguer -cuts Of valves
-0
and appurtenances, dimensions, support, and hanger details and a
qP qF
complete piping Layout, even though items proposed to be furnished
conform to the exact details and descriptions stated in the Genera! and
Project Specifications. All shop drawings and details shall be reviewed
and approved by the Contractor before the drawings are submitted to the
Engineer for review.
(b) Detal*ls on electric mvkors submitted for �pprov�i shall inciude the
followding motor data:
Rev, 12112 SECTION 11

s
}
rt
I 1 .01 w3
I I 00to-I 04
Rev,. 12/12
Page 2
Manufacturer
Nameplate Rated Horsepower, Voltage and RPM
NEMA Type
Code Letter
Guaranteed Looked Rotor Current
Guaranteed Sul! Load Current
Guaranteed Flail Load Efficiency
Guaranteed Full Load Power Factor
Outline Drawings and Dimensions
VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS
(a) The Contract Drawings indicate the required pipe sizes and the general
arrangement for all piping and equipment. Locations shall be verifled ire
the field by the Contractor., In the event it should become necessary in
some cases to ohange the location of any of the work due to building
constructkion, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer before making
any changes. Any such changes approved by the Engineer shall be made
without added cast to the Owner* Under no circumstances shaiE the pipe
sizes indicated an the Contract Drawings be changed without first having
the written approval of the engineer.
qk
(b) The contractor shall determine and be responsibly for the proper locations
and character of III inserts for hangers, chases, sleeves, and other
openings in the construction required for the Inside Process Piping work,
and shall obtain this information well in advance of the construction
progress so as not to delay the work.
(c) The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that this Proj;"ect may
also include work of other trades. The final location of inserts, hangers,
etck, required for the lnsi'de Process Piping Installation must be co-
ordinat�d with facilities required for oth,ee installations to prevent
interference.
(d) The Contractor is especially ca
utioned to instali no work that connects to
equipment until such time as complete shop drawings of such equ'lpment
have been approved by the Engineer,, Any such work so installed by the
Contractor prior to approval of shop drawings will be at the Contractor's
risk..
STAN'DARDS
(a) Where materials and methods are *Indicated as being in conformance with
a standard specification it shall refer in all case, s to the latest edition of the
spec'i'f'ication and shall include all interim revisions., Listing at a standard
specification without further reference indicates that the particular material
or method shall conform with the, listed specification. Where
manuufacturer(s) or trade names appear, it 1*s only to represent a level
of qualify expocted and in no wad is to be construed to preselect the
Contractor's supplier or equipment. They are used only to set forth
and convey to bidders the general -style, type, character, and' quality
of product desired. Equivalent products will be acceptable. All
equipment shall conform to the latest revised applicable OSHAStendard,
•
S-ECT I ON 11

Page 3
(b) Sheet metal and wire gauges used in !Heide Process Piping Specifications
are US Standard Gauge for skeet sheet, Washburn and Moan Guard for
step{ wire, and Brown and Sharpe Gauge for non-ferrous sheet and wiry,
Ila0�,5 CATALOG hfUMBERS
Where manufacturer's catalo9 andlor figure numbers are given, it is- the intent
of the Specifications to have the contractor supply the equipment represented
bY these numbers, in some cases the manufacturer has revised his catalog
and/or figure numbers since publication of this specification, but still produces
the item specified. In these incidences the Contractor shall furnish equipment
and/or fixtures identical to these originalfy represented by the catalog. and/or
figure numbers given herein. If a manuuFacturer has redesigned any of the
products specified herein by catalog and/or figure number, the Contractor shall
furnish the improved model regardless of whether or not the item retains its
original catalog and/or figure number,,. Where iterns denoted by catalog and/or
figure numbers have been discontinued by the manufacturer, the Contractor
shall request one or mo, equivalent selections from the Engineer.
I 1 .02 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
I I ik02wl PIPING MATERIALS
{a} G-NERAL
I All material and equipment shall be furnished try an established
and reputable manufacturer. All material and equipment shall be
new and of first-class construction, designed and guarantied to '
perform the service re...-atired= and shall conform to the following
Standard Spe�ifiicatians. CRed exar�ptes are used only to
denote the quality sndard�kant product des rid and dines not
restrict b*ldders to a specific brand, male, manufacter or
specific name. They are used only �a set forth ar�d convey to
bidders the general style, type, character, and gustily of1 4.
product desired. equivalent products w*111 be acceptable,
(b) PIPEANDTUBING
Pipe and. tubing shot! conform with the following standard
specifications.
Cast Iron Pipe for Liqu:t"ds
(See Note 1 ) ASA A21 -o I
ARA A91 6
Gast Iran Pipe for Gas
Cast Iron Sol! Pipe {Coaled}
ff
Cast Iran Threaded Pipe
ASA A21 8
ASA A21.3
ASA A21 .7
ASA A21 -k 9
Federal WW9wPq-q401
ASTM A74
Federal WW,-P--,,356
ASA A40-.5
Rev. 12/12,,
SECTION 11

Page 4
Ductile Iron Pipe (See Note 2) AWWA C 151
Clasp 50 I
Wrought Iran Pipe Federal WWa-PP"441
ASTM A72.
Steel Pipe for Ordinary Uses Federal WW-,,4P406
ASTM Al 20
Steel Pipe for Caning, Sending, Federal WW&.*P 04
and Flanging ASTM A53
Welded Steel Pipe AWWA C201
AWWA C202
ASTM Al 34 �
ASTM Ai 39
LightWeight Spiral Welded Steel Pipe ASTM A211
Stainless Steel Pipe ASTM A312
Copper Water Tube Federal WWwP*K799 j
ASTM B88
Copper Pipe in Standard Sizes Federal WWo-wPom377
ASTM B42
Red Brass pipe in Standard Sizes Federal WW-P-351
ASTM B43
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe ASTM C361
AWWA C302
Reinforced Concrete Steel Cylinder Pipe Prestressed.,
AWWA C301
Not Prestressed:
AWWA C300
Asbestos Cement Pressure Pipe ASTM C296
AWWA 0400
Polyvinyl Chon'de Pipe CS 207
Note i Unless otherwise indicated, all east iron pips for liquids shall be
completely coated with coat -tar pitch varnish: Federal VVW*-P-421.
4
Note 2. Dimensions, tolerances and tests of ductile iron pipe shall conform
with the applicable standard specification.
i
{2} Gasket TYpe bell and Spigot Cali Iran Pipe steal[ conform with the
standard specifications herein before specified except that if shall
be designated for use. with rubber seal compassion type gaskets. 6
Pipe shall be equal to American Fastite", U.S. "Tyton" or Clow
"Bell-Tite". I
{c} PIPE FITTINGS
(1) Wipe fittings shall conform with. the follow'ing standard
speciTications or shall be similar and equal to the product of the
listed. manufacturer. Where piping is indicated without particular
reference to the fittings required, they shall be of the same
material and pressure rating as the pike to which they are
attached.
Cast Iron flanges and Fittings;
25 lb+ ASA B16b2
125 lb, ASA B16-91
250 lb ASA B I u.2
Steel Flanges and Fittings ASA B 16.5
Rev. 12/12 SECTION 11

i
Page 5
Cast Iron Bell and Spigot ASA A21 10
AWWA C110
Mechanical Joint ASA A21 11
Cast Iran Sail Pipe (Coated) Federal WW-P 01
ASTM A74
Cast Iron Threaded ASA B16A
Cast lion Threaded Drainage ASA B16-12
Ductile Iran ASTM A445
Malleable Iron Threaded 150 1br ASA B 16.,3
300 lbv ASA B16..19
Steel Welding ASTM A234
flanges for Welded Steel and
Light Wight Spiral
Welded Steel Pipe AVVVVA C207
Welded Steel Pipe AWWA C208
Copper Solder Joint ASA B 1622
brass or Bronze Threadmd 125 1br ASA B16-wI5
250 !b. ASA B16-17
Brass for Flared Copper Tube ASA B16026
Compression
Sleeve Couplings Dresser Manufacturing Division
Style 38, Smith Blair Type 411, Ford
FC4, or equal
volctaulioc Couplings and Fi&ftiengs Victaul'l'c Company of Amedc-a, Viking,
Ynpipe COL_JO_,.1,iPngs, or equal
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, all- fittings used with cash iron pipe for
liquids shall be coated with coal -tar pitch varnish and cement
mortar lined in- the Larne manner as here*lnbefore specified for the
pipe,
{3j Welding fittings shall each be stamped with the manufacturer's
.4
size, thickness, and ASTM mater'ial
name or tr
designation..
ademark,
(4) Gasket Type ��li and Spigot Cyst iron Finings shall conform with
"
t
he standard specifications hereinbefore specified except that they
-G
shall Oe ciesignea for use with rubber seal compression type
gaskets. Fittings shall be similar or equal to American "Fastite",
LJ-,.S- "Tyton" or Claw "Bell-Tite".
(5) Wall Castings and Wall Sleeves shall be as manufactured by
James B. Clow and Sons, Fast Fabricators, American Cast iron
Pipe Company, or equal-. Wall castings for I ines conveying liquids
shall be coated an the interior only with coal -tar pitch varnish in
the same manner as hereinbefore specified for the P'lPe.-r, Wall
castings and wolf sleeves shall be provided with wall collars.
(6} Unions for threaded steel, cast iron, or wrought iron pipe shall be
malleable iron 300 lb.,., brass to iron seat, ground joint unions
conforming with the spec'l'ficat'lions of the Association of American
Railroads. Unions for capper water tube shall be wrought capper,
sold e r joint, capper to copper unions. Unions for brass pipe shall
be 125 lbs,-, ground joint, brass unions.
0
Rev., 12/12
SECTION 11

r r r r+ • r + r�+rF + y +-I + ik r + .0 -+ ++i+-+-•+•+T 7+f'7 Y aq.—1+ra q+ r-r.!r- + err• r r-. i-� a- iM-rr ter--+ fir• -+•++ _r+t /rrt+ai•if+f++i�N+Fa iF t• •� +a a r _ •r rrr a ra rr r r -+a •r :r f -f- +t of •f+i-i.i•++YaYt: a+a • ••
r :_i r{-a-++ as • .' a •� �Y Fa +r•ti a �. aTaT �. + rr r - a _• '
Rev. 12112
Page 6
(7) [dielectric unions shalt have insulated unions or flanges,, Unions
used between dissimilar metals shall be capable of separating the
prevent the Passage of more than
9°1a of the galvanic current which would exist with metal to meta(
metals in a manner which will
contact..
Union connectors shall be of the same material as the
piping to which attached,,
be no lower than those of t
Pressure and temperature ratings shall
he piping system in which installed.
d ACCESSORY PIPING MATERIALS
(�) Welding Electrodes.
Welding Rods:
(2)
(3)
(4}
ASTM A233
ASTM A251
ASTM A298
Solders.- ASTM B32 (Grade 50A) -Solder flux
form having a petrolatum
ammonium chor*ides, and
manufacturer of the fittings_
Cement Mortar Lining
Gast Iron Pipe and Fittings:
Coal -Tar Enamel Coatings
Steel Water Pipe
Cement-&wMortar Coatings,
Steel Water Pike,
30° and over
base impregnated
shall be of past
with zinc and
shall be as recommended by the
ASA A21,4
AW"')-bk C203
AVMA C205
Packing -Jute packing shall be best quality untarred, braided
hemp or jute, o r a type acceptable to the Engineer. fiber
packing shall be sanitary, non -bacteria breeding paper packing,
Rubber packing shall consist of a hallow rubber tube (solid for
IL
small sizes). or a solid wedge shaped section.
tube
Oakum she
ll be
best quality tarred jute. Jute packing chef( not be used on pipe
line carrying a potable supply,
{5) Gaskets -Unless otherwise indicated, all gaskets forf,langed pipe
connections shall be 1116 inch thick flat ring gaskets of cloth
inserted rubber.: ASA B16,21 except that gaskets for bronze,
aluminum, and corrosion resistant flanges shall be full face type.
Gaskets for cast Iron mechanical joints shall conform to ASA
A221-Al.. Gaskets for specialized pipe connections and finings
shall be of the material and type recommended by the connection
or fitting manufacturer for the particular service 'involved.
(6) Flange Bolts shelf confirm with the standard specification for the
part'lcular flange or flanged fitting being used and/or ASA B31:F1 t
Bolts and nuts shall be cadmium plated.
(7) Safety and Reli'ef Valves shall be as manufactured by Crane,
Crosby, Apco, Mi'opco, or equal. Valves shelf be equipped with
try levers and shall bear a stamp indicating compliance with the
annlicable section of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code,, Safety valves shall be used for gas or vapor service and
chalk be used for liquid service. Set pressure, relieving capacity,
and accumulation shall be as prescribed by the applicable
SECTION 11
r
1
+

Ir
r
Page 7
secb'on of the ASME Code or as indicated on the Contract
Drawings and/or in the Project Specifications.
(8} Automatic Air Vents for lines carrying water at 100E or higher
shall be as manufactured by Sarco Type 13W, Apco,, Crispin or
equal, float controlled automatic air eliminators each equipped
wth stia4nless i; valve head and float mechanism and a 150
psi semi steel body.
tQ) Strainers shall be manufactured by Crane, Waiworth, Keckley
and shall be similar and equal to crane 988 1/2 threaded} or 989
912 (flanged} Ypatt.-en- sediment separators. E---
a I strainer sh 11
be provided with a 125 lb--.,. iron body. Unless otherwi'se'ind4icated,
screens shall be 20 mesh morsel for liquid service and 40 mesh
monel packed with �verdur wooi fc�r gas service. C�nnectians
shall be threaded for pipe sizes 31nches and smaller and flanged
for pipe sizes Earner than 3 inches.
(10) Floor and Ceiling Plates shall be chromium plated steel designed
to hold their pos'ffi'on an the pipe by means of ­Springs,
{11} Pipe Covering Protectors for exposed pipe shall have
conducting pips covering protection saddles no shorter than
inches. Prote&mrs for concealed piping shall be as specified
exposed piping but may be ship fabricated. Protectors sha
snugly around the entire c*lrcumference of theinsulatton,
(e) PIPE HANGARS AND SUPPORTS
Ean-
12
Ifor
II tit
(17 Pipe hangers shall be as manufactured hy Crawford, Grinnell,
Slaw-mKnox, or equal, similar and equal to those shown in the
follow4i'ng schedule:
Line Type and Size Craw,fo,rd Figure No.
UN'nsulated..I'ines 2" and smaller 104
containing fluids below 140E
All insulated fines and uniFnsulated 11
lines larger than 2" containing
fluids below 140F
All fines containing fluids at 14
940E or higher
(2) Floor mounted pipe supports shall be fabricated from black steel
pipe with suitable cast iron saddles or from structural steel.
Braces to prevent lateral pipe movement shall be of steel...
(3} Hanger rids, concrete inserts, beam clamps, and other pipe
hanger accessories shall be fabricated of steel and shall be as
manufactured by Crawford, Grinnell, Blaws"Knox, or equal,
0
Rev. 12/12
SE.CTION-1.1.

11
Rev., 12tl 2
(4) Expansion baits shall be of the ring wedge type similar and equal
to !National Lead Company Cinch Anchors, H411t*l, "Thunderstud" by
Concrete Fasteners, Inc. or equal,.
(5) Framing far wall type hangers, trapeze hangers, and tunnel
stanchions shall be metal framing systems,. Unless otherwise
indicated, finish shall be b
onder izi
ng plus a coat of corrosion
resisting green synthetic primer; attachment to Structures shall be
by means of inserts for new concrete, surface mounting methods
for masonry or existing concrete, and welding or beam clamps f-or
structural steel, PPie suppori shall be by means of pipe clamps or
hangers far piping carrying fluids at temperatures below 140F and
by means of rollers for those at 144E or higher; pipe supporters
shill be of sufficient size to permit insulation to run continuously
through the hanger. All exposed ands of framing members shall
be provided with end caps.
(f) INSULATION
(1) Pi"pei*nsulation used for Inside Process Piping work shall conform
.4
with the following'.
Cellular 85% Calcium
Glass Magnesia S'Itfileate
Federal Specification HH-1 *-551 H H --m 1 -.,554 HHw-1+-523
Maximum Conductivity
Btu/Z(hr..) (sq. ft.) 0441 at 0,38 at 0.42 at
(F) per'j'nch I OOF 20OF 20OF
Dens*lty, lb./cu. f#. 8 to 10 10 to 12 10 to 12
Compressive strength, psi 100 70 at 5% 150 at 5°l0
deformat*jon deformation
.... .................
(2) Vapor Barriers required for pipe insulation shall consist of
aluminum fail faced on both sides w'I'th drat paper. Moisture
1
transmission rating shall be lower than 0.5 perm. Vapor barrier
jackets shall be factory applied.
(3) Pipe insulation not requiring a vapor barrier shall be provided with
a factory applied 6 ounce canvas jacket.
(4) Plastic Pipe Coatings used for condensatian and corrosion control
shall be J. W. Martell "NaDrip", PDM industries, Inc, Vlad'I'X
Corporat'ion, or equal.,
(g} GAUGES AND THERIVIOMETERS
I) Pressure and Vacuum Gauges shall be Ashcroft, Marsh, Crosby.
or Trerice bourdon tube gauges with the pressure ranges
indicated an the Contract Drawings and/or 1*n the Project
Specifications, or approximately double the normal operating
pressure if not otherwtise'ind*icated, Gauges shall be provided with
du$tproof cases, gauge pi ping, gauge cocks, and dials not smaller
than 4 1/2 inches 'in diameter. Gauges shall conform with ASA
B40..1 Grade A. Gauges measuring fluids at temp ''
eratures above
SECTION 11
i
i

11,02.2
Page 9
15OF shall be provided with siphons. Gauges subjected to
pulsating pressures shall be provided with dampeners or be nil
filled. Gauges utilized for measuring pressures on raw sewage,
raw water, sludge and collo'ldal or fibrous Material shall be
equipped with proxy diaphragm to prevent contact of the material
with the gauge or tubs,
(2) Thermometers shad[ be as manufactured by American, Moeller,
Palmer, Trer*ice, Weksler, or equal. Di'al type thermometers shall
be mercury actuated, stainless steel co-nssstructipn with a dial at
least 4 1/2 inches in diameter and either capable of being rotated
to any ane,Ce for max"'irnum readability from the floor or of the
remote bulb type as 'indicated on the Contract Drawings.
Industrial type thermometers shall be red reading mercury type
having a 9 inch scale end cap,a,bf� of being rotated to any angle
for maximum readability from the floor; however, if the approved
manuiacturer can supply only! the fixed type, the Contractor shall
install, subject to the approval of the Engineer, th0t fixed hype o f
the following arrangement that will provide maximum readability
from the floor; skraight; �0 degree k�a�k angle; 90 degree right or
left s*ide* reclined or inclined; right side or left side obl'ique,,-
Accuracy shall be within 1% of scale range,, Provide a stainless
steel separable well for each ther ometer, Temperature range
shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings andlor in the
41
Project Spe-cificafinns, or a to 240 F. for dial type, or 30 to 240 F.
for industrial type if not otherwise indicated.
VALVES AND GATES
(-a) GENERAL
(1)- Marking and identificatian of values shall conform with MSS SP-I5
with the information either cast an the valve or shown on a
permanently attachedtlavepe. Valdimensians shalt conform with
A,SA B 1 &.10 where an�iicable. Unless otherwlse.'Indl'cated, valves
3 inches and s m I I r s
hall be ail brass or bi n e valves
larger than 3 inches shall be iron body, bronze mounted. Unless
otherwise indII icated, gw,t
e, globe, angle, and check valves 3 inches
and smaller shall be provided with threaded cgnnecti�ns; those
larger than 3 inches shy!) be provided with connections as
indicated an the Contract C?rawings andlor i n the Project
Specifications. Connections shall conform with the following:
Threaded ASA B2*1
Bell and Spigot ASA A21 10
Mechanical ,Joint ASA A21 I I
Flanged Cast Iran 25 lb* ASA B 1 6b2
125 lbe, ASA B16.1
250 1b., ASA B16-2
Flanged S-teel ASA B16-.5
(2) Manual operators located higher than 6 feet above the operating
floor shall be provided with chain or extens'jon operators.. Lack
shield values shall be furnished with operating keys.
Rev.- 12/12
S-ECTION I I

Page 14
(3) All salves shall be of ample strength to withstand and operate
satisfactorily under the working pressures and shalt be subject to
the test pressures, bath expressed in pounds per square inch
given in the follo,W*Ing table., The class of valve to be used an each
service shall be as specified elsewhere: herein or in the PoIectr
Specifications.
--------------- -----
I T
Cold Water Working Test Pressure
Glass of Valve Pressure - psi psi
A 150 300
B 50 100
C 25 50
.............
(4) After the valves have been set they shall be tested for satisfactory
operation with the pips lines by the Contractor.
(b) GATE VALVES
(1} Each gaffe valve over 3 inches in size shall be of the double -disc
IP
type, except as hereinafter specified, with either non -rising stem
or outside screw and yoke as designated in the ProJ ect
Specifications and shall be- designed to take full pressure on either
face,, Valves shalt be constructed with bolted bonnets suitable for
Utilizing "p° ring stem seals., Stems shall be fabricated of brass or
bronze with lathe**,cut half V-Pattern threads. Gate valves shall be
equipped with standard handwheelst operating nuts, extension
and stems stems and
stems., a handwheels or
operating nuts, spur gearing, oe vel gearing or chain operators as
designate
Drawings.
combination of extension
counterclockwise.
Extens*ton sterns shall be provided with bronze bushed brackets at
in the Proilect Spec"ficat,ions or shown on the Contract
Valves shall open by turning
intervals not exceeding 10 feet.,
t,2..-,) Gate valves installed in a horizontal posiEian in a horizontal line
which are designed for workt"ng pressures dower than 150 lbs., in
sizes 20 inches and larger, shall be equipped with bronze rollers
running on bronze or integral cast iron tracks in the body-, those
which are designed for 150 lbs,, working pressure, i n sizes 16
inches or larger, shelf be equipped with bronze rollers and bronze
tracks Secured to the body. Valves in suss 20'1*nches and larger
having working pressure of 150 IbC, and those 1�S inches and
larger w*lth a working pressure of 150 1b.., which are installed in
vertical or inclined lines shall be equipped with hard babbitt tracks
secured to the valve body and bonnet to support the lower disc
during operati'on.
(3� When so indicated in the Projmect SPecificafions, manually
operated gate valves 16 inches and larger shall be equipped with
by-passes.. By-pass valve she![ be of the same type as the main
valve and shalt have the stem.,in a vertical position unless
otherw'ise'ind'icatedl. Sizes shalt be as follows:,
f
Rev,, 12/12 SECTI'On� 1. 1

a . .. • • - • • T L- T • J. ,/T• .+ a i + + - .a .+ • T % a a
(C)
(d)
� • _aa + as +
Page 11
Main Vale By -Pass Valve..
`Size -Inches Size - Inches
- — — — -------------
......... .
..........
16to20 3
24 and 30 4
36 and 42 6
48 and larger 8
d -- k k k P4 4 0 is-
(4) Gate. values 3 inches i►t size and smaller shall be 125 1b, bronze,
rising stem, double wedge disc., union or, SGreWed' bonnet type,.
Valves shall be of a design to permit repacking under pressure..
Unless otherwise indicated, valves shall be equipped wim
handwheels and shall open counterclockwi'se-.
GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES
(1)
(2)
Globe and
angle valves shall be prov'[ded with renewable
4
composition discs for air or gas service and with bronze or bronze
Valves shall
under pressure. Unless
Paced discs for
repacked while
other services.
be capable of being
otherw*ise indicated
valves shall be provided with 125 1b, bodies and with handwheels
and shall open counter -clockwise.
Values larger than 3 inches shall be iron body, Yoke top, bolted
bonnet type.
(3) Valves 3 inches
bonnet type,
OHEQKVALVES
(1) swing
check
and smaller shall be bronze body, screwed
Check Valves shall be provided in all instances where
valves are indicated without further reference,, unless
Pr *t otherwise indicated, each swing check valve shall have a 125 lb'P
body and a removable cover for access to the disc,, Pressure
drop across valve to fully open di sc sha
1.1 not exceed 0,5 psi,
(2) Swing cheek valves larger than 3 inches shafE have iron bodies
with bolted covers. Valves for o*11 or gas service shall be. all iron,,
Valves for other services shall be bronze mounted,.
(3) Swing check valves 3 inches and smaller shall be bronze body,
screwed cover type. Valves for oil or gas shall be composition
discs, those for other services shall have, bronze d*[SCS1-
(A% Weighted or spring loaded swing check valves shall each be as
described above except that valves shall be prov'Ided with
extended hinge pin and outside level and weight or with outside
lever and spring all mounted integrally with the valve.: Weights
and springs shall be adjustable. Hinge pin shall be provided with
a stuffing box and packing.
Rev. 12/12 SECTION I*-10
_
r•
I •
I •
I '
I - • .
i
I-
}
L
I
}
I
•.
f
+I
L
I
T
}
+
r +
{
{
+
5
1
y
a
�
* T
�
f
F
I
I
}
I•
F

Page 12
(a) Silent Check Valves shall be W't'lliams Gauge Go., F G Valve Co.,
SmolenskY Valve Co,i or equaC, spring loaded type similar or
equal to Williams -Hager figure 329 with semi -steel body and
bronze trim,.
(6) Hydraulically Operated Check Valves shall be non*-Pslam,
dilattephragm actuated globe type. Each valve shall open to permit
flow when inlet pressure is higher than discharge pressure and
shall close to prevent beck flow when discharge pressure is higher
than inlet Pressure.. Valve shall be hvdraulically-eraoted by the
line pressure and shall seat a spring loaded, single seat type
guided disc on a removable seat. ring,, The diaphragm disc shall
be a resilient synthetic rubber disc of sufficient area to assure drip
tight shut off.,,. the diaphragm shall not be used as a seating
surface and- the valve shall contain no stuffing boxes or packing
glands:, Valves 4 inches and larger shall be furnished with an
auxiliary control to adjust the rate of opening and closing. Each
valve shall be provided with a high strength iron body with bronze
trim and. stainless steel pilot guide.
{e) PLUG VALVE S.
(1) Plug calves shall be 000f_- the lubricated type or of the eccentric type,,
Body construction shall be of high tensile cast iron conforming
with ASTM A126, Grade B. Unless otherwise indicated, valves
shall have 125 1b. bodies and shall have lengths equal to those for
125 Ib. SWP cast iron flanged wedge gate valves as listed in ASA
B 16, 0. Lubricated plug valves shall have cY11ndrical orcon I
ca I
plugs. Eccentric plug valves shall be of a design such that the
plug and seat make contact only when the valve is in a fully closed
position, each valve shall b..e capably of drip tight shut ---off under
pressure. each valve shall have a pork opening equal to the
numerical size for that particular valve,. valve's smaller than $
inches shall be equipped with nuts for wrench o'rafionpeor with an
operating lever. Valves 8 inches and larger shall be equipped
with worm gears and handwheels, unless otherwise noted. Each
valve shall be provided with an "open -closed" position indicafar
and where applicable, a flow direction indAicator and shall open
counterclockwise, unless okh�rwise noted. Ventura type plug
valves will not be permitted. Valves shall be as manufactured b
Y
A*C*F.t, Da zuri6c, Hpmstead, Nordstrot�n, Powell, 1Nalwarth, ar
equal., if a manufacturer does not make all of the types required
for the Pro4ect, valves may be supplied from a second
manufacturer but in no easy will more than two man.ufacturers'
valves be permitted.
(2) A minimum of two wrenches shall he furnished for each size of
operating nut, and when more than 10 valves are provided one
extra- wrench shall be furnished for each 10 additional valves or
fraction thereof.. In addition, each sludge withdrawal station shall
be furnished with two wrenches. Unless otherwlise indicated, each
lub.Ficated plug shall be fitted With a combination button head
fitting and lubricant screw. The Contractor performing the inside
Process Piping work shall furnish to the Owner one land operated
greasy gun per building for each type of lubricant required and
one gallon of each Type of lubricant required.
Rev. 12112 SECTION 11

i
Page 13
(f) CHEMICAL VALVE'S
(1) Valves for chlorine solution and ferric chlor'ide solution shall be
P,V..C,. or rubber lined d'laPhragm calves specifically designed for
the servservice,Valves for other chemicals shall be as indicated in
the Project Specifications and/or on the Contract Drawings.
(9) SAMPLING VALVES
(1) Sampling valves shall be of the lever operated, cam action solid
wedge type with belted or screwed cap,,
(h) PLUG DRAIN VALVES
i
(1) Plug drain valves shill be provided with cast iron bodies, bronze
stems, disc rings and seat rings; and rust -proofed steel bolts and
nuts, Each valve shall be provided w'lhth a spigot or an ASA Class
125 flanged end, rising stern or non -rising stem, 2 inch operating
nut or handwheel, with or without extension stem all as desi'qnated
can the Contract Drawings and/or in the Project SP ec"ificafons.
Extension stems shall be ProvIded with bronze bushed brackets at
intervals not exceeding 10 feat. '.
(i}
0)
SOLENOID VALVES
(1)
Solenoid valves for Inside Process Piping systems steal( be
normally closed, tyro -way, packless solenoid valves of the size
indicated on the Contract Drawings or of the same size as the line
in which they are installed, Unless otherwise indicated each valve
shall have a m'inlimum working pressure of 100 psi and shalt be
suitable for 115 volt 60 o-vcle operation. Each value shall be
proviwith � cont6'dednuaus duty watert"ght epoxy encapsulated
molded coil for severe moisture or humidity conditions suitable for
operations at 10% above or 15% below rated voltage. Each valve
installed on grav[iy flow lines shalt be designed for a zero pressure
differential across the valve. Furnish and install a strainer
upstream from each solenoid valve.
CONE VALVES
(1) Each cone valve steal! consist of a body, a conical plug and a
valve operating mechanism, Unless otherwise indicated,
construction shall be of ASTM A126 Grade B cast iron, bronze
mounied, with ASA Class 125 flanged connecti6ons.- Valves shall
be as- manufactured by APCO, Chapman Valve Manufacturing
Company, W*111amefte Iron and Steel Company, Henry Pratt
Company, or equal.
(2) The valve body steal! have a full unobstructed circular inlat and
outlet -equal to the valve Size. Inlet and outlet shall be prov'Ided
With morsel or bronze set rings fused tc) the body.
(3The plug shall have a full circular unobstructed waterway equal is
the valve size, Plug shall be arranged so that movement from
fully open to fully closed positions i's acComplished by a 90 degree
Rev., 12/12
SECTION 11
i
I
I
I
i
F
#t
i
i
, t
s
J.
I
r
I
i
f
,
2
I
. I
I
f
. I
I

a
Rev.. 12112
.&­+. off.
Page 14
rotation of the. plug. Plug shall be provided with four sets of monel
or bronze seat rings, two for the open pos
closed,.
designed
Plug trun't'ons shall be
to lake the maximum
bronze
itian and two for the
ushed and shill be
bearing loads for the specified
ope�atmg conaivons with a baring pressure not exceed -wing 3000
a:
psi. Plug. shaft shall be hard bronze bashed or hard chrome
overlaid where it passes through the stuffing box,.
T'
k4) The operating mechanism shall operate so as to first lift the plug
novement, followed by a
r position - either open or
closed and finally to seat the valve bY a gradual axial movement.
At least 64% of valve part opining shall be cloyed by the first 50%
of mechanism closing stroke.. Plug shall be locked in posifion
when either in the fully coseld or fully open pos'l't*ion. An inddcafar
shall be provided which will reveal the position Qf the plug with
respect to the body,. Operating mechanism shall be mounted
integrally with the valve., Mechanism shall be easily accessible for
%F
inspection, repair, or replacement.
from its seating position
rotary movement of the pli
by an axial
to the othe
�QlIrk Manual operators shall oonsist of a crank or handwheel, turning
clockwise to close the valve, which operates through a gear box to
the operating mechanism.. Operators other than manually
actuated shall be as indicated in the Project Speci TIcations an d/'or
on the Contract Drawings.
(6) Valve bodies shall be tested hvdr+astatieailv to a pressure 50'/0
higher Than
minutes. i
closed pas
pressure. �
kMA1kBALLV_ALVES
the design working pressure for a period of at least 30
assembled valves shall be tested for leakage in the
jt'ion with the seals under the maximum working
'elves showing leakage or defects shall bae rejected.
(1) each ball valve shall consist of a body, a p[u9, a torque unit and
an operator. Design working pressures shall be as indicated in
the P�oject Spectficatrr�ns end/nr on the Contract Drawings.
Valves shall be as manufactured by Henry Pratt Company,
Flowserve,, Willamette Iron and Steel Company or equal and shall
be similar or equal to Willamette List 26.
(2) body shall be of cyst iron with ASA C(a$s 125 flanged
dr
conneQfions; bronze plug bearings; and rigidly attached seat of
corrosion resistant metal which has been machined, ground or
scraped,, Body, shall provide means for rigidly supporting the
torque urii't without addl't'i'on;al supports. Body shall be provided
with one sir vent pipe connection and one drain pips connection.
Maximum seat.bean I nq pressure shall not exceed 900 psi at 150
psi unbalance.
(3) Plug shall be of casti"ron design about a circular waterway equal
to the size of the valve, Seat shall be of corrosion resistant metal
with sphencally generated. surfaces which have been machined,
.0
ground or scraped,, Plug, trun'011 bearings shall be of bronze of
hardness sufficiently different from body bearings to prevent
seizing or gaffing. Shaft steal! be protected from corrosion at
SECT . 10-N 3 I

i
Page 15
points in contact with water and shall have a maximum torsional
deflection of 116 degree per foot of unsupported length using a
seat frAiction coefficient of 0-51P
(4) Torque unit shall have a traveling crosshead to impart positive
rotary movement to- the plug by means of a lever and link
connected to the plug shaft,, Crosshead shall be confined to
permit linear motion onlYoverCshall- be provided with a plug
shaft support bearing. Torque unit shall be designed so that
during the first 50% of closing the flaw will be reduced between 80
and 90% the remaining flow reduction shall take place'l'n the final
50°!a of the stroke,, Torque unit materials subject to rubbing shall
be of different hardnesses,, Torque, unit shall be capable of being
inspected, lubricated, removed, or repaired wou[tht removing
valve from line, and shall be desi'gned so that main shaftpacking
may be replaQeed with th, e valve in the line under pressure w*thout
removing the torque unit housing,
f9\ Manua! operators shaft each be provided with a 2 inch square
AWWA standard wrench nut which turns clockwise to close the
valve', an arrow and the word "open" shall be cast on the nut to
indicate proper opening direction. Operating stem shall b
e non -
rising type and mechanism small be self -lacking in all positions. Al
l
bearing surfaces shal[ be bushed and lubricated. Operatin gut
shall be attached to the stem shaft bY a sheer pin which will fail
be -fore any other part of the mechanism in the event of excessive
torq ue an the nut..
(6) dperators other than manually actuated shall be as indicated in
the Project specifi"cabons and/or on the Contract Drawings,
�7) each valve shall be shop tested to price the design pressure for a
period of at (east 30 minutes in the open position and to the
design pressure for a period of at least 10 minutes on each peat in
the closed position, Valves showing leaks or defects shall be
rejected.
(I) BUTTERFLY VALVES
I When butterflY valves are indicated without further reference, thinl+
shall be rubber -seated buttterflY valves conforming with AWWA
CSDA�. Valve classes, sizes, quantities, operator type$, and
required opening and, closing operating time period s hall be as
indicated in the Project SPQQ1fications andlor on the Contract
Drawings. Records of tests required by AWWA C504 shall be
provided to the Owner and the Engineer.
(2) Whey brflyuttevalves are indicated as being of the modified type,
valves and operators shalt conform with the requirements of
AWWA C504, Class 25,vor,8, with the following modifications:
a. Va[ves in air lines having pressures of 10 psi or fowe� shall
be suitable for sir velocities not lower than 80 fps.
b.. Valves may be of the flangeless type for installation between
flanges, providing that they comply with all structural
Rev. 12/12 SECTION I I

11
Page 16
requirements of AWWA C504 (shaft diameter, shell
thickness, disc design and thickness, spats, bearings, etc.}
for Class 25r-8p,
c. Each valve operator shall,it#inch the
maximum torque requiredfullyopenthe valve
with the full di#ferential pressure and flow cartditians as listed
in the Project
f�rawings_
91betoandclose be
to and close
capable of transm capable of transm
Specifications andlar an the Contract
d. Marking of valves and laying length may be the
manufacturer's standard.
m, SI�U4GE WITHRRAWAL VAI..VES
(1) Rotating SEudge Withdrawal Valve shall be designed to provide a
variable ekevation outlet. Each ualv�: shall cons[sfi of an ou#er pips
of cas# iron in which a verticat slotis cut from top fQ bottom and an
ginner pipe of brass which contains a spiral slot from top to laottom.
These iwa pipes shall be as�embied sn that when the inner pipe is
rotated the intersection of the diagonal slot with the vertical slot
farms an orifice which will vary in elevation. Pips shill befinisE�ed to a reasanabiy tight fit and provided with a lubrication
grc�t�ve with alemite fining. The un€is steal! be instalEed with grease
p�ping extensions to permit (ubrication from the rsperating door.The inner pipe shall be providetf with a shafk extension which
terminates in an operating rout and valve position indicator at the
operating floor. Valves larger khan 8 inches in interns( diar;�eter
shali be provided with a geared operator and casfi gear housing.Unless othervvise indicated, each valve steal[ have a verkical slat
width of khe maxir�u�-n permissible size for.the pipe diarrreter. A
removable tee handle operating wrench shall be provided for each
valve_ Valves 8 inches in diameter shall have an overall length of
4'6" and valves 14 inches in diameter shell have an overall iengih
of 6'0" unless otherwise indicated. Length of vafves other than 8
inches and 14 inches in diameter shall be as Shown an the
Contract Drawings.(n) HY�7RgSTATIC PRESSURE REL.iEF VAL�IES
(1) The Contractar shall install hydrostatic relief valves as shown and
located on fhe Contract Drawings. Each valve shall be at teat
tour (4) inches iti diameter and shall ba tha length of the wail or
slab thickness in which it is to be installed, Slab installec! valves
shall be ukilized with 1 cubic foot afi 3/4 inch gravel installed under
the s[ab a# each uaJve anci with 2 cubic feat of sand Installed
a�•ound and below the gravel at each vaEve. UVai( installed valves
shall have a leaded strainer installed can the outside of the wall
with 2 Gubic feet minirraum of 314 inch stone around each valve.
AI{ valves shall open ak nine (9) inches of water pressure.SHEAR GATES
�E} Shear gates shall be �f the iron frama, iron disc, bronze mounted
type with bronze hinge pin and wedgy block. LifEing handle shall
Rev. 12112 5�CT1tJt� 11-

Page 17
be equipped with notches or hooks to regulate the gate opening,,
Each gate shall be provided with a flat, ASA Class 125 flanged,
spigot or hub frame, and with or without extended handle as
designated on the Contract Drawings and/or in the Project
Specifications.
(P) SLUICE GATES
(1) Slu*lce gates,,, AWWA C601 -Both gate and frame shall be
provided with bronze facings doveta'led and securely fastened into
the iron castings. Stem material shall be stainless steel.
Adjustable bronze bushed stern guides shall be furnished at
intervals not exceeding 8 feet and where required fori
proper
operaton. A suitabi� stop cellar or aiher device sha{I he provided
4&
for each non -rising stem gate to prevent the stem from being
turned beyond normal gate closing travel. Stem shall, turn
clockwise to close. Other supplementary details shall b
e as
indicated in the - Project Specifications and/or the Contract
Drawing.
(q} BACifWATER GATES
(1') Backwater gags shall be a standard commercial product
fabricated of cast iron or skeet provided with bronze seat rings on
the frame and fla or inserted �ushiQned soaks of resilient material
all as designated in the Project Specifications. Hinge mechanism
shall be of the adjustably flexible type with bronze hinge pins tn
double shear.iSeatn9 face of gate frames shall be incNned with
the vert+lcal, Gates shall be designed for a working pressure of 25
psi plus any impact leads to which they may be subjected in
service. Gates shall be equipped with flanges faced and drilled
ASA Class 125 for attachment to wall castings, Wall castings
shall. be burnished with gates where shown on the Contract
Id
Drawings.Provisions shall be made to lubricate gate hinge pins
and to prevent the gate form remaining in an open position.
(r) FLOOR BOXES
(1) Floor boxes for operating nuts of exten..ed stem valves, where
shown to be installed in concrete floors, shall be fabricated of cast
iron and shall be equipped with bronze bushings or other suitable
device to permanently maintain the position of the operating nut in
the center at the box.. Length of the floor boxes shall be equal to
the thickness of the T-owrench. Each box shot[ be furnished with a
castl'ron lid with finger holes for easy removal.-
S WHEEL AND CRANK OPERATED STANDS
(1) Wheel operated stands and crank operated. stands shall be made
of the best qualify cast iron with smooth exterior surfaces., They
shall be of the rising stem or non -rising stem type; to suit the
valves at sluice gates which they are to operate.. Provisions shall
be made to lubricate all working parts of the stands-,
(2) Each stand shot( be equipped w'j'th a cold rolled steel shaft of
ample size supported by bronze bushed guide brackets at
Rev.. 12/12
SECTION 1 1

i
Page 1846
intervals not to exceed 10 feet:,. The threaded portion of the stems
shall be of manganese bronze with machine -cut threads... The
different sect'i"ons of the stems shall be jointed together with
manganese bronze couplings, threaded -and keyed to the stems,.
Anchor bolts for guide brackets and stands shall be genuine
.4
wrought iron or cadmium plated steel.,
Wheel operates strands shall be equipped with roller thrust
bearings and P olt'shed handwheels..
(4) Crank operates stands shall,be of the single -crank type, with ba It
or roller thrust bearings and enclosed steel bevel gears- Cranks
shall be removable and shall be equipped with smooth brass hand
grips rotating freely on -the handy of the crank.
(t) MOTOR OPERATED STANDS
(1) Motor operated stand-. s shall be designed and built for motor
operat'ion of va'lves and sluice gates and shall not be hind
operates stands with the equipment bolted to them. They shall be
PL
of the heavv9pww duty rising stem type, constructed of high-grade cast
iron or cast steel, and equipped with anti -friction thrust bearings to
take the upward and downward thrust of the valves or gates,
dr
TheY shall be capable of operating the valves and gates under
their maximum operat4
ng condition. The motor operating
mechanisms, reversing magnetic contactors, control stations and
limit switches shall be enclosed in watertight and dust -tight east
iron housngsi�t�ach�d to nr bui9 lt integ rally with the stands.
(2) Motors shill be suitable far operation an current characteristics as
designated in the Project Specif*cations or shown on the Contract
Drawi'ngs and shall have sufficient torque to start and operate the
valves and gates in any position. Motors shall be furnished with
ball bearings, with windings impregnated to Withstand'excessive
moisture, and shalt be rated to run continuously far the time
required to completely oPYen and immediatefthereafter to
comPietely close the vaEves or dates without exceeding safe
operating temperatures,,. Manual operating handwheels shall be
provided for emergency operati�n of the stands, with previsions to
prevent simultaneous use of the operating mecha,nisms. The
handwheels shalt not revolve when the units are operating
electrically. A suitable mechanically actuated value or gate
position indicator shall be furnished with each stand..
{3) Each. stand shall be equipped with a cold rotted steel shaft ref
ample size, supported by bronze bushed guide bracket's at
intervals not -to exceed 10 feet.. The threaded portion of the stems
shall be manganese bronze with machine cut threads., the
different sections of the stems Shall be jointed together by
manganese bronze couplings, threaded and keyed to the' stems,,
Anchor bolts for guide brackets and stands shall be of genuine
wrought'iron or cadmium plated steelf
(4) Reversing magnetic contactors shall be equipped wit h silver to
silver contacts, overload -relays. "Open -Stop -Gloss" push button
station, red and green indicating lights, and control transformer
Rev. 12/12 SECTION 11

r-r .• i�-- }•Tr •y, a_a_� �_ T _ + � i. M' — t +` -� ` + a � + _ ! f � • a f _ as { � • a
S {
i
F
f
T • a
T �
7
I I .91,02-m.3
EXEC
(a)
(b)
(C)
f
with 120V secondary for all
Page 19
i lights shall
inaicaie the Tuiiy open or ctosea positions ot tne vaive or gate, and
Ir
both lights shall be energized at intermediate positions of the
valve or gate.
control and indicating
(5j Limit- switches shall be provided for limiting the valve or gate
travels in wither direction and shall be suitable for, five adjustments
and operations, particulariy at the seating positions of the valve or
gate'. The control$ shall include a mechanically actuated torque
switch to protect the motor and equipment in the event the valve
or gate should becomej*ammed or excessive pressures should be
applied,
TR I C M OTO R.S
GENERAL
(1)
(2)
(3)
Motors steal! conform r11!1111)
ASA Standards.,
specified herein,
specifications.
the late,113t applicable NEI 1A, EE, and
motor- ratings and types shad be as
except as modified by the Project or Equipment
Ali motors shall receive routine tests in
accordance w'lth Al EE. test procedures,
The
Out ut t rq u e and speed characteristics of each motor
suitably to operate t
equipment operat.ini
shall be
range of
load condlitilons without exceeding the
nameplate current rating, anwor temperature rise.
Special equipment requiring a motor drive with unusual
characteristics shall be equipped with a definit� purpose motor to
he driven equipment under the full
meet the necessary requirements,,
Motor,bearings shall be of the anti -friction type.tAl Thrust hearings in
vert'ical motors shall be adequate for the loading, encountered.,
VI-JI Motor conduit boxes shall be oversized and shall b located so as
to be readily accessible.
RATINGS
(1) Motor ratings shall be based an continuous operation in an
ambient temperature of 40 Degrees C. The maximum
temperature rise for open and ddp-proof type motors shall not
exceed 40 Degrees C, and for totally enclosed type molars shall
not exceed 55 Degrees C.
TYPES
(1) Motors of 3/8 H,,P,,, and larger shall be squirrel cage induction type
designed for 3 phase, 60 cycle, 220/440 volt operat'ion. Motors
smaller than :3/8 H-P-t shall be of the capacitor type designed for
single phase, 60 Cycle., 115 volt operation,, Motors indicated on
the Contract Drawings and/or spe,eifieci 1"n the Project Specifi'cati*on
as 208 volt or 480 volt shall be spec"tally wound for voltage
indicated and/or specified.
Rev.., 12/12
SECTION 11
1

Page 20
(2) Torque and locked rotor current characteristics for three phase
motors shall be NEMA Design "B". The locked rotor KVA/HP
input at full voltage for 15 H.P. motors and larger shall not exceed
that permitted for Code Letter "F° except for specialized
equipment requiring a motor drive with special definite
characteristics.
(3) All motors shall be of the open "drip-proof" type except in
hazardous locations and as otherwise specified under the Project
Specifications and./or the Contract Drawings,
(4) Explosion -proof type motors shall be furnished for hazardous
areas as defined in, the_ National Electric Code., They shelf be
totally enclosed and bear the Underwriters Laborator4ies Label
indic�ti�g compliance with the requirements for the specific
application.
I 1 .03 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
I 1.(13.1 GENVRAL
{a} Install'at'twon of lns*lde Process 'Piping work shall- be complete in every
respect; insuring systems wihlch-.-will operate satisfactorily and quietly.,. All
work shall, be done by skilled workmen, and work performed by unskilled
help will not be acceptable. All cutting, fitting, repairing and finishing of
masonry, concrete, metal and carpentry work that may be required for- the
contemplated work under this Specification must be done by craftsman
Skilled in their respective trade's and at the expense of the Contractor,.
Unless otherwise indicating, all material and equipment. sha.11 be instakled
in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
(b) Proper and suitable tools and a-.-,npliances for the safe and convenient
handling and instalking- of the pips and fittings shall be used,, Great care
shall betaken to prevent damage to any interior coating an pipes and
fittings. All- pieces s1h'a 11 be carefully examined for defects, and no piece
shall be installed which is known to be defective, If any defective piece
should be d4iscovered after havi'nq been instailed, ifi shall be removed and
replaced with a sound one in a satisfactory manner by the Contraotor at
his awn expense. Pipe fitfings steal! be thoroughly cleaned before they are
Stalled-, and, shall be kept clean until they are accepted irr the complete
work.,
(o) Ail piping connecting to equipment shelf be provided with unions or
-P Pk
companion flanges located so that piping may be readily dismantled from
equipment. connections between ferrous and nonw-ferrous metals in
piping systems shall be made with dielectric unions of the type described
herein..
(d} All piping shall be installed in such a manner that it w'111 be free to expand
and contract without injury to itself or its supporting structure. On all
piping, except that for high temperature service, self-w-equalizing type
expansion joints of'an approved make and quality steal( be installed in all
runs of 90 feet or more unless otherw'lse shown on the Contract Drawings.
On piping for high temperature service, self -equalizing type expansion
joints or Pipe fiends shall be ihstallad a's a Prnmved b the Engineer or as
R.evip 12112 SECTION I 1

Page 21
I
shown on the Contract Drawings. Pipe bends shall be cold sprung one-
half the computed expansion i"n the Iines-. Guides and anchors shall be
furnished andi"nstalled in an approved manner.,
ti
(e) All piping passing through waifs and floors shall be installed in pipe
sleeves or wall casting
s accurately tocatea uetore concrete is poured or
placed in position dun ng construction of masonry walls.. Boxing out far
wall castings will not be allowed, Sleeves for piping smaller than 3 inches
located in concrete floors and wails and in exterior masonry walls shall be
fabricated from standard weight black steel pipe: those located in interior
partitions shall be fabr'lcate
pipe 3 inches and larder
d of 14 gauge galvanized steel. Sleeves for
shall be the manufactured type herelinbefore
specified. Top of floor sleeves for e;cpased piping shall extend 1 112 inch
above floor level; all other sleeves shall be flush with surface.. Where
!F
uncovered and cove -red exposed pipes 6 inchesutstde diameter and
smaller pass through floors, finished walls, or finished ceilings they shall
be fitted with floor and ceiling plates of fhb type hereinbefore spec'I'fied. All
4
exterior wall sleeves and any i4 ntengr wa-1.1 sleeves in#o Chlorine Rooms
shall be caulked with lead wool and hemp to make sleeves waterproof and
gas tight.,
(f) A safety valve of the type here'Inbefore specified, having a set pressure of
35 psi end a relieving- capacity of at least 30 CfM of free air- with 10%
accumulation, shall be installed at each high point of each section of
sludge line and between shut -.,off valves.
(g) AH piping ins#abed below a slab rest4ing on grade, unless othe'rwise
specified in the Project Spect'fication, shall be encased i*n concrete of the.
same type as used for the slab to a minimum thickness of 6 inches on ali
sides of the pipe,.
(h) Sufficient compression sleeve or Vctaulic coupling type joints shall be
placed at locations in addition to thane specifically shown the Contract
Drawings to provide for expansion...
(1) Lines conveying water at 100°F or higher shall be provided with
automatic air vents at all system high points and elsewhere as indicated
on the Contract Drawings, Each a - tr vent shall be pprovided.
with a 1/4 inch
dh
copper drain line tothe nearest service sink, drain or ether locafian as
directed by the Engineer% routing shall be j"n locations protected from
traffic and/or as directed by the Engineer. Air vents for conceded Piping
steal! be made accessible by means of an approved flush type access
panel..
{j} Chlemical feed troughs shall be 16 !gauge galvanized steel unless
It
otherwise indicated i'n. the Project Specifications. and/or an the Contract
Drawings., Where stainless stee'l- troughs are called for, they shall be 16
gauge type 316.
(k) Installation of piping not- hereinafter specified shall be a.% indicated in the
Project Specificafions and/or on the Contract drawings, or as
recommended by the manufacturer'If not otherw'Ise'I'nd"I'cated.
dr (I) In general, finings used in piping systems shall have the same
connections, material, pressure rating, and finish as the pipe tic) which
connected. Unless otherwi'se indicated 125 1b. cast iron threaded fittings
r
i
i
i
I
t
}
i
}
i
1
i
I '
I
-
i
i
i
,
Y
rl4
1
F
i
a
•
c
5
i
i
r
0
Rev,. 12t 12
SECTION I I

Page 22
shall be used with standard weight wrought iron and steel pipe. drainage
systems using threaded piping shall be provided with drainage type
fittings.
7-
I PIPING SUPPORTS
(a) Pipe hangers and roller chairs shall be large enough to accommodate
pipe covering protectors, Support spacing and hanger rod sizes shall be
as follows,,,
M
axi U minimum
Nom"nal Pips �uPPor� Spacing Hanger Rod
Sixe -Inches Feet Inches Dia eter
Steel and Wrought Iran Pipe
3!4 � 318 .
1 6 3/8
I Y4 $ 3/8
I 'l� and. 2 9 3/8
2Y2 and 3 11 1/2
4 and. 5 12 6/8
6 14 314
S to 12 15 1
14 and 16 OD 15 1 1/8 1
18 OD 15 1 1/8
20 OD 1-5 1 1/4
Larger than ZO OD 15 See Project
Specifications
A+
Capper Tubing
"l2 6 318
5/8 to 1 8 318
1 %to 2. 10 1/2
2'Ito5 12 5/8
6 to 8 14 7/8
Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Pipe
1 '/z and 2 6 3/8
3and. 4 8 5/8
6 9 3/4
8 to 12 9 7/8
94 and 16 9 'I
18 9 1 1/8
20 9 1-1/4
Larger than 20 9 See Project
Spec'ificabon
(b} In addition to the'foregoing 1*irn'itat'ions, bell and spigot pipe shall be
.0 supported at each joint. Install supports on each side of each valve 3
A
nches and larger, spaced no farther than 18 inches from the valve.
AddAltional supports shall be provided where required to prevent piping
loads from placing damaging stresses onvalves and equipment. Where
necessary, pipe shall be blocked. uP at each support to perpermitinstallation
of pipe insulation,.
Rev. 12/12. SECT_1_0N._. 11

P.
Page 23
(c} d16
Rubber hose, polyv'nyl chloride pipe, Saran pipe, Uscolite pipe,
polyethylene pipe, and hard rubber Pipe shall be supported over the entire4.
length by means of troughs consisting of steel channels or angles which in
Turn ire supported at inte rva Is riot exceeding 10 feet.,
(d) Piping materials n-otincluded'l'n the foregoing tabulat'ion shall be supported
as indicated in the PJ SProNectecifcats"
ians and/or on the Contract Drawings
or in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations if not
otherwise indicated.
I 1.03.3 INSTALLATION OF BELL AND SPIGOT PIPING
4.
(a} In joining bell and sp.0
igot pipe. and fittinr.,S, the spigot of each Pipe shall be
properly seated in the bell of the next ad'
jacent piece and adjusted so as to
give a uniform space for the joint, which steal{ be made with braided hemp06
or jute, fibre pacKing, or rubber basket, and with lead or compound as
designated in the Project Spec'if'icati'ons-c The packing shall be long
enough to completely- encircle the pipe, and shall be thoroughly driven into
the bell so as- to leave a -space of at [east 2 1/2 inches in depth to be filled
with lead,, Each joint must be made .-in one pour.. In making lead joints, the
melting pot shall be kept near the joint to be poured, and dross shall not
be allowed to accumulate in the melting pot.. Lead jaints shall be
thoroughly- caulked by competent mechanics and in such a manner as
shall secure tight joints without overstra*ln'41ng the iron of the bells, Tarred
4W
jute packing shall nok be used for bell and spigot wail castings or. caulked
WTI) Sleeves.,
(b) Gast iron soil pipe ioints shall be composed of oakum and lead. jo*nts
shall be yarned, poured and caulked in the same manner as prescr[bed in
the preceding paragraph. Each joink shall contain one- pound of lead per
inch of pipe diameter.
(C) Gasket type bell and spigot piping shall be insiafled in strict conformance
with the manufacturer's recommendations..
I 1.03v4 INSTALLATION OF FLANGED PIPING
All joints in flanged piping shall be brought to exact alignment, and all ga,skets
and bolts or studs fknserted in their proper places.. Bolts or studs shall be
uniformly tightened aroundL
the joints. Where stud bolls are used, the bolts
steal! be uniformly cantered in the connections and equal pressure applied to
each nut on the studs,, Steel flanges bolted to 126 1b. castlron flanges shall be
furnished with flat faces-.
I I R03,5 INSTALLATION OF THREADED PIPING
All threaded joints in steel, wrought iron, or cast iron. piping systems shall have
long taper threads which shelf be made tight with oil and graphite paste appl'['ed
to external threads only.. All pipe 1--el/2 inches and smaller shelf be reamed to
remove burrs and stood on end and well pounded to remove scale and dirt..
Wrenches on valves and fl'tfings steal! be applied directly ovet.-the joint being
tightened. The joints of all piping used for chlorine gas shall be made up wl*th
litharge and. glycerine.
Rev... 12/12 SECTION '11

i
11.U3.5 INSTALLATION OF WOM"LDED PIPING
All welding shall be performed in accordance
NCPWI3, or other approves procedures,
Page 24
with the procedures of the
which conform with the requirements
of the ASME Bo4fler and Pressure Vessel Code o
r of ASA B31 w I. No welder or
welding operator shall be employed on the work who has not been fully
qualified under these procedures and so certified by a member of a local
Chapter of the NCPWB or similar locally recognized author'ity., The Engi^neer
has the right at any time to call for and witness the making of test specimens by
any welder or welding operator in accordance with the forego'ing and to observe
the physical tests cal the specimens, Ali labor and materials required for the
tests sha-11- be provided at the expense of the Contractor. Filler metal for
weldin.q. shall be of the same composifion as the base. metal., Fittings shall be
of the same material and schedule number as the pipe to which attached..
I 1 v03v7 INSTALLATION OF COPPER PIPING
(a) Copper tubing with solder Joint connections shall have all burrs removed
from the tub,ng before joints are made. Both the inside �� the fitting and
the outside of the tub't'ng shall be cleared and polished and a nonow
corrosive flux shall be evenly distributed across the joining surfaces by
applying the -. flux and rotating the fitting and.. tubing together. Joints shall
be made by applying. heat and solder -to the end of the fitting until the
solder melts and then passing the flame toward the center of the fitt4L ing
Until the solder is absorbed and appears uniformly around the end of the
fitting.Excess solder shall be removed by brushing wnile the solderis still
in a plastic state., A fillet shall be left around the cup of the fitting. All ioints
shall be allowed to cool at room temperature without chilling.
(b) Copper tubing with flared joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and the ends
of the tubing shall be uniformly flared to the bevels of the fittings.
Wrenches steal[ be ap. plied
to the bodies of fittings near the joint being
made but in no -case to a j'o'int'previously made.
11038 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANE0 US PIP NG
{a} In mining cast iron pipe using joints other than bell and spigot, threaded,
and flanges, the pipe shad be brought to exact alignment and all
necessary rings, gaskets end bolts inserted in their proper places. Bolts
sh.-a(! be -uniformly tightened around the joints to avoid. any strains or
d*stort'ions. Mechanics! joint cash iron piping shall be installed in
conformance with the notes appended to ASA A21 . I 1'M:
(b)- Installation of tykes of piping other than listed herein shall be asi'nd4cated
in the Project Specifications andlor on the Contract Drawings or as
recommended by the m^Qnufacturer'if not otherwise indicated.
11.03.9 INSTALLATI()N OF INSULATION
(a) Thickness and type of insulafiion required for the various piping systems
shall be as indicated in the Projecfi Specifications and/car on the Contract
urawingsf....No pipe covering s.hall be installed until the piping system has
been tested as hereinafter specified, Pike covering. protestors shall be
Rev. 12/12
SECTION--l-1-

. of f. at.. # . } . W1, .. a y a .} . a. a a. — —. • - a • .
clean dry pipe with.jo"Ints butted
jacket securely pasted in place,.
All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be staggered when more than
one layer is applied.- All' joints shalt be sealed in accordance with the
manufacturer's reGommendationslir Where a vapor barrier is c
4%
squired ik
%.
shall De carried down and sealed to the pipe at intervals ot not more than
50 feet,
F lb *
itt-th(154
valves h n r lip- V, fl n n n A- -(Z
(b)
(C)
to
the- same thickness as the adjacent pips covering either with fabricated
insulation covers; or with insulating cement fir pipe saes smaller than 4
inches aod- with segments or insulation vrired in place and finished w'l'th
+
Page 25
provided at each pipe manger or suppgr� end shai! be I
-A
Simultaneously with the insulation, Pipe coverina protectors shall
provided at locations where i
nstalled
a [so be
risulation is subject to damage from tragic.
Pipe insulation shall be applied over
f'l'rm ly toaeher and any fa
ctory ap.. P. !vie
. . �.. v ...,_.., , unions and caulinas shall hinsulatedA
insulatinqcement for pipe sizes 4 4inches and iaraer. InsuEati
on reau
icing
a vapor barrier shall -be sealed with a vapor barrier taps and a seal ing
compound,. Unions and flanges shall be ins�ufated oniy on lines requiring -
a vapor barrier.,
(d) All insulation of f'ittings, value bodies
have a 6 ounce canvas jacket
ffanges, unions, and couplings sh- all
Es.atiy and securely pasted an. All
0: exposed pipe insulation steal{ have a G ounce iacKet neatly and securely
seams installed W2 wall or ceiling. All
unions, flanges, equipment. etc., shall be
tapered down to the pipe and seaIed with insu1ating cementh
pasted on with all longitudinal_
exposed ends of insulation at
f �
.
}
I
I
}
i
I
+
a
j
,i
a
L
i
(e) Plastic Pipe Coatings fo.r condensation and corrosion control shall be
applied to the piping systems indicated.. innthe Project Specifications
end/or on the Contract Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated, coatings
shall be 1/2 inch thick and shall Inver the entire Sysfem, including fittings,
unions, flanges, valve bodies, and couplings.,. Coating shall be applied in
layers not exceeding 1/8 inch in thickness over,a clean, dry surface from
which all scale and, rust has been removed; each layer shall be allowed to
dry for a minimum period of 24 hours before the subsequent layer is
applied, Temperature of surface shall be between 5OF and 150E when
cooking-
s applied. Coating sh�li be applied by hand or brush..
11.03,10 TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS
(a) Unless otherwise specified in the Project Specifications and/or shown on
the Contract Drawings, all piping systems installed under the General
SpeciTication for Insiae Process Piping shall be tested in the manner
herei'nafter specified: No piping shall be 'insulated, concealed, or furred-r
until j"t has been tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Testing
media shall be furn*ished and d'isposed of by the Contractor, and all
material, labor and equipment rEquired for the testing procedures shall be
at his expense..Any leaks or defective Piping disclosed by the test shill
be replaced or repaired and the test repeated unto! all piping proves tight.
No caulking of defective piping or joints w'111 be permitted.
(b) Piping rwhich will convey water or aqueous solutions shall be tested
hydrostatcally..iPiping which will convey gases or liquids other than water
or aqueous solutions shall be tested with air.
Rev. 12/12
SECTION 11

'IP
5
I
I
+ _+ f+ } •+ a,-J a. • + a a+.• • z a� .• t+� r•. • • r . a �a �.- a a� • , a • - • r
+ I
I
Y I .
4
I,
# I
Page 26
'
i
(c) Gravity drainage systems shall be tested by filling the system with water
to the highest point or overflow or by subj4ect"ing the system to an
%& equivalent pressure; all jainfis and fittings shall then be checked for leaks.,
ether systems shall be tested bv subiectina the piping to 501% In excess
of the minimum pressure to which the piping will ordinarily be subjected,
but in no case lower than 50 psi for systems employing cast iron pipe;
however,, no system shall be subiected to a pressure Breaker than 50% in
of the design working pressure of the pipe and/or fittings,-,.,
the test shall be
Regulators or other devices which could be damaged by 1
solated or removed from the system during the test.
I
11.04 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
I 1 .04.1 PROTECTION OF -WORK
The Contractor shall protect all inside Process Piping equipment and materials
from damage at all times during construct*�n and until the final acceptanceby
the owner of the compieted Project. Pipe openings shall be closed with plugs
or caps during installationb Equipment shall be properly covered and protected
against dIr, water, chemicaisI or mechanics! injury at all times. Prior to fins)
acceptance of the Project, all piping and e q-ui'Pment shall be thoroughly cleaned
and delivered to the Owner in perfect condition,
'i 1.ti4.2 kCiENiIFiCATIIJN OF VALVES
(a) Each shut -cuff or control valve installed in inside processing piping
systems, except those at equipment, shall be provided with a 1-1/2 inch
minimum. diameter heavy brass tag,. Each fag shall bear the identifying
number of the valve and, when so indicated in the Project Specifications
and/or an the Contract Drawings, an identifying letter symbol of the service
line, -
(b) The tags shall be attached to the valve by split -key rings soldered so that
ring and tag cannot be removed. The numbers and letters She[! be of
black tYPe, with 1/2 inch hihighaumbers and 9i4 inch high letters stamped
thereon and filled with black enamel.
11�04.3 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPE LINES
Each inside process pipe lure. which is instilled in an unfinished room, furred,
ceiling, boiler room, equipment teem, or basement shall be provided with
41
identifying letter symbols SLen.ffled on :he [ine. Symbols. shall be, provided at
maximum intervals of 25. feet and shall b stencilled after the pipes have been
ir�sui�ted and/or painted as specified. Stencil color shall be black unless
+ b Wh
background color is dark, in wnic.h case stenc'11 color shall be White. Identifying
letters shall be at least 2 inches high for pipe OD's (in.cluding insukation) 4
inches and larger, 1 inch high for pipe OD's from 2 inches to 4 inches, and 1/2
inch high for pipe D's sm,a, ller than 2 inches, In addition to the identifyi
Qng
letters, each symbol iocatian shall be provided with a stencilled arrow indicating
direction andlor directions of flow, identifying symbols shall be as indicated in
the Proj*rect Specifications and/or are the Contract Drawings.
'11.04.4 VALVE D1R_,_E'C_1TE�
The Contractor shall furnish and instaCl approved schematic, pips diagrams and
valy� directar��s for each inside process pip ing system., each $0hematic pi
pe
Rev. 12112. SECTION I I

n
Page 27
diagram shall be single line slowing the relative position of valves, calve
numbers and direct of flow. each directory shall show each valve number and
the location of each valve,, Each diagram and d'1'rectory shill be on an approved
material and framed in a glazed frame with screw eyes and wires for hanging
and shall be located as d4irected by the Engineer,
11.04.5 STERILIZATION OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
{a) All piping connected io and. forming a part, of a potabie water sysf�m shall
be as sterilized in a manner acceptable to the- Engineer, The method
described as followsA or other method acceptable to the Nc nepartment
of Environment, Health and Natural Resources, Division oof E nVironmental
Health, Public Water supply Section or others having jurisdiction and the
Engineer, shall b,.e used.
b After the pressure test and be -fore steriiization, each potable piping
system sh,all. e f,lushed until the wate� rugs clear. Each valved sect*ion of
the newly installed piping system snail be flushed separately with potable
water from the public supply.
to Disinfect the, piping system with chlo & applied by the introduction of a
hyp ochlor-jote solutioGa[cium hypn-oahlorif�e in commerctal grades
contains about 65% to 700io of free chlor'ine., H-ypochlorite powder shall
first be made into a paste and thin thinned to about a I % chlorine
solution. This gill require about T.50 gallons df water to each pound of
.powder. Solutions shall be prepared in an approved container for
chlon"ne solutions and the solids P ermitted to settle out,. The clear
supernatant shall be applied to the main through a rubber hose by
gravi#y� syphonage, injection or by su'ftable pump feed er.
(d} the r)o*Int of anplication of the chlorinating agent shall be at the beginning
of the piping syst-em or any valved sections there -of, and through a
corporation cock inserted in the top of the newly installed PPie. Water
from the existing distribution system shall be controlled so as to flow
slowly into the newly installed pipe that the chlorine dose applied to the
new pipe shill produce at least 100 ppm after 24 hours standi'ng,. Valves
shall be manipulated so that the strong chlorine solution in the pipe being
4p
treated will not flow bask into the line supplying the water.
(e) Permit, the treated water to remain in the pipe being treated for at least 24
:F
hours, following- wNch period of time the line shall b e thoroughly flushed
until all of the heavily chlorinated water is removed.., The Contractor may
release chlodnated water and/or flush water only in the manner, location
and rate as approved by the Engineer.,. Such- a,pproval shall be on a site
by site basis. If, for any reason, a shorter retention period must.. be used,
the chlorine concentration shall be increased accordingly.
i
{fj Collect bacteriological water samples from the end most outlet of the
treated piping system. through two successive days,. If, at the end of this i
period the samples show safe results, the new piping system may be
placed in service. If, however, the results are unsafe, the chlorine
treatment shall be repeated until all samples show safe results.
Bacteriological analysis $amples must be picked up by the Contractor j
and run by a state --*a p proved laboratory, employed and paid by the
Contractor, with the cost of such tests merged in the price bid on contract
items,
Rev. 12/12 SECTION 11
:I
s
:a
. F
ti
-
t
I
� �
r
' r
r
R

•. •.a��r�� •-� rrFr—• iL-*+-F--+aa..�_af �a.f.f_+a •f as • _ � •• • • r a
12.01 GENERAL
12.01 ,'t
+
12001.2
12.01 .3
Rev.,- 3/09
Page I
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
SCOPE OF WORK
+0 {a} All.labor, material,equipment,tools, and. services required for the
fumishing and installation of miscellaneous metalwork.requ'ired under this
Contract shall be furnished and installed in compliance. with the following
General Specifications, the Project Specification and the Contract
Drawings.
(b) This General Spec iflcation designated as Section 12.0, Miscellaneous
Metalwork, covers the description of materials generally utilized in
miscellaneous metalwork installations and the installation of such
materials,,- The Project Specifications and the contLract Drawings
designate the specifispecificwonk, the materials, and the details on the
furnishing and the ins#allation of all Mi'scellanjnous Metalwork. The
inclusion of items of material or work withir, this Specification does not
necessarily constitut� their use an this Project;
SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) The attention of the Contractor'i's directed to the rovisions in the General
Cond4ftions of the Contract requiring the submission try thc, Engineer of
shop and suing drawings. On all miscellaneous metal work, such
submission shall include ship drawings for all work fabricated off of the
construct'i"on sift and must conform to the exact descr"iption named i'hn the
General or Project
Drawings..
Specification or in the Schedules on the Contract
(b) Sh or nr and Setting Drawings and manufacture
f
r f s data for -all material
f material, sizes of metal$
method of assembly, hardware and anchorage or connect'jon with other
work. .
ncluded under this section shall show the kind a
VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS
(a) The Contract Drawings indicate the size and arrangement for
miscellaneous metal work,, In the event it should became necessary to
change the. location of the work due to construction details, the
contractor shall consult with the engineer before making any such
changes.
(b) The Contactor shall consult wIth other tradesi n advance and shall make
dF
all the necessary provisions for the 1"nstallaflion of their work.
SECTION 92
W
i

r r -•+ i t r'a . I
1 2wO2
Page 2
12soOIA STANDARDS
Where materials and methods are indicatedin the follow'Ing Specif4ications as
being in conformance with- a standard specification, it shall refer in all -cases
IF to the latest edition of the specification and shalt include all interim revisions.
Listing of a standard s�p&-�cification without further reference indicates that the
particular material or method shall conform with such listed soecification.
Where anufacturer(s) or trade -names appear., it is only to represent a
level of au...alltv expected- and in no way is "to be construed to preselect
the r+�strict bidders to a
sp�c'r�c-arar�c�, make, manufaciarer or spec�fic name. They are used
only to set tc�rth and C411Yejf tfl bidders the general style, tYpe,
character, anct quai9ty of product desired. Equivalent -products wrill be
acceptable, All equipmenfi shill conform to the latest revised applicable
aSHA Standard.
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
12mo2sil
Rev. 3/0 9
GENERAL
(a) All mater*lals and equipment shall be. furnished by an establIshed- and,
reputable manufacturer or supplier. All materials and equipment shelf be
new and shall be of first class ingredients - and construction, designed and
guaranteed to perform 'the service required and shall conform with the
following Specifications or shall be the product of the listed
manufacturer's or similar and equal thereto.
b} Proper handling and stca�age kechniqu�s must be exercised with all
mater'l'al to prevent the inclusion of foreign- materials or damage by water,
frost or breakage. P_nshable ater[ais shaft be placed on a piatfarm
raised clear of the adjoin ing ground and protecedffrom damage with a
weatherproof cover.
(c) The Contractor shall verify coindtions in the field, be responsibly for
proper fitting together of his material and Khali check all measurements in
the Meld, as required for work fabricated to fit job conditions.
Ir (d) Before starting -work, the Contractor shall examine adjoinP.
ing work on
which his work is in any way dependent for perfect workmanship and,fit.
All corrective work shelf be performed to the adjoining work as may be
necessary to produce work perfect in ill respects.
(e) The Contractor shall make a,!necessary provisions for work included
herein to accommodate work specified under other Sections,.
SECTION 12
+
supplier or equipment.

- - --- -- --- --
Page 3
12.Q2.2 CONSTRUCTION MATERtALS ASTM .
aesignatian
(a) Aluminum Caskings - AnodiAzed finish 826, Alloy G4A,
to match balance of aluminum materials Condition F
{b) Aluminum Bars, Rods, Shapes 8221 ar 6308
(c) Aluminum Sheets, Plates
Mill Finish 8209, Alloy 1100
Anodized Finish B209, Alloy 30Q3
(d} Aluminum Tubing 6210
(e} Bronze Castings -w Color to match other
arcritectural bronze 8147
(f) Bronze Bolts, Nuts, Strews B16
{g} Bronze Rods, -Bars, Shapes B124
(h) Bronze Sheets, Plates B36
(i} Bronze Tubing 8135
Q} Bronze Pipe 843
{k} Copper SF,ests Bl-62 Hard Temner
(I} Cast Iron A48
{m} Ma1[eable Iron, White annealed A47
{n) Sheet Iron A109
{o) Stainless Steel Sheets A1f7, Type 302B
Exposed Sheets No., 4 Finish
Normally invisible sheets for protection
1P
against wetera- h, and corrosion No,, I Finish
(p} Skainlsss Clad Steel with A264
20°/fl Cladding Na. 4 Finish
ta} Steel Pipe A120
(r) Structural Steel A36
(s} 5truetural Steel Tubing ASTM A501 1
Seamless, -Hot Formed
(t) Steel Pipe A53
(u) Cast Steel A27
(v) Genuine Wrought Iron Rods, Bars A207
{w) Genuine Wrought Iron Plates A42
(x} Genuine Wrought Iron Sheets A162
(y} Genuine Wrought Iron Pipe Ail
(z} Z'I'nc Coating A123
tea} Concrete Inserts:
1P
Threaded or wedge type, galvanized. ferrous castings, either iron ASTM
A47 ar cast steel ASTM A27. Provide belts, washers and shims as required, hot-
dipgalvanized, ASTM A153.
(ab) MASQNRY ANCHORAGE pEV(CE�
Expansion Shields, FS FF-S-325 ',
(ac} 'TOGGLE BOLTS
Tumble -wing type, FS FF-B-588, class and style as required,,
Rev. 3/OS SECTION 12

(ad)
12:,,�02v3
i
Page 4-
FASTENERS
1,a GENERAL
Provide z'inc;f--co ated fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior
walls.. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required.
2:w BOLTS AND NUTS
Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A307, Grady A
3,, LAG BOLTS
Square head type, FS FF-wB-561
41V �1lACHlN� SCREWS
Cadmium plated steel, FS FFa&S---092
5,t WOOD SCREWS
Flat -head carbon steel, FS FF-S-P-1 11
6, PLAIN WASHERS
Round, carbon steel, FS FF*-*-W--w-92
7.r LOGKWASHERS
Helical spring hype carbon steel, FS FF**WA- M
8. SELF DRILLING ANCHORS
Red Head" as manufactured
Fastening Systems, Rams, t, or
FABRICAbTION
(aj GENERAL
(2)
Company, Inc., Hilti
ll formed to shape andsize,
ring .and punching ap�ration
�' surfaces. All permanent
ll be welded or riveted. Assembling by the use
of bolts or screws shah be avoided when possible, but if used,
Dolts and screws- shall be screwed up t'Aght wi'th- the threads
nicked t
sprung.
o prevent loosening. All. curved work steal[ be evenly
Castings shall
be sound- and free fro m warp, hales or other
detects that impa
surfaces -shall
pines and irises
by Phillips Ddll
e,qual..
Fabricated mete! work shall'be we
with sharp fines and angles. Shea
Sha(I leave clean, true lines and
connections s
ha
i.1t their strength or appearance. Exposed
ova a smooth finish and sharp, well defined
., Machine joints, where required, shall be
Milled to a close fit.. Necessary rabbe S lu(i5 and brackets
shall be provided so that
su-bstant'lal manner.
work can be assembled in a neat and'
Rev., 3/09 SECTION 12
I
1
I
•
r
I
If
r
r
I •
1 _
I-•
i
+
I -
a
I ,
#
I '
F
J
-

0
Page 5
(3) All fastenings shill be concealed where practicable, or if
i'4
mpractical other methods of fastening shall be subm'l'tted to
the Engineer for approva
I. The thickness of metal and details
4
of assembly and supports shall glue
stiffness, Joints which will be exposed
erected shall be formed to exclude
ample strength and
to the weather when
water. Holes and
connectqi'ons for the work of other trades shall be provided.
(A� Structural steel fabrication of M"is-Oellaneou-s metalwork items
shall conform with the RISC "Specification For The Design,
Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel For Buildings
(F�iveted, Bolted and Arc -Welded)." A([ stye! workP/hIch is to
be galvanized shall be fabricated in acCeordance with ASTM
A1439 A384 and A385..
(5} All welding shall be ithn accordance withe "Standard Code for
Arc and Gas Welding ire Building Construction" of the American
Welding Society-. Welding shall be continuous along entire
area of contact, except where tack welding is perm'itted,, Tack
wilding will not be permitted- on exposed surfaces.., All
exposed welds shall be ground smooth and brushed clean.
(�) Supplementary parts necessayto complete each item, though
such work, is not, d'efinnely shown or specified, shall be
included., All miscellaneous metalwork where not shown in
detail on the Contract Drawings shall be designed by- the
Fabricator- in accordance with
practice.
good
accepted
standard
(7) Use material of size and thickness shown ar, if not shaven, of
required size and thickness to produce strength and d urability
ire finished product., Work toidmensions shown or accepted on
shop drawings, using graven deta.01$ Of- f-ab-ncabon and suppor.14
Use hype of materials shown or spectfied for various
components of work.
(8) Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles
and surfaces and st,�ight sharp edges. base exposed edges
to a radius of approximately 1132unless otherwi-.se shown.
dorm bent -meta( careers to smallest radius possible without
pausing grain separation or othennrise impairing work,
(9) Welty corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS
recommendat'ons, Grind exposed weds srnc�ath and flush, t
0
match and blend wAith adjoining surfaces.
(10) Form exposed connections with hairline jolints, flush and
smooth, using Concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use
exposed fasteners of type shown, orif not shown, PhiPSlliflat-
head (countersunk) screws or bolts, -
t
Rev. 3/09
SECTION 92

Page 6
(11) Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with
supporting structure,, Fabricate and space anchoring devices c
as shown and as required to provide adequate support for
intended .use.
(12) Gut, reinforce, dr'1'11 and tap miscellaneous meta( work as
required to receive finish hardware and similar lttems-,-
13 Use hotm%rolled steel bars for work fabricated from bar stack
unless shown or specNfied to be fabnrca�ad from cold -finished or
cold rolled stock.-
b STAINLESS STEEL. WCfRK
(1) Only the- proper type of stainless steel electrodes or welding
rods -shall be used.. All' welded joints shall be ground and
polished and made 'imperceptible. Welds shall be of such
character as to elkiminate inJury to stainless steel parts in
appearance, strength, end reststance to corrosion.
{2} All scratches, mark, pits and ether blemishes on exposed
surfaces incurred during fa-- of the material shall be
removed- by grinding and pofi'sh'ing until the entire surface,
possesses the same finish as the adjacent work.,
(C) ALUMINUM WORK
Type and procedure for welding 0-f aluminum shall be as established
and recommended by the producer of the castings, sheets, bars,
rods, shapes, etc;, to be used in the finished meta! work. All welded
joints shalt be ground and polished and made imperoeptible.
d') BRONZ.E. WORK
41
Only the proper type of bronze electrodes or bracing rods shall be
used,. All welded joints shalt- be ground and polished and made
imperceptible,
(e) COPPER WORK
All copper work shall be fabricated of the weight indicated an the ,
Contract Draw!]'ngs, with concealed welds and fastenings., The
assembled work sha, 11 be pol'ished after fabrication.
Rev. 3/09 SECTION- 12

1-
+
Page 7
I
(f)
t9)
(h)
GALVANIZED STEEL W{?RK
(1) Provide zinc coating for those items shown or specified to be
galvanized as follows,:
(a) ASTM A 153 for galvan4izing iron and -steel hardware.
(b) ASTM A 123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed forged steel
shapes, plates, bar and strip. 1/8" -thick and heavier.
{c) ASTM A 386 for galvanizing assembled steel products.
(2) GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT
Nigh zinc dust content Paint far re-galvanizing welds
steel, complying with military $peoiffications MI'Lo-P.P"w21035
SAFETY TREAD NOSINGS
the down slide o
tn galvanized
Ships).
Safety triad nosi'nas shall have an abrasive surface for treads and
cured in place concrete
for concrete stairs and
be 8 inches shorter than the treads to which they are to be
armlied and- -designed so that aftiernstallaton the top surface will be
stairs shall
steps shall
f land-ings and platforms of �
have safety tread., I he nosings
flush with the top surface of treads and platforms and fastened
thereto with countersunk brass belts or screws to the anchors setin
concrete.
PIPS TRENCH COVERS AND FRAMES
Pipe trench covers and frames shall consist of 3" x 2" x 1/A'nch steel
_k
angle frames with I" x 1/4 inch steel anchors spaced approximately
19 inches on center on all sides for embedding in concrete,,
Continuous stops shall be welded to the sides of the frames. Covers
shall be fabricated (o)f �14" minimum steel plate set loose in sections
of not over four (4} feet long with stiffener angles as required. The
fop of the plate and frame shall flnA sh flush with the finished floor.,
(ij P I P E RAI L 1.N,-. G_ S
(1) G�IEW.A-L,
(a) R a'j I 'i n g s shall be fabricated to the details indicated on_ the
Contract Drawings, using flush type fittings wish j"o*ints welded
and tlie welds ground smooth. Hand -rails to be secured to
walls shall be furnished with cast ironbrackets t,o- -be spacea-
ten (10) inches from the ands, and not over five 1:15N, feet
apart. The exposed ends of these handrails shall be fitted
with screw plug finials.

(b) Fabricate pips railings to dimensians end details shown, with
smooth bends and welded joints ground smooth and flush..
Where devils are riot shown, use 1*kl/2" steel pipe with top
of top rail 42 above floor, or 32" above stair treads
measured vertically at the stair riser line.
Ic
(c} Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching
39 3
a.-lignment at butting joints,. Space posts not more than S' on
enters, unless otherwise shown. Plumb- oosts in each
direction.
as follows:
Secure posts and rail ends to bu*i1d'i'-ng construction
(1) anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves set
and anchored into concrete,. Provide sleeves of
galvanized, standard weight, steel pike, not less than 61f
long, and having an inside diameter not less than 1/21'
.4
greater than outs'de diameter of posts.. A square
galvanized base plate shall be secured to bottom cif
sleeve end of width end length th
oat Tess in 1"
greater
than outside diameter of sleeve,, After posts have been
inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and
sleeve solid with molten lead or
t
cement,., Cove anchorage join
welded to post.
a q.uickmsett'ing hydraulic
with a round steel flange
(2) Anchor packs to steel with steel oval flan es angle tyke
on floor tyke as required by conditions, welded to hosts
and bolted to steel supporting members.-
r ra't I
I
(3) Ancho ends into steel with steel oval or Yound
flanges welded to rail ends and bolted to structural steel
members.
(d) Secure handrails to walls by means of wall brackets, and Walt
return fitting at handrail ends.. Provide brackets with not less
thin 1 '/z" �le�r space befween finish wall surface and pipe
handrail, and with wall plate portion of bracket drilled tD
receive one 3{8" bolt. Locate brackets not more than 60" a.c.
Provide flush type wall return fittings with same, projection as
that specified for wall brackets. Secure wall brackets and
wall return fittlings to building construct'j'on as followsk
(1} For concrete and solid masonry anchorage use bolt
anchor expans"ion'sh*ields and lag bolts.
(2) For hollow masonry and stud, partifioin anchorage, use
toggle bolts hiving square heeds,
(e) All steel pipe handrail shall be G90 galvanized in accordance
with ASTM A525 when installed on exterior areas and areas
with high moisture content atmospheres..
F
r
a
i
a
i
i
i
i
G
I
+
i
i
1
o-
Rev. 3/09 SECTION 12
r-.
k
ti -
� ti
j ..

(2)
(4}
Page 9
STEEL
Pipe railings shall be ASTM A53 of sizes shown on Contract
Drawings and shall be made -of standard weight 1*-11/2"
galvanized schedule 40 steel PIP e, 2 rails, 42" height with
1/8 it x 4" toe pla.tes and -with standards not over.5' on centers.
F'I'tfngs shall be railing type or pipe may have welded joints.
All we]-ds shack be ground and pol*lshed smooth after
fabrication. Wrought iron pike sleeves of grope; size and
arrangement shall be wilt in and the standard be provided
wish suitable male connection to slide and lock therein and
stand rigid. Provide suitable wall stringer and floor flanges
andlo
r floor sleeves. All welded railings shall be hat dip
galvanized after fabrication. Railing ex anson joints shall
coincide with building or structure expansion joints.
ALUMINUM
The work includes f
& IV d
railings at tyre iocations
The railings shall
be cons
au alu inum pipe
urnishing and installing aluminum pipe
shown on the Contrast Drawings.
ructed using 1-1/2" I..P.S. Schedule
weighing 0..--,QA po—
unds per foot with
standards at 5' centers maximum. The raif�rgs shall be 2­,-ro.ii
tugs, 42" high. and- shall be constructed using 1/8 It X 4"
aluminum toe plates., Floor plates, fascia plates, fascia
mounts and escutcheon plates shall be used as'Ind*1cated on
the Contract Drawings or as required. Welds steal{ be
completely dressed and blended to pipe,. Railing expansion
oints shall co'J'ncide with building or structure exp-ansion
joints,.
ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS
{a} Ornamental rail ings shall be fabricated from mild steel
(or of other metals as designated) bars and shapes.- to
the size and details indicated on the Contract Drawings',
Uprights (gcated in concrete shall be sit ir, sleeves
approximately 6 inches long and caulked tight in molten
lead or hat sulphur.. Uprights in stone steal[ be set in
drilled holes and. caulked tight with molten lead or hot
sulphur. Rail ends shall be secured into drilled 'notes in
masonry and stone and caulked with lead -wool..
(b) The top of the rail for brass, alum inum or woad handrails
shall be drilled and counter -sunk every ter- (10) inches
for fastening handrail with screws from the underside.
Unless otherwise deta'lled or Haled an the contract
Drawings wall brackets shallbe used for handrails and
shall be of stone design malleable cast iron spaced ten
�10} inches from the ends, and not over five (5) feet
apart, and shall be furnished with toggle or expansion
bolts for fastening to wall,
1
0
+
Rev., 3/09
SECTION 12

I •
�• I
• I
F I
! j
}
L
r I
Page 10
{j) METAL LADDERS
(1) Vertl'cal metal ladders shall be fabricated- of mild steel, aluminum or
of genuine wrought iron to the size and deta'I'ls as indicated an the
Contract Drawings. Ladders and -brackets to be exposed to
weather or moisture shall be fabricated of genuine wrought iron.
(2) Ship ladders _(sloptng ladders) shall be of the open type, fabricated
of structural steel channels or steel- plate stringers, having pipe
handrails and -steel grading treatreads.Treau-S shall have atoe-piece
at the back onewth*lrd of the he'lght of the riser. Stairs shall be
fabricated to be anchored to the ffoor and top with approved
fasten'i'ngsA
(Le ) METAL L--ADDERS WITH- SAFET v, CAGE
(M)
Metal ladders with safety cages shall be galvanized finish with not less
than 1:.3 oz.of zinc per square foot, according to ASTM A123,,. All new
and existing ladders shall be- fitted with safety cafes to comply with
OSHA Standards., -Safety cages shall envelope the ladder width and 2'*"
7" deep, All sections shall be welded, f'arape� rails or rail extensions
shalt be. as shown an the Contract Drawtinric Rails shall be same
section in size and strength as ladder rails, The top horizontal bar of
the safety cage shalt extend around ladder and terminate at top of
SPIRAL METAL STAIRS
Spiral
and
construction...
and newel..
railings extendi"ng around the stairwell. The center pipe. shall be 3
r shown an the Contract Drawings
stairwell
and cantilevered
tread
stairs shill be of the d'iame
Jesigned far a �ireular
Stairs shall be provided w'l'th mild steel railing, balusters
One baluster shall be provided to each step and with the
inches in diameter with cast iron t
iron cantiievered treadsW
METAL STAIRS
erminals and base and non -slip cast
(1) Meta( stairs sh�il b� fabricated of a[I aluminum materials car of steel
4%
as indicateci on the Contract Draw't'bgs... Railing and accessories
Khali be constructed of the materials inaicated on the Contract
Drawings. The weights of all aluminum members shall be
sufficient b sustain loads without obj"ection@able deflection.
(2) All stairs and platforms shall be designed to sustai'n 100 pounds
per square foot for a vertical projected load unless other\& -rise notea"
in the Project Specifications or detaliled an the Contract Draw'ings,
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
S
I
5
i
i
Rev. 3/09 SECTION 12

.. _.. .. .. ...
0
t
IF -
Page 11
(3) Stair stringers shall be fabricated either of channels, flat plates or
formed plates, bent or railed to necessary size and shape., The
tread and riser brackets shall be 1,-*.k,-1/4 x 1**1/4 x 1/8 inch angle,
welded or rveted toithe stringers, The headers constructed of
channels shall be bolted or welded to the stringers. The sub -treads
and risers shall be formed of not less than a Na. 14 gauge steel',
intermediate platf-orms shall beformed of Nq. 12 minimum gauge
steel and reinforced w'I'th angle or tee stiffeners. The fascia plate
ravers shall be fabricated of 14 minimum gauge steel or as
indicated on the Contract Drawings,,
(AN Unless other -wise indicatedP.
an the Contract Draw'ings the sub -
treads and plafforms for stairs without grating treads shall be
formed with a bent nosing and the bottom- of the riser shall have a
bent key to receive the poured in place cement or- terrazzo treads
and seety nosingsb An allowance for a two k4.,) inch fill on treads
and three (3)inch fill an intermediate platforms shall be made.
(5) Newels and drops shall be firmed to the design indicated on the
Contract Drawings, fabricated of 1.4 gauge tubing with permanently
secured east iron caps and drops. Balusters shall be farmed of the
size and shape I
handrails t
to permit i
hereto..
nd'icated on the Contract Drawings, fabricated of
Brackets for the wall handra'lls shall be pr'OV14ded
nstallat'ion with brackets located one (1) fool from each
end and each corner
and five (5) fleet an centers. ,
(6) All anchors, bolts, angles, hangers, supports and other accessories
needed for the complete
assembly
suppled. Stair members shall be eithe
that bolting may be used. for field
and instillation shcall be-
r riveted or welded exceI ..pt
assembly where
wilding cannot be used:. All bolting sna
heads.,
riveting or
have concealed Of flush
.11
�7} Provide brackets and bearing surfaces as detailed and as required
to anchor and contain the stairs on the supporting. structure.
(8} Handrails shall be as specified with connections welded end jaints
ground smooth.. Provide with terminal caps and wall flanges where
required. Mechanically jointed railing systems maybe used if
approved by the Engineers, Install railings using sleeves, flanges,
etc., as detailed and anchor with lead.
(9) install wall flangesflang. past es, wall brackets, terminal caps, etc...,
as required for complete stair instai(ation.
(10) Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in
concrete or built into masonry for the installation of the stair
systems work. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions
&
and directions fir instafla�ion of anchorage devces, Coordi
, nate
delivery with rather work to avoid del. -ay..
Rev. 3/09 SECTION 92
f
+
+

•
Rev. 3/09
(n)
(0)
4
Page 12
STAIR FRAMING
(1) Fabricate stringers of structural channels, or plates, or a
comb'l'nafiorr thereof, as shown. Provide closures for exposed ends
of strings.
(2) Construct
4
platforms
miscellaneous
stringers and
headers.
GRATING
fram11+
ing
neviels.,
of structural
mem bers , as
Bolt framing
channel headers and-
sho Wn. . Bolt, headers to
members to strings and
(1) All gratings steal! be fabr'l'cated of aluminum or as indicated an the
Contract Drawings and designed for a 100- pound per square fort
Min' imum live -loading, where specific detailo
ls ire not sunnlied. All
intermediate structural members required shall conform to the
loading, unless noted otherwise..
All intermediate structural members required shall conform to the
loading requiremenis and must be provided by the Contractor..
k4tl Frames sh�li be constructed of aluminum angles, channels, bars or
other aluminum members shown on the Contract Drawings..
Gratings shall be high -strength, heavy duty, lightweight type and be
designed with a minimum 1-1314" lt*bar depth with loads not
exceeding those, permitted by Federal Specification RRG661C,.
Tread surface shall be extruded and continuous with the top at the
1"obar section. The side of the gratings shall be an [;--bar, All- four
outside edges of each separate section of grating shall be banded
prior to installation. Any edges banded 1"n the field shall be to the
-0
satisfaction of the Engineers., A..11 gratings shill be aluminum 6063
Standard and as manufactured by Borden Grating, (KG Industries,
Gary Grating, or equal.
(3) Grating shall be detailed to place tap flush with the surrounding
walking surface, areaway gratings shall be detailed to place top
flush with the top of the cc�ttcrets surface. gating for floors and
walkways shall be provided with an angle iron frame for anchoring
to the concrete with a welded bar anchorage placed at 3 foot
centers. At least 1&-3/4" of bearing surface shall be prov'Ided on the
angle iron frame,.
(4) Gratings in public sidewalks shale have the inner frame hinged to
the outer frame with genuine wrought iron butts having brass pins
and. a lack requiring special tools.. The cuter frame shall be
detailed for bolting to the concrete.
-A
(5) Steel grating shack be galvanized,after fi
abrication.
SEGTION 12

Page 13
(p) HANDRAIL CHAIN
When indicated on the Contract Drawings, two-line handrail chain shall
be supplied to substitute for pipe handrail. Chain shall be anchored to
a past at one end and connected to post ring at the other end with a
snap hook. Chain and all accessories shall be fabricated of galvanized
steel unless otherwise noted an the Contract Drawings with welded link
construction with link metal 3./1.6- inch in diameter.
(q} ALUMINUM MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
Furnish and install all aluminum manhole frames and covers shown on
the Contraot Drawings Frames shah be constructed of a UMMUM
angles, channels, bars or other aluminum members shown. ire details,
IF
A..1-1 members Shall b e wided. Goners shall be checkered aluminum
Plates or bar gratings as in,icated on the Contract Drawings anti shall
be fatted with hinges and flush handles for opening.., Frames and covers
shall be designed to support a uniform load of not less than 200
pounds per square foot, without excessive deflection. Covers over
flumes or reservoirs shall be fi tted with a minimum 6" screened vent-.
Aluminum manhole frames and covers shall be as manufactured by
B'11co Co., Waco, Halada.."N. or equal.
r STEEL MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS
Furnish andi'nstall all Steel manhole frames and covers shown on the
Contract Drawings. Frames. shall be constructed of steel angles,
channels, bars or other steel members show.n in details. All members
T I
shall' be welded, Covers shall be checkered steel plates, or bar
gratings, as indicated on the Contract Drawings and. shall be flitted with
hinges and flush handles for opening. Frames and covers shall be
designed to support a uniform load of not less than 200 pounds per
square foot, wikhou# excessive deflecti'on. Goners over flumes or
reservoir shall be fitted with a minimum 6" screened vent. After
fabrication, steel frames and covers shall be sand blasted smooth,
gleaned and be hot dip galvanized. Steel manhole frames and covers
shall be as manufactured by Bilcoo Cc�., Cc�., Haladay or equal.
(s) ROOF CURBS
Roof curbs shall be provided for all roof penetrations requiring curbs
including archiftectural, process, mechanical and electrica I work (except
skylights) as required,, Curbs shall be of 18 gauge galvanized steel
construction with continuous welded comer seams, -factory installed
woad Hailers and 3 lb4 denstty rigid fiberglass board insulation minimum
of 9" in height and shall be as manufactured by Pate -Mfg. Company,
Broadview, Illinois, ThyaroribCp,, Addson, Dayton or approved equal
Wood nailer shall be chemically treated to resist rot and insect
infestation..
The type of curb required shal{ give the appearance of, or include a well
liner, with desk closure strips furnished.
It sisal{ be the responsibility of the curb manufacturer to coord'I'nate the
curb'si'zes with the equipment being placed over the roof openings'.
Rev. 3/09 SECTION 12

Page 14
(t) JIB CRANE
(i) REQUIRE&M"ENTS
The Contractor shall be responsibly for furnishing details which are
required, but not necessarily shown on the he Contract Drawings, for
the adequate and proper installation of the jib crane as required by the
Engineers. Graves and hoists shall be as manufactured by Gorbel,
Bushman Equipment, Inc.,, Spanco, Inc., A Howe-, or equa A
(2) HOIST
{a} All apparatus covered by this Specification shal,. be constructed.
in a thorough and workmanlike manner... Due regard 8hall be
given in design for safety of operation and durability, of parts..
The design of all units shall embody the genera! characteristics
as Specified herein,
(b) All parts requiring pe
readily access'lble a
standard tools.,
riod+ic adjustment or replacement shall be
nd the maintenance shall require only
(3) FACTOR OF SAFETY
All load carryingshall be constructed so that the static sirens
under full loac{ condit;ons wil! vat exceed 24% of the ultirriate s#rength
partsparts
of the material used.
The gears shall be designed for strength and
wear in accordance with ALMA practice.
(4jFiUIST F�tA�llE
The hr�Msf frame shall be made of Steel members and
supporting hoist parts subjected
frame shall be a dueti[e shack
protection to the cable.
(5) H01STING CABLE
to tension shelf
resistant unit ar
be of stee l.
all load
The joist
shall give adequate
The wire rope shall be constructed of stainless steel.. The cable shall
be equipped with swaged -on cable fittings for attachment to the hoist.
The attachment of the cable to the ho'j"S't frame shall be accessible and
shall permit conveni'ent replacement of the cable.. The wire raps shall
be adequately and internally lubricated. The cable length shall be not
less than 30'.
TROLLY & HOIST
(a} REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall furnish and install menus{ trolly and hoist
as shown on the Contract Draw'i'ngs, The Contractor shall be
responsible for furnishing defiaiis which are required, but not
necessarily shown on the Contract Drawings, for the adequate
and proper installation cif the hoist as required by the
Engineers. Trolly and hoist shall be as manufactured b''y
f
+
I
i
}
i
a
I
y+F
T
. I
I
• 1
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
. i
1
f
7
4
I
i
i
I
i
.
• 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rev. 3/09 SECTION 1.2

(U)
i
Pale 15
Wright Ho'lst Division of- American Chain and Cable, Inc..,
Philadelphia Ho'ist DIVI"s'lon Company; ACI Hoist and Crane or !,
an equal,.
(b) HOIST
(1) All apparatus covered by this Specifications shall be
constr
due r
ucted in a through and workmanlike manner.
egard she
operat"ion and
units shall
design for safety of
parts.
eMIDOC tne general
11 be -liven in
jrab'111*ty- of
The design of all
characteristics as
specified herein,.
{2) All parts requiring periodic adjustment pr replacement
shall be readily accessible and the maintenance shall
require only standard tools.,
{c}
All I
stress under full load condit'ions will not
ultimate strength of the materiel used,
FACTOR OF SAFETY
oad carrying parts she
Il be constructed so that the static
exceed 20% of the
The gears shall be
designed for strength and wear in accordance with ALMA
practice..
..HEEL GUARDS
I
Unless otherwise indicated the wheel guards shalt be cast'iron..
(V) PIPE TRENCH COVERS AND FRAMES
Pipe trench covers and frames .:shall consist of 3" x 2" x 1/4" -steel angle
frames with 1" x 1/4" steel anchors spaced approximately 18 inches on
center on all sides for embedding in concrete. Cont'inuous stops shall
be welded to the sides of the frame, Covers shall be fabricated of 114"
steel plate set loose in sections of riot over 4 Teet tang with siffrener
angles as re, q­uired, The top of the plate
with the finished floor.
{w} EXPANSION JOINT COVER PLATES''
and frame steal[ finish flush
-q Od
Cover plates for floors,, walls and ceilings Sha
gauge steei... Plates Tor floors shall oe
smooth finish an the tap surface. Cover
II be of cask Iran or 14
made of brass and have a
plates shill be furnished w'lrth
flat -head countersunk tap screws and expansion sleeves arranged i"n
such a manner as to permit expansion or contraction after installation.
(X) TUBULAR METAL FRAMES
Tubular mete( frames for doors and windows shall be fabricated as
indicated- by these Speoffie;ations or on the Contract Drawings and shall
be reinforced for all hardware.
Rev. 3/09 SECTION 12

Page 16
IP-
CLEANaOUT DOOR$
(Y)
Clean -out doers shall be fabricated of castiron of the size indicated on
the Contract Drawings, with a flange type frame,, Each frame shall
have at least four masonry anchors and each door shall have two
heavy pin hinges, a latch and hook.
(Z) CORNER GUARDS
(1) Garner guards indicated on doorjambs and other external corners
in concrete and masonry shall be constructed of bent steel- plate,
1/4 inch thick, or steel angles f> x 6 x 114 inches thick and
extended to a height of six feet on the jambs. The corner auards
sha.11 be secured to the masonrywith anchors welder[ to the back
and spiced 2 feet apart.
(aa) ALUMINUM COP-INGS
ab}
(ac)
Aluminum copings where mdiGakeci on the Contract drawings shall be
similar to standard Alcoa extruded shapes of the size required... The
ry
copings shall be formed true to radii, with all requIre d anchors, miters,
caps and expansion devices,
ALUMINUM SILLS
Aluminum exterior sills for other than window openings where indicated
on the Contract Drawings shall be Standard Reynolds sills w'lfth
V d f
provisions Tor expansion.,
ORNAMENTAL GRILLS
Ornamental grills shall be of a pattern to be selected
Etig't'neer/Owner-,, Unless otherwise indicated these grills
fabricated of aluminum and shall be given an anodized finish.
by the
shalt be
4
(ad)
(ao
ORNAMENTAL METAL LETTERS AND SIGNS
Ornamental metal and porcelain on steel signs and
constructed in accordance with the best practices
Concealed stainless skeet fasteni'ncis shall be furnished
and letters to masonry., Ornamental metals shall
alum'ttnum work shall be anodized.
METAL WINDOW STOOLS
letters shall be
of the trade.
to attach signs
have a No. 4 finish,
Metal window stools where indicated or) the Contract Draw'ings shall be
Mirlear metal stools of the style shown.
PROTECTIVE FINISHES FOR EXPOSED ALUMINUM PIPE,
(1) All type 204-rR1 pipe shall receive a satin finish as specified
herein.
Rev, 3109 SECTION 12

i
4.
d.
Page, 17
(2) All pipe shall be given a brushed textured finish in accordance
With the Aluminum Association designation ASTMw35., Welds
shall be completely dressed and blended is pipe-.
(3) All aluminum shall be then anodized in accordance with the
Aluminum Association Designation AA-G22-A�1 (minimum d, I
costing thickness of 0.,4 Mil}.
(ag) LOOSE BEARING PLATES
.0
Provide loose bearing plates for steel items bearing on masonry- or
06
concrete construct'ion, made flat; free from warps or twists, and of
required thickness and bearing area. Drili plates to receive anchor
bolts and for grouting as required., Galvanize after fabrication.
a.h STEEL LINTELS
(1) Provide loose structural steel shape lintels for openings and
recesses in masonry walls and partitions as shown. Weld
adjoining members together to form a single unit. Provide not less
than 8" bearing at each silo of op. enings, unkass otherwise shown.
10)M Insta steel lintels o-f angle or other shapes, light steel framing not
included in "Structural Steel" Section, but required to support
openings 18 wide or wider in bricb.
k, concret� black, oerfhmasonry
walls, partitions, radiators, ventilating ducts, registers, access
doors to Pipes and valves, indicated or required b y mechanical
trades.
(3} Lintels: Minimum 16" Ion9 er than opening width, of sizes,
number, setting arrangement, as required to provide proper
support..
(4) Provide J'nteis, frames, where required at duct openings in walls,.
Examine drawings for Heating and Ventilating for extent of
framing required.
MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
(1) Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a
part of structural etas( framework, as required to complete work.
(2} Fabnoate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes, and profiles
shown or, 'if not shown, of required dimensions to receive adjacent
other work to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise shown,
fabr'lcate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel. bars.. of
welded construction using mitered joints for field connection., hut,
drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar'l'tems.
(�) Equip units with integrally welded anchor straps for casting into
poured concrete or bui'lding into masonry wherever required.
Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed.
Except as otherwise shown, space anchors 24" o4ct and provide
minimum anchor units of 1,.--1/4" x 1/4" x 8" Steel straps,
4P
Rev,. 3/0 9 SECTION 12

a ra a _ • . r. F ar i tr .r*. r— z 4• \ f r r r-i-��+'•F • ♦— +
t
F
12.402A
0
Rev. 3/0 9
(ak)
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
Page 18
Provide shapes and sizes as required for profiles shown., Except as
nth�nnrica nntari
...,....., fabricate. units from structural steel shapes and plates
and steel bars, with cont;
edges.. Use concealed
cutouts, fj'trings and anchorages as r
assembly and installation and other work,.
INSPECTION
Installer
nuousiv welded ioints and smooth exposed
field splices wherever possible. Provide
for
equired
coordination of
the areas and conditions under which
miscetianeous metai items are to be installed. Notify the &-. Contractor in
writing oof conditions detrimental to the proper and tirrtely cc�mpletiQn of
the work. Da not procaed with the work until unsatisfactory condit'tons
have been correctedin a manner acceptable to the Installer,.
musk examine
V,
PREPARATION
Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, tnstructions, and
directions for installation of anchorages, such. as concrete inserts
anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which
I
are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coord'l'nate.0 k
del'i6very of such items to project site.
SHOP COATINGS
(a) Ferrous Metals -- All ferrous meta( work except sta4l'nless steel and that
specified to �e Ualvanized sha11 be prraperly cleaned and shop grimed in
accordance with Section 14.0, Painting.
b} Galvanizing -- Surfaces where indicated in the Frflject or General
Specifications or an the Contract Drawings shad be hot -duped galvanized
after fm b r"i cati o n.
(c) Dissimikar Metals -- At those sections where dissimilar metals came into
contact, an akaitlresistannnt bifuminaus Paint steal{ be applied to the more
active metal.. In addition, where steel work Contacts aluminum, two (2)
coats of alum'irnum or bitumi'nous paint shall be applied over the shop coat.
(d) Anodizing -- Anodized treatment shall conform to the specifications of the
Aluminum Company of America or the Reynolds Metal Company in a
natural color unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Draw'i'n-gs,.
(1) Anodized treatment shall conform to the specifications of the
Aluminum Company of America as follows:,
Exterior Ornamental Work A I u m1"1'1'te 20 4
Exterior Handrails Alum'1'1"ILte 215
Interior Ornamental Work Alum*jfite 202
interior Handrails Alumlvfi'te 215
(2) All base metal shall have caustic itch R-wl finish.
(e) Stainless Steel
0
SECTION 12
r
•
i
I
i
I
I
••
i
i
i
i
{
i
I
f
i
I
T
i
a
i
F
1
1
1
J
a
t
J
F
i
4
x
a
+
3
{
'
L
i
I
1

i
I '
s
F
F
Y
•
f
12.03
Pale 19
(1) After fabrication and finishing, stainless steel shall be cleaned to
remove all oil, grease, finger marks or other defacements, and then
passivated in a 20% nitdic acid solution... Handling, clean, ing and
finishing shall be performed in such a manner that any
defacements will be removed permanently.
(2) During transportation and erection, until the adjacent work of the
other trades is completed, stainless steel work shah be protected
with a strippable plastic coating to prevent acratchina, splashing of
mortar or na".,nfand other defacements.ments.
(f) Copper and bronze
properly cleaned and
lacquer,
CC111)NSTF UCTI 11,111)N METH DS
12-.03.1
GENERAL
-- Assembled copper and bronze work shall be
6 given a shgp coat of high quality dear fnishing
(a) Before starting work the Contractor shall examine adjoining work on which
work is in. any way dependent for perfect workmanship and tit., All
I;
corrective work shall be performed to the adjoining work as may be
necessary to produce work perfect'41'n all respects.
(b) Work shall be erected square, plumb, straight and true, accurately fisted,
and with tight joints and intersections. Riveted parts, where'so indicated,
shad be installed with countersunk heads or bit . nd rivets, Work shalt be
adequately reinforced and anchoredin place..
{c} Exposed work shall be finished smooth with even, close joints and neat
connections.
INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS
(a) The
Contractor shall store, handle and
precaution to avar�iaamage and
acceptance of the wilding.
.4
ins..talC
aintai'l
materials with
protection until
every
final
(b) All components shall beinstalled with pasts plumb and rails true4oT47ine, at
designated locations) and in accordance with approved shop drawings,.
Anchorage shall be rigid, with all mechanical fasteners drawn uptight, and
all sleeve -set pocks it with nonshri-nk grout.
(C) As late in the construction period, as practical, the Contractor shill
thoroughly clean all components using mild soap and water or by other
methods recommended by- the material manufacturer.
12,.03,.3 SETTING LOOSE BEARING PLATES
(a) Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond -reducing
materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean the bo'ttom
surface of bearing plates-,
(..b) Set loose bearing plates on wedges, or ca#her adjustabi� d�uices. After the
joists have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts, Da not
I
Rev. 3/09
SECTION 12

Pale ZO
remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut-off flush with the edge of
the bearing plate before packing with mortar-P. �
C) Pack bedding mortar solidly befwe�n bearing surfaces and plates to
ensure than no voids remain. _
12A3.s4 PROTECTION OF WORK
The Contractor shall protect all completed wont and construction materials at
all times during construct'i'on and until accePtanc� by the Owner of the
competed project,, Prior to final acceptance of the Project, all protection to
metal work shalt be removed and the metal work replaced, repaired and
refinished if necessary and delivered ttohe Owner in perfect condifion-dr
12qpvF--W-nit C:�>tVtF'ENSAiION
12,04.4 GENERAL
Miscellaneous Metalwork furnished and installed under Section 12.0 will not be -
A
measured for separate payment., Cost of such work shall be merged in the
prices bid on other contract items.
w
T
Rev.. 3/09 SECTION 12

Page 1
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
13,,0 STRUCTURAL STEED
13.01 GE*N'ERAL
3
13oOl .1 SCOPE OF WORK
(a) All labor, material, equipment, tools and services required for the furn'isht'ng and-
Pinstallation of structural steel and apurtenances required on this Contract -shall be
furnished andi'nstalled in compliance with the following General Specification, with
the Project Specifications, and with the Contrast Drawings.
(b) This General Specification designated as Section 13.0 Structural Steel, covers the
description of materials generally, utilized in struciura[ steel construction and the
installation of such materials. The Project SP ecifica.tions and the Contract Drawings
designate the specific work, its locations and the construction methods to be used
an all Structural Steel installations und'.er this Contra C_tV
13-vOla2 SHOPS DRAWINGS
{a} Aftention is d"Irected to the provisions in the General Conditions of, the Contract
requiring submission to the Engineer of descriptive details and of sho,p and setting
drawings. 4n Structural steel installations such submission ghall include the
following, even though items proposed to be furnished conform to the exact
description stated in the General and. Projec t- Specifications for Section 13V
1} Shop and setting drawings of all structural members).
2) descriptive details of riavets bolts and other'i'te s fabricated
aft the site.1L
(b) The a�praval of shop and sating drawings by the Engineer will raver only a check
of,size and arrangement of principal and auxiliary members. and stren t.h of
connections, The Contractor shall be responsible for all dimensions shown on the
shop and setting drawings'.
{c) Before the fabrication, erection or ins.tallation of any structural skeet, the Contractor
shall submit shop drawings as required by General Conditions, showing exact
dimensions, sizes, and locat*ion of the work to be performed, for the engineers'
approval, and shall not commence work until such approval is granted..
(d) Review by the Engineers shot! not be construed as a waiver of construction
responsibilities unless the Contractor has requested a deviation from the Contract
Documents in writing and the Engineers have granted such deviation in writing.
Fabrication or deliverybf materials prior to review of the shop and erection
drawings shall be entirely at the risk of the Contractor..
08/11 SECTION 13.0

k
i
13*01 .3 STANDARDS
Page 2
Where materials and methods are indicated in the following Specifications as being
in
conformance with a standard specification it shall refer in all cases to the latest edition of
the spec10T1*1*0ati*on and sha
w ithout further reference
II include all interim re-visions. L'isfing of a standard sn�cificatian
1nd*1cates that the particular material or method shall conform
with sucn listed specification
13' o02 CONSTRUCTION Mar
ATERIALS
111111111111 .C�2...... .1 GE1 1E1 L
{a) All materials and fabricated items shall be furnished bv an established and
` manufacturer or
supplier. All materials and fabricated items shall be new
reputable
shall be
of first class ingredients and construction; shall be guaranteed to perform the
service required and shall conform to the fotfowing specifications. Cited examples
are used only to denote the qual'ty standard of product desired and does not
restrict bidders to a sivec'lf'lc brand,. make. manufacturer or sr)eeif'ic name.
They are used only t� set forth and convey fia bidders ��e cl style, '.-Per,
character, and qualify of product desired. Equivalent products will be
acceptable*
13,02.2 MA...-"ir=""R1AL$
{a} Structural Steel
(b) Rivet Steel
(c) H'Igh strength Bolts
(d) Anchor Bolts
(e) Anchor dolt Washers
(fj Furnish One Washer
and nut with each
anchor belt or high
strength bolt..
13RO13 SHOP COATINGS
ASTMa*A36
ASTM-mA141
ASTM--oA325 or Ao-490
Bolts shall carry special markings
topermit ready identification and
shot! be 314" diameter unless
otherwise noted..
ASTM-A307 Section I C
A.NSI*-B2742 Type A
.1
All structural steel shall be shop primed in accordance with Section 23,-i0 Fnishes.
Contact surfaces connections which are to be field bolted with High Strength '',steel Bolts
shallnot be painted.
13.02.4 TESTING
11t02.4.1 MATERtALS
(a) Attention is directed to theprov ision in the eneraI Conditions
- of the Contract requiring the certification of the inspection and
testing of materials to be incorporated in the work installed
under this Contract. 111!11111141111n materials supplied for structural stee{
the fallowing listed items shall be performed and submifted to
the Engineer in duplicate;
08/11 SECIION 13.40
I
i
k..
r
{
I�
. 7
r

0
08/11.
r
(b) Structural Steel
and M'iscellaneous
Steel and Metal
Page 3
Where less than 50 tens are
required, field inspection for
0 V rust,, dimensions. riveting,
or
welding, paint*ing, etc.., wl'Il be
made,. Where more than 50
tons of steel for
dL
fabrication are required, certified
copofies of miff tests conforming
to the provisions of ASTM
Designating A36 and
inspection
Laboratory
by an I
(c) Cert"Ificates of conformance of shop pa*nt-pnmerl,
13.02,.4,.2 SOURCE CONTROL
shop
ndependent
The Contractor shall include in his bid a sum of money necessary to
employ a testing agency to perform testing and inspert*ion of the
structural steel in the fabricating shop. Such testing agency shall be
approved by the Engineers and shall perform the following tests and
10.
inspection an all structural steel from the fabricating shop.
(a) Determine the qualification of all shop welding
procedures,
equipment and personnelin accordance with the AWS Cody.
(b) Determine the qualification of all shop bolting procedures and
personnel,,
(C) Check all structural shapes and sections for s - ize, grade, dimension
and shipping or handling damage.
(d) Inspection of
assemblies for
Specifications.
shop fabricated structural steel
conformance with the Contract
members
Cravings
(e) inspection of shop assembled high strength belted construction..
(f) Visual i
t
and
and
nspecti.on of all shop welds in accordance with Section 6 of
he AWS Code.
I3.az.4.3 INSPECTION OF SHOP PAINTING
(a) Surface preparation prior to painting shall be visually evaluated for
degree of cleaning by comparison with applicable SSPC pictorial
standards for type of primer to be used.
{b} Measurement Qf dry film th"I'ckness of the shop applied coat of pa,int
shall be in accordance with A!STM I I D 15.4
(C) The testiong aqency shall issue a report to the Engineers ire tripiicate
prier to the delivery of structural steel. to the Job side,
SECTION 1340
r
J
x
X
i
k
I
f
F
'
i
r
-
••
i
G
y

Page 4
13,02.4.4 FIELD CONTROL
Routine Testing in the field, or additional testing of materials for compliance
with the Contract requirements w%[11 be P erformed by a testing agency
selected and paid by the Owner.
(a) The testing agency shall perform the followingk
1 � Qualificatian of field high strength batted construction and field
welding procedures and Personnel.
2) Testing of Field Assembled High Strength Bolted Construction
in accordance with Section G, "specification for Structural
Jol"ntsql`
3} Visual inspection of all field welds j6n accordance with Section 6,
Article 605 of the AWS Code..
4) Other nondestructive testing as may be ordered bY the
Engineers..
b} The Contractor shall notify the testing agency in ample time for
scheduling of P ersonnel when the structural halting or welding is
completed and the Contractor is ready for testing of bolt tension and
inspection of welding For comP(ianceta; with these Specifications. in the
event bolts or welds are found to be at variance with the
9pecifcations, any discrepancies shall be corrected and a retest or
reinspection made b the testing agency. Thy cast of any re -tests or
reinspecftons shall be paid for bY the Contractor.,
c The Contractor shall afford the Engineers or their representative
whatever casual labor, platforms, ladders or other access as may
be required for Proper field review of the structural steel work,. such
field review shall not relieve the contractor of his respc�nsibi€ity to
furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with contract
requirements).
d Steel work to be encased in concrete, masonry, firepraofin� or which
will otherwise be concealed shall be reviewed by the Engineers prior
to such concealment.
(e) Metal deck, farms or centering shall not be installed on the steel
frame until the frame is plumb, level and the connections completed,
Tested and final review of the frame has been made by the Engineers
or his representative. The Contractor shalt notify the engineers in
amply time for schedul'ing of field personnel to prevent delay in the
work..,
(f) Any extra testing of materials occasioned by their failure to meet
specification requirements shall be entirely at the Contractor's
expense..
08/11 SECTION.. 13,0
i

13,02:.5 QUALIFICATIONS
4
08111
13.02.5.1 STEEL FABRICATOR
(a} The fabricator shall have not less than 5 years experience in fabrication of
structural steel and shall have previously fabricated not less than 5 projects
similar in scope to This project,
(b) When d*1rected by the Engineers, the fabricator
description of fabrication ability including facilities,
similar completed projects.
13,02.5.2 STEEL ERECTOR
(b)
shall submit a written
personnel -and list of
The erecter shall have not less than 3 years experience in the erection -of
structural steel and shall have previously erected not less than 3 projects
similar in scope to this project.
When directed by the Enginee
description of structural steel
personnel and a list of similar com
rs, the erector shall subm
"I
erection ability including
Pleted projects..
13,02.5.3 WELDING AND WELDING OPERATORS
i t a w r'I't te n
equipment,
{a} Welding shall be done and welders, tackers and welding operators shall be
qualified in accordance with the AWS Code,, As evidence of such
qualification, the Contractor shall furnish to the engineers a sattsfaotory
certificate, or a copy thereof issued within 12 months previous to the
subject work by a testing agency which has been approved by the
Engineers, for each welder, tacker and welding operator to be employed on
the work.. The Contractor shall further certify that the welder, welding
operator or tacker has been doing satisfactory welding of the required type
within the 3 month period previous to the subject work.
(b) Cerfification shall be submitted prior to the commencement of welding for
each welder, welding operator or tacker, stating the name of the
welder, welding operator or tacker, the name and title of the person who
conducted the examination, the kinds of specimens, the position of welds,
the results of the tests and the date of the examination.
13,,02.6 MATERIAL STORAGE
{a} The loading, transporting, unloading and piling of structural steel shall be so
conducted that the metal and shop coat will be kept clean and free from
injury due to rough handhandling.All material shall be stored in such a manner
as to prevent detenoratibn by rust., All material shill be placed on suitable
skids or platforms at least 4" above the ground.,
(b) Other materials shall be stared in a weathertight end dry area until ready for
use.,
(C) Packaged materials shall be stared in their original unbroken package or
container.
SECTION 13*0
!!�qql% 4-Iq
'
k
r
f .
f
F
r
i

i
Rage 6
11,03 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
13.0'3.1 I=ABRICATION
(a) All structural steel shall be fabricated in accordance with the AISC "Specification
for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings,°
b} Al! welding shall be in accordance with the "Standard Code for Arc and Gas
Welding in wilding Construct*on" of the American Weld*ng Society.-P
c Any- connection details not shown an the Contract Drawings shall conform to the
1PL
requirements of standard AISC connections, with the series and bca[t o r rivet
di'ameter as noted on the Contract Drawings,.
d Steel beams resting an masonry shall be provided ith Stand.
ar.d angle wall
anchors as specified in the Steel Construction Manual of the AISCOL
(e) Field cutting, welding or modlf)fing of any stru* ctural member not requirea' by the
Contract Drawings is strictly prohi*bited unless approved by the Engineer on each
specific case..
13Al2 CONNECTIONS .
(a) Framed beam connections shal'i conform to the latest edition of American institute
of Steel Construct'"ion, as emended to date.
(b) Special connections, whether called for an Contract Drawings or not, Will be used
where needed. Field connections, unless otherwise noted or approved by the
Engineers, shall be bolted. Boils shall conform to either ASTM A 325, for high
strength bolts, or ASTM A 3U- -7, for other bolts, of the size designeted by the
Engineer or required by design. Matching holes in the steel framing members
shall b greater in diameter than respective bolt diameters.
(c) Al( billet plates, bead't�g plates, Ioose lintels and beams shall be set to proper
grade and level and grouted in. Columns shelf be plumbed and ma'intained in a
true vertical position_ Check level of floor beams at top of each tier,, In general,
steel shall be plumb and level within a tolerance of 1:500.
i 3-xO13 SHOP CONNECTIONS
(a} Shop connectons shall be bolted, unless notd otherw'I'seA
(b) Where the shop or field connections are not- specifically noted on the Contract
Drawings, or where reactlt'ons are not given on the Contract drawings, the
connections shall develop the strength and shear capacity of the member being
supported, but in no case shall the connection develop a capactcity of less than
7,500 pounds,.
(c) Bolted oonnections shall be bearing type with the bolt threads excluded from the
shear planes, unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings.
08/11
SECTION 13,0
}
r
ti
i
I

I
Page 7 �
i
13w034' W..ELD1NG I�
(a) It is intended that all welds shown an the Contract Drawings shall be pre -qualified
in accordance with the details, limitations and procedures prescribed by the AWS
Code, In order to allow a range of joint details, procedure and process selection
which will produce maximum welding economy, the Contractor is permitted to
Substitute other such pre -qualified joints for those shown on the Contract
Drawings, subject to approval of the Engineers. faint details may depart from
those pre -qualified only if the Contract Shall submit to the Engineers his proposed
joint welding procedures and, at this own expense, demonstrate their adequacy in
accordance with the requirements of the ASW Code.,
(b) Where weld lengths are noted on the Contract Drawings, they shalt be the net
effective lengths.
(c) Where �oinfis renuiee backing strips, these strips shall be remgv�d and the base
metal ground smooth at joints where the steel is to be left permanently ex�sosed
to view.
13a015 MELD CONNECTIONS
i
High strength threaded fasteners shall be used for field conneofions except where
walled connections are required by the contract Drawings..
13.w03;46 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
(a) Ti"ghtening shall be done in accordance with Section 5 of "Specification for
Structural faints."
(b) Instal( one
tightening..
hardened washer under the nut or head, whichever i4s turned in
(c) Column bases shall be finished i.n accordance with the AISC Specifications and
welded to the columns.
13vO3 7 BEARING PLATES AND ANCHORS
{a} Bearing plates shall be provided under beams and girders supported an footings,
piers and walls.
(b) Bearingplates shaft be welded to the beams or girders, unless otherwise indicated
k.
on the Contract Drawings.
(c) Standard 3/4" diameter government anchors shalt be provided for wall bearing
beams less than 12" in depth, and two 5" X 3 112" x 3/8" anole anchors shall be
provided for beams 12 or morei"n depth at ends to be embedded in walls, unless
otherwise ind�cated on the Contract Drawings..
.1
131-03*8 REmENTRANT CORNERS
All capes, blacks, cuts and other clotting of structural steel steal! have all earners
shaped, notch free to a radius of at least 112. C?vercutting shall be avoided.
08/11 SECTION 13,,.0
{
i

i
Page 8
13.03.E HOLES, CUTTING AND FITTINGS
I
provide holes, cutouts and fitt*ings for the attachment of work by other trades where
indicated on the Contract Drawings. Holes shall be punched or drilled.. No additional
hales or outti
ng of steel work Sha[! be one without approval of theE
ngineers.
i
11.0110 ERECTION
13.03.10,,l GENERAL
{a} All details of Structural Steel erection shall be in accordance with the AISC,
'Specific�tians fi4r the Design, Fabri�akian and Erection of Structural Skeet
for Building," except as otherwise specified herein.. j
'I
(b) Base pates shall have a full even bearing on the concrete or setting plates I
over their entire surfaces., After base plates or settings plates are set to
grade on steel shims or other approved means bedding mortar as
specwifiedi'n Section 9,0 Concrete, as general purpose grout, shalt be used j
for grouting the full bearing area.-
(c All Stipp and field connection shall be made with connections as Hated on
the Contract Drawings.
I
d When high strenoth steel bolts are designated on the Contract Drawings �
41
or in the Project Specifications, the connections sh.all conform to the AISC
Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A%a&w%.; Bolts. Rivets may
be used in place of high strength bolts, at the Contractor's option.
13.,03.,10.2 CHECKING MEASUREME
NTS
The Contractor, before commencing steel work, shaft check- all governing I,
measurements at the building and the levels of all bearing pads, plates,
foundations or other surfaces on which the work 10s to be supported and any-
discrepanotes shill be corrected before steel erection is commenc e---d,,
i
13.03,.10;.3 COLUMN BASES AND BEARING PLATES
i
Attached column bases and bearing plates for beams and s*1m*11ar structural
members shall be aligned and leveled with steel wedges or shims, unless
otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings.
h.
13s011044iii' �RECT lC3hi 1"C3LERANCES 'I
r i I
lndiv'idual pieces shall be erected so that the dev'l'ationn from plumb, level and
alignment shelf not exceed 1.500. I
13.01.10,5 FIELD ASSEMBLY i
(a) Structural steel frames shall be accurately assembled to the lines and
elevations indicated and w*th'n the spec'Ified erection tolerances.
(b) The various members forming parts of a complete frame or structure i
after be ing assembled shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before
being permanently fastened.
I
l
08/11 SECTION 110
I
i
i

I
Page 9
(c) Fastening of splices of compress'ion members shall be done after the
abutfing surfaces have been brou -ht completely into contact.
(d) Bearing surfaces and surfaces whi'ch wifl be in permanent contact shall
be cleaned before the members are assembled.,,. I
(e) Splices shall be permitted only where indicated on the Contract
Drawings or approved by the Engineers,,
l
13.03.10.6 DRIFTING
Light drifting necessary to draw holes togetherw'ill be permitted, bud �rifting to
match unfair holes is prohibited.
i
13w03,10w7 Rl%"#-,VM,ING
(a) Drills and reamers shall be used. to enlarge slightly unfair holes as
necessary to make connections, Reaming that weakens the members
or makes it impossible -to fill the hales properly or to adjust accurately
after reaming, wil1 not b.ea acceptable,
b erection bolts used in welded construct'ion shall be either tightened
securely and left in place or removed and the hales filled with plug
wilds,
(c) Temporary guys and braces shall be removed by the Contractor as part
of his equipment.
13.,03.10.8 FLAME CUTTING
Field correcting of fabrication by flame cutting shall not be permitted on any
member in the structural framing without the approval of the Engineers..
THE.. USA, OF FLAME GUT HOLES FOR BOLTED CONNECTIONS WILL,
UNDER NU CIRCUMSTANCES, BE ACCEPTED AND VIOLATION OF THIS
CLAUSE WILL BE SUFFICIENT CAUSE OF THE REJECTION OF ANY
MEMBER- IN WHICH FLAME GUT HALES EXIST. Any member rejected '
shall be immediately removed from the structure and repfaced by a new
member at no additional cost to the owner.
13.03,.10..9 FIELD CONNECTIONS
a) Fuld bolted connections shall be bearing type with the bolt threads
excluded f the shear planes, unless tlerwise noted on the Con
tnant
Drawings and shall conform to the requirements as specified in
"Fabrication." Provi'de one hardened washer under the nut or head,
whichever isturned in tightening.
(b) Field welded connections shall conform to the requirements as specified
in Fabr*lcation." The appearance and quality of welds, and the methods
of correcting defective work, shall conform to the ASW Code.,
(c) Slag shall be cleaned from a!I wilds end the welds wire- brushed to a
bright appearance. Welded joints shall not be painted until after the
welding has been completed and accepted.
08/11 SECTION 13.E

Pagel 0
13.0110.10 TE'N'jPORARY FLOORS
All temporary flooring, planking and scaffolding required by lace! and national
codes and laws necessaryfor the erection and insDection of the structural
It be r)rov'j'ded as part of this
a
steel or t
Contract.,
he support of erection machinery sh
Such materials shall finally be removed bv the Contractor as part of
hiN1
s equipment
t-.-o
13w0110,rl I FIELD TOUCH* -UP PAINTING
1-kner the erection of structural steel, touch, -up paint all field welds and
abrasions i n the shop paint coating with the same type pa int used for the
shop painting..
13.02.11 LINTELS ANEW SHELF ANGLES
(a) Steel lintels shall be fabn'cated and erected to details shown an the
Contract drawings and shall have an 8 inch bearing each end unless
otherwise shown..
b) When not otherwise indikcated on the Confract Draw'i'ngs, lintels in
masonry walls shall conform to the fallowing schsduie:
MR&MEV^
Wa 1.1 Clear
Thickness Span lintel
-------------- . .. .....
$" 0 to 6'.0" 2 Angles 3%" X 3Y2" X ,/<"
8" 5'.Q" tot$o 8'2 Angles 6" x 31/2" x 5/16"
12 0 to 51 .4" 3 Angles 3'/2" X 3/2" X Y4."
12 51 .Q" to 8',.0" 3 Ang.les 6" x 31/2" x 6/16"
(c.) Continuous steel shelf angles attached to concrete for support of
masonry or stone facing shall be secured with 3/4 inch bolts to inserts
set in farms and spaced at 30 inch centers.. Inserts shall be malleable
castings similar to Peerless. AnnI
esshelf have slatted holes for
horizontal adjustment.
13.04 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
I � L
Upon completion of all work performed under Sec-fion
excessmaterials, storage facilities and temporary facilities she
Areas wh']'ch were occupied during constr
first class condition.
13.0 Structural Steel, all
It be removed from the site.
action operations shelf be smoothed and (eft in
08/11 SECTION 13. 0
4
I
.
�
k
I
r
i
}
y
J
s
I
w
S

�, ■ ya ' 1 i �
Pagel 1
13.05 MEASURE.""f"W"*ENT FAR PAYW"mIENT AND COMPENSATION
13,061 LUMP SUM CONTRACTS AND ITEMS
On lump sum contracts and onumP lsum items on unit' price contracts, Structural I,
Steel w4111 not be measured for separate payment.
13uO5m2 UNIT PRICE GONTRACTS AND ITEMS
an unit price items and on unit prices for changes on lump sum items or contracts,
measurement and compensation for Structural Skeet added or omitted will be
computed on the basis of the theoret*lcal weights of shapes or plates involved., No
add'itional allowance will be made for rivets, bolts car erection,
08/11
S.EGT.10N..1 340
b.

wl

fr 0 d. F 4T d. if OF d. I + A— q k p
Page 1
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 14,,0
w
THIS SECTION NOT USED
I

UN
Page
1-5.01 GENERAL
15S01*1
15.U1,3
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
15,,_0 ELECTRICAL MOTORS
SCUPS OF WORK -
1
y
(a) All elect-rtic motors furnished for installation on this Contract shall comply
With the foliowir�g General Specifications, the Proj�et SneCifications and
the Contract Drawings,
(b) This General Specification designated as Section 15.0 covers the
specification of electric Motors genera(!y utilized on power driven
equipment. The Project Specifications and the contract Drawings
include specifications for any special motor types required and indicates
%F
the motor characten6 skics required on each application an this Contract,
The inclusion of items of mater'ial or work within t
not necessarily constitute thei"r use on this Project.
SHOP DRAWINGS
Equipment
motor data:
his Specification does
Ship Drawings submi'tted for approval shalt inGlude the following
Manufacturer
Nameplate Rated Horsepower, Voltage and RPM
NEMA Type
Code Letter
Guaranteed Lock Rotor Current
Guaranteed Full Load current
Guaranteed Full Load Efficiency
Guarantied Full Load Power Factor
Outl'tne Draw ings and Dimensions
STANDARDS
Where mater'lals and methods arei'nd'icated in the following Specifications as
being in conformance with a standard sp�ciflcation it stall refer in all cases to
the latest ed'ition of the specificat'i'on and shall [nCIIFde all (I1t2JI 4 6
(i(Tl revis - ions.
Listing of a standard soecification without further reference indicates that the
particular materolat or method shall conform with such listed specification.,
15.02 ELE�TR�G MC�Tt�RS
15V02:01
Rev. 09/02
GENERAL
(a)
Motors shall conform to the latest applicable NEMA, AIEE, and ASA
standards,, The motor ratings and.. types shallb.
e as hereinafter
specified, except as modified bY the Project Specif'ications. All motors
shall reQej"Ve routine tests in accordance with AIEE test procedures,
SECTI.ON 15
t

4
i
G
•
1
I '
i
•
I
..
S
I
I
11
i
15.*0242
Rev. 09102
(b) Output torque and spee
to operate the driven
operating load. condition:
rating, and/ter temperature
d characteristics of each motor sha
equipment under the full range o
wit
rise.,
Page 2
it be suitable
f equipment.
nout exceeding the nameplate current
c Speci'al equipment requiring a motor drive with unusual characteristics
shall be equipped with a definite purpose motor to meet the necessary
requirements.
(d) Motor bearings shall be of the antiIN -friction type,, Thrust bearings in
vertical motors shall be adequate for the loading encountered.,
(e) Explosion~proof type motors shall be furnished for hazardous areas as
def'ilne, d in the National Electric Code. They sh, all be totally, enclosed and
bear the Underwriters Laboratories Label Indicating compliance with the
r8OUirement for the specific application,
(f) Unless otherwl58 s�3@CE�12f�, large motors 200 hp and above shall be
furnished in WP41*2 enclosures with epoxy resin encapsulated windings
and space heaters as herein specified.
(g) Motors located out of doors in unheated structures, in basements or as
otherwise specified or tndica ed Sh011 be famished with space heaters
with leads brought'
out to a separate weatherproof (NEMA 3f2j terminal
box. Terminal boxes shall be NEMA 7 in hazardous areas. All motors
4&
shown or si)ecllfied wired for space heaters shall be furni- shed with spice
heaters rated at the voltage of supply for the motor. Motors requiring
spice heaters ssh,all bee disgned for the space heaters furnished without
causing damage or warpage to the motor frame, end bell, etc. All cost
of providing the same shall be inciuded'I'n the base bid.
h Motors shall be supplied to operate an the voltage source as specified
§L
or indicated. In the event the voltage source is not indicated or specified
-t
or if a discrepancy exists bet_ween the Contract Drawings and
Specifircatt,ons concerning the electrical requlrements, the Contractor
shall contact the Engineers to determine the electrical requirements
prior to subm'tting a bid. In the event the Contrator for this di vision does
no fully understand the electrical requirements and njeFgllects to contact
the Engineers to determine the electr+ical requirements, submissign of a
bid will signify that the Can�ractor agrees to provide whatever is required
for the project usei6n accordance with the Engineer's requirements.
RATINGS
(a) Motor ratings shall b e based an cont:inuous operation in an ambient
temperature of 40 degrees C. Thy maximum temperature rise for open
and d.rl'p-proof type motors shall not exceed 40 degrees C, and for totally
enclosed type motors shall not exceed 55 degrees C.
(b) It should be noted that the motor sizes indicated an the Contract
Draw"r�gs or as otherwise specified herein, are approximate motor sizes
required for the pecific equipment which is specified herein or indiscat.'ed.
S�eci�c motor sizes shall be determined from the �c�uat equipment
approved, purchased and installed.. Overload protection, starkers,
SECTION 15

15.Q2.3
Rev,,, Q9J02
Page 3
disconnect switches, etc-,, shall be furnished and 'installed for the actual
motor sizes as furnished,
TYPES
(a) Motors of 1/2 hp and larger shall be squirrel cage induction type designed
for 3 phase, 60 ayGle, 24Ol4BQ volt unless atherntise noted,,
Motors smaller than 1/2 lip shall be of the capacitor type designed for
single phase, 60 cycle, 115 volt operatinrr,
Motors indicated can the
Contract
s and/or
Drawin9 specified . in the Project Specification as 208.
Volt shall be specially- wound for the voltage indicated and/or specified.
{b} Torque and locked rotor current charactarisfics for three phase motors
shall be NEMA Design "B". The looked rotor KVAlHP input at full voltage
for 10 hp motors and larger shall not exceed that permitted for Code
Letter F"withdefinitespecial characteristics.Unless otherwise Hated
a!1 three phase motors shall be designed fora 1.15 service factor.
(cj All motors located inside of heated weatherproof structures shall be of
the oven "'drip -proof' type, Untess otherwise specified or indicated.
(d} Motors locate out of doors and in hazardous locations and as otherwise
specified or indicated shall be of the. totally enclosed fan cooled type
(TEFC) with space heaters unless 'indicated otherwise.
(e} Explosion -prof -type motors shall be furnished for hazardous areas as
in
defined the National Electric Code, They shall be totally enclosed and
bear the Underwriters Laboratories Label indicating compliance wikh the
requirement for the specific application.,
(f} Unless otherwise specified, large motors 200 hp and above shall be
furnished in WP-2 enclosures with epoxy resign encapsulated windings
and space heaters as herein specified,
(g} Motors located out of doors, in unheated structures in basements ar as
otherwise sped#ledor indicated shall be furnished with space heaters ',with leads broughfi out to a separate weatherproof (NEN1A 3R) terminal
box,. Terminal boxes shall be NEMA 7 in hazardous areas., All motors
shown ar specified wired for space heaters shall be furnished with space
heaters rated at the voltage Of supplyfor the motor,. Motors requiring
space heaters shall be designed for the space heaters furnished without
causing damage pr warpage to the motor frame, end bell, etc. All cost of
providing the same shot[ be included in the base bid*
(h) Motors shall be supplied to operate, on the voltage source as specified or
indicated.
In the event the voltage source is nafi indicated or specified or
if a discrepancy exists between the Contract Drawings and Specifications
concerning the electrical requirements, the Contractor shall contact the
Engineers fo determine the electrical requirements prior to submitting a
bid. In the event the Contractor far this Division does trot fully understand
the electrical requirements and neglects to contact the Engineers to
01
determine the electrical requirements, submission of a bid will signify that
the Contractor agrees- to provide whatever, is required for the project use
in accordance with the engineers' requirements.
SECTION 15

GENERA.
Rev 5/09
f
GENERAL S-PECIFICAT
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
(a) All labor, materials, equipment, taxis and services required for the furnishing,
installatian, tesfing and adjusting of all Electrical Work required on the
Contract shall -be famished and installed in comp liance with the following
General Specifications, the Project Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
(b) This General Specification designated as Section 16,40, Electrical, covers the
descrip#ion of materials generally utilized in eiectn"cal work and the
specifications for the installation of mater'I'als. the Project Specifications and
the C-ontract Drawings designa-te the specific electrwical work to be installed
under this Contract.
101N111S
16.0 ELECTRICAL
(G) Itis the �nfentinn of the General and Project Specifications and of the Contract
Drawings for the.electrical work, that each park will be complete as related to
other pars, and that there will be no omiss[on from any portion of the system
41
or systefns, inc(uding the connections to the Electric Utility serving the Project,
evert though each and every- minor item may not be specifically mentioned in
the Specifications or shown an the Contract Drawins..g
(d) Motor Control System The Contractor, where required, shall furnish and-
fenstall alI labor, equipment, materials, components, services and operations
required try famish and 'rnstalf a complete, tested and operating motor control
system in strict accordance wlth these Spec€fixations, the Contract Drawings
and the requirements within. All instruments, hush buttons, indicating fights,
switches, etc., shall be furnished andinstalled complete.
f..\ 11 r.... 1 i..4.3iWn 1 4.n f"Nr.n4- 4..d nhnll ft h nnr£ in nFnll 4nU
nicer -Fak.tvIvvtc oc+.�u��cuFaai�.+ ❑iaiai+ we
area lighting fixtures, poles, bases and all else required for a complete and
operating lighting sysfiem in accordance with these Specifications, the Contract
drawings and the requirements within.
(f) Instrumentat*jon Wiring System The Contractor, where required, shall furnish
and install all labor, equipment, materials, com, ponents., services and
operations required to furnish and install a complete, 'tested and operating
instrurrrentation wiring system in strict accordance with these General
41L
Spec'l'fications, the Project SpeciTicaticns, the Contract Drawings and the
requirements within:,
(g) Alarm and Display Wiring Svstem The Contractor shall, where required,
furnish and install all labor, equipments materials, components
, services and
operaflons required to fur�iish and install a complete, tested and operating
Alarm and Display Wiring System instruct accordance with these
Specifiicatons, the Contract Drawings and therequirem ents wtth*m.
SE-CTION 16
a
r
r
I
J
•`
i
.r
L
f
y
i
I

- - a *
I
I
T
Rev 5/09
Page 2
REQUIREMENTS
(a) Certain items of work, materials and/or equipment may be furnished under
other Contracts of this Project, These items may affect work under this
Contract. Therefore, the Contractor shall be responsible for and required to
reed and become familiar with the Contract Drawings and the General and
Project Specifications for ail other aspects of work for this Project end shall be
'F
responsible for coordinating his phase of this work..,
{b) Existing facilities must be kept in opera#ion to the fullest extend possible. The
Contractor shall so organize and schedule his work as to cause the least
iOC
nconveniency to the operation of any existing faciliti - es. Should it become
necessary to put any part. of the ex*isti�g fac'fiti�s out of onerafiton, the
Contractor shall do- so at the convenience of the Owner, or steal[ make such
-0
temporary connections, alterations, etc,,., as may be required to keep the
1p
existing facilities in operation.
(C) Attention is directed: to the requirement of
Documents to become familiar with the tvpe o
walls, columns, beari�s, equipment and other
;amining the oomplete Contract
f construct*ton-, actin! locat't'on of
details that will affect the
installation, -obstacles which mqhF4V
ay be encountered and all other relevant
matters concerning the work to be performed. The submission of a Proposal
shall �e deemed as acknowledgment that the above conditions are fully
understood and that the Contractor shall not be allowed any additional
compensation due to the failure of the bidder to properly inform himself prior to
submitting his bid. The bidder shall also consult the Engineers if there are any
quest ions concerning the manner in which the work is to be done or the
cond'i'tions governing
(d) The Contractor is also advised that certain items of electriNcal equipment are
being furnished and installed internally wired. The Contractor is required to
read the other sections of this Contract Document and coordinate his work
with the work of all the other Contractors to the end that external wiring, power
connecti'ons and contro[s are fully understood and the electr'lcal equipment will
be properly and safely wired.
(e) The Contractor is Caukioned not to ins#�li any electrical work t-hat will connect
to any item of equipment, including those items not specified under electrical
work, until shop drawings of such equipment approved by the Engineer are
available. Any such warp installed by the Conkrackor prior to the availability of
approved shod setting drawings wilt be the Contractor's responsibili'ty and any
modification of electrical work necessary to meet the equipment requirements
shall be made without additional compensation.
(f) The Contractor shall make arrangements, obtain, and pay for all temporary
permits, licenses, and inspections; pay all necessary fees in conjunction with
all electrical work. The cost of such permits and fees shall be included in the
lump -sum price Bid under this Contract Division. All costs, both temporary
and permanent, to connect all utilities shall be ir�clucied in the Rid.
SECTION 16

Page 3
(g) The Contractor shall perform all work in strict accordance with all rules,
regulations, cedes, ordinances, or laws of 100all state and federal
governments or of other authorities having lawful uri'sd'ict'ion. Such rubs,
regulations, codes£ ordinances, or laws shall include but are not necessarily
limited to the following:
1) Stake �uilding, fire and electricai codes-,
2) City Building, fire and electrical codes,,
3} Nat*ional Electrical Code (NEC).
4} National Electr*tcal Safety Code (NESC).
5) National Fire Proteefion Associat*ion (NFPA-),,
6) OcouPiatonal Safety and Health Act ((.OSHA),
16,,013 GONT
RACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
Existing building, structures and work of other contractors, both above and below
ground shall be protected, In the event that any public or private pF'operky is
damaged by reason of or consequent from the Work contracted herein, the
++
Contractor shall, at his own expense- make all such repairs as may be necessary
as a result at such damage and indemnify and save harmless the Owner from and
against all suits, actions.,, -claims demands and 1iab'j'1+iti"es.- Failure an the part of the
Contractor to. make all such necessary. and proper repairs, or to satisfy any legal
demand or liability, shall confer upon the Owner the right to make, or have made
such repairs and -discharge any such liability and demand,. The cost and expense
shall be deducted frorry any Moneys due, or to become due, the Contractor under
.9
the terms cif the Contract and Specifications. The Owner may at this option require
the Contractor's Bonds an to satisfy any such cla6lms for damages.
161r01194 SERVICE AND METERING
(.a) The Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment, wiring and connections
required for a complete and ready to operate electrical power service
AL
installation in full compliance with the requirements of the electric utility
serving the Projecf.
b} The Contractor shall furnish and'i'nstall all emuipment, wiring, connections and
grounding as required by the current National Electric Code, for a complete
installation, at n� additional cost to the C7wner, even though each and every
item �s not described in these Specifications or designated on the Contract
Drawings.
(o) The Contractor shall pay all casts for, and keep the Owner fret from any
if charge" that may be made by the electdc utility for serving the
Pr9ject unless otherwise specified in the Pro ect Specifications, or otherwise
submitted to the Engineers. in writing prior to bid.
(d.) The Contractor shall confirm all details pertaining to electric service and
metering with the electrl"c utitil"ty before instal[atiQn.
Rev 5/0, 9 SECTION 16

• •• •• ... ..
.. .. .. .. .. .. ..• ••• - ••--••-.••.- •- ••- .. ••
.. ..
1
.. ... .. .. .• .. .. - .. .-• ••- .. .•
r
1 •- - •. .. - .•-. ••- -
+
• .. •• -
4 ++
. r • . F . . . .
. - 4 F . .. .
+ — -
S
16*01 .5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
(a� An item
Rev 5/09
Page 4
equal to that named or described in the General or Prokect
Specifications of the Contract may be furnished by the Contractor.. The
naming of any commercial name, trademark or other identification shalt not
b;
be construed to exclude any item or manufacturer not mentioned by name or
as 11Mit[ng competition, but shall establish a standard of equa#ity only. An
item may be cons idered equal to theitem so named ar described if (1) it is at
least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength and design, (2) it will
perform at least equally the specific function imposed by the general design
for the work being contracted for or the mater'lal being purchased and (3) it
conforms substanfially to the detailed requirements for the item in the
Specifications. The name- and identification of al[ mater'J'als otlier than the
ones specfically�named shall b� submitfiad to the engineers in writ:L ing for
approval 14 days prior to bid. Subject to the provisions of any appfll'cable
]p
laws, approval shall be at the sole discretion OT the Engineers, shall be in
writing to be e.ffective and the dec,ision of the Engineers shall be final. The
Engineers may require the tests of all materials so su,b.mitted to establish
quality standards at the BtIdder's expense. All d'r�ctians, specifications and
recommendation by manufacturers for installing, handling, storing,
adjustment and operation of their equipment steal{ be compi'led with;
'P
responsibility for proper performance shalE continue to rest with the bidder.
(b) Except as otherwise provided for by the provision of any applicable laws, the
Contractor shill not have any dight of appeal from the decision of the
Engineers condemning any mater''aials submitted if the Contractor fails to
obtain the approval for substitution under this clause. Any additional cyst
incurred by -an approved substitution shall be at the Contractor's expense.
A_
(C) Where manufacturer's catalog and/or figure numbers are giver, it iFs the intent
of the specifications to have the Contractor supply the equipment
represented by these numbers, or their squat by another manufacturer. In
some cases, the manufacturer has revised his catalog and/or figure numbers
since publication of the specification, but stilt produces the item specified. In
these incidences, the Contractor shall furnish equipment and/or fixtures
identical to that originally represented by the catalog and/or figure numbers
given herein. If a manufacturer has redesigned any of the products specified
herein by catalog and/or figure number, the Contractor shall furnish the
improued model regardless of whether or not the item retains its original
catalog and/or figure number. Where items denoted by catalog and/or, figure
numbers .have been discontinued by the. manufacturer, the Contractor shall
request one ols" more equivalent selections from the Engineer-.
(d) The Contractor shall provide all materials bearing UL Labels for approval
when the Underwriters Laboratories has established a standard for the
part'lcular type of the mated'al to be installed.
SECTION 16
r
d
+
r
I
+
L
r
a .
14•
I_
:L
+
F
I

I
k
r
1
+
L
5
16.01,E
16,01.7
Page 5
(e} Any reference, in the Specifications or on the Drawt"ngs to any article,
product, material, figure, or the item or equipment by name, make or
number shall be interpreted as establishing the type, function, and standard
of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the
device,
catalog
Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product,
material, figure, or item or equipment with in the judgment. of the Engineer
expressed in wri#ing is equal to that specified..
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Unless otherwise. indicated, the materials to be provided under this specification
shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of all
such- items- and shall- be the manuilacturers latest design. the products shall
conform to the annlicable standards of U�. and N�MA, unless specifed otherwise,.
A!I items o� the same type or ratings sha11 �e identical. This shall be further
understood to include products with the ac�essaries indicted. AII equipment and
materials shad be never, unless indicted or specified ofiherwise. The Contractor
shall submit _proof if requested. by the engineer that the materials, equipment, or
devices that he provides under this Contract meet the requirement of the
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., in regard to firs and rasualty hazards., The label of
or 11SUng key the Underwr'lters Laboraton*esl Inc., will be accepted as conforming with
this requirem7en-fI
EQLJIPMENT LOCATION
The Drawings show the general locat'ton of feeders, equipment, outlets, conduits,
and circuit arrangements,, Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not
passible to indicate all of the deta'ils involved. The Contractor shall carefully
investigate the structural and finish condmit"r�ns affecting all his work and. shall
.4
arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, junction boxes, and
4-
accessories as may be required to meet such conattions, The Contractor shall
refer to the entire drawing sit to verify openings, special surfaces and locations of
other equipment, or other special equipment prior to roughing - in for panels,
switches and ocher devices.The Contractor shall verify all equipment dimensions
to insure that Proposed equipment W'i'll fit p,rop,erly in spaces indicated. Conduit
should be buried in the slab where possible
16001 .8 APPROVAL
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for checking the Project Specifications
and the Contract drawings for -electrical work and any electrical work prepared
by him against the general work, the mechanical work, �I! other work involved
in the project, and all equipment drawings prorito the installation cif any
electrical work- to sae sure that the loc;aation of SWI.tches, outlets, etc., will not
interfere with or be �4vered by d�aors, casework, heating equipmenE or the Itfce,
and- that conduit stubs for motors and equipment are placed in their proper
location.
Rev 5/09 SECT -ION 16

Page 6
(b) the Contractor is cautioned not to instal{ any electrical work that will connect
to any item of equipment, including those items not specified under electrical
work, Unt*1s p drawings of such equipment
approved by the Engineer are
available. Any such work installed by the Contracto
approved shop ana setting arawnigs wio oe the Con
r prior to the ava'llab'[I'Ity of
tractor's responsibility and
fr
any modification oT electrical work. necessary to meet the eau
ipment
requirements shall oe made without additions! compensation,,
16n0l-a9 SWOP DRAWINGS
Rev 510, -9
(a) Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineers for approval in accordance
with the General Conditions of- these S"0ecificatians. It is the intention and
purpose of
equipment
shop drawing suomittais to convey to the Engineer tnat tne
chosen. for the particular item is capable of satisfying the design
parameters as scheduled, specified and/or required. It is therefore imperative
that the. submittals be as complete, readably and organized as possible to
insure prompt reply by the Engineer and to el iminate quest ions concerning
i4
tems submitted. Shop drawings shall. inc(ud� the following informat[on.
(b) Dimens:0
ion drawings and mounding details showing in stallatic�o, attachment
Ir and wir-Ing of al ( field and pipeline mounted equipment which is supplied under
this Contract.
(C) System schematic drawings illustrating all components being supplied,
complete with eleotd'cal- interconnections of equipment being supplied under
this Contract. Provide complete loop drawings.
d) Layout and construction drawings of all control
electrical equipment which is supplied under t
wiring diagrams.
panels, cabinets and all other
his contract. Include internal
(el Equipment specification sheets and speciiiJ! cation index sheets. Show loop and
tag numbers for all components and locat'ion, description and service of all
components.
(f) Deta'ils of electric molars submitted for approval shall include the follow'j'ng.,
1) Manufacturer.
2) Nameplate rafted horsepower, voltage and. rpm.
3) NEMA type.
4} Code letter-.-
5) Locked rotor current_
6} Full load current.
7) Full load efficiency.
a)- Full load power factor.
9} Outline drawings and dimentonss .
SECTION' 1s

L
t
-
1
i �,t12
16.01.10 UNIFORMI'TY OF MANUFACTURERS AND E.UPPLIERS
d
t
All identical
equipment include
manufactured and/o
!9
maintenance expenE
r supplied by
0
CONSTRU GTION MATERIALS.
16.02-AFI
Rev 5/09
GENERAL,
Page 7
he under each equipment item steal! be as
same manufacturers or suppliers to reduce.
(a) All materials, equipment, sizes and capacities of electrical equipment
incorporated -Err the project shall conform to the latest requirements of the
4
current National ElectrIC Code, the National Electrical Manufacturers
Assoc*iation, the State and local electrical codes and to appl*lcable rules and
regulations o',1- the local electrical utility serving the project.
b All material and equ'[Lpment must be the product of an established and
reputable manufacturer; must be new and of first class construction; must -be
designed and guaranteed to perform the service required; and mint bear the
label of approval of Underwriter's Laborator"iest 1-nc,.:, where such approval is
available for the type of material . ar equipment. All material and equipment
shall be the product of the listed manufacturer or similar and equal thereto as
approved by the Engineer..
C When a specified or indicated item has been, superseded or is no longer
available, the manufacturer's latest equivalent type or model of aterial or
eq-uipment as approved by the engineers shall be furnished and installed at no
additional cost to the Owner.
d Where the Electrical Contractor's selection of equipment of specified
manufacturers or addit,ionally approved manufacturers required changes aE
add'iti*ons to the system designs, the Contractol** shalt be responsible in all
respect.s for the mo.ification to al l system d�sig�s, subject to approval �f the
Engineers-, The Contractor`s bid shall include all posts for a{I work of the
Contract fir all specialties of work wherein additional costs are made
necessary by such charges, additions or modification resulting from any-
-approve subst'ttut'i'on.
(e) The Eiectrical Contractor shalt furnish and insta"'If''Mot6r controls for each piece
of equipment re auiringthe controls under phis Contract, The motor controls
steal! be the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for the
appl'lcafion and as otherwise specified by the Project Specifications or
indicated by the Contract Drawings.
(f) The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and insfiall all strands, racks, brackets,
supports, etc., required to properly serge the motors and motor controls which
are furn'ished under this Contract or molars and motor controls otherwi.se
specified by the I�roje�t Specificafiions or ir�d�caked on the Contract Drawings.
SECTION 16

gage 8
(g) The Electrlical Contractor shall instalf all motor controls and other special
electrical equipment when such equipment is furnished bv him gar by the
Contractor of other contracts in accordance wfth the General and Project
Sr)e_c_1'f*cafon,,pWhen other divisions of work are included in this Contract., the
Electrical Contractor shall read the Contract documents of the other Contracts
to the end that all electrical eciuioment shall be coordinated and property
installed in accordance wish the requirements of the manufacturer, the Owner
and the. engineers.
(h) The Electrical Contractor shall read the complete Contract Documenfi se
t so
as to, be thoroug-hiY familiar with this responsibility. It is hereby brought to his
attenfion that insofar as the electrical work is concerned, that when the
Electrical Workis bid as a separate division, equipmenfi which is to be
fum*shed under this Contract may have been indicated as having been
furnished and/or 'installed by this Electrical Contractor at various locat'ton
throughout the- Contract Drawing set.. To this end, he shall review the Contract
Drawing Set, without regard to the Work to determine his requ*rements under
this Contract.
1
F
i
'y
S
i
i
i
rt
+
+
r
1
{
+
•
i
+
1
I
f
t
'
r
i
i
•
t
�
i
•
I
+
1
i
'
I
'1
i
t
�
I
}
It is the intention of General aand. Project P eCITIcations and the Contract
Drawings covering the electrical work that each past shall be complete as
related is other parts and. there shall be no omissions from any of the system
1W
or swctems, even khough each and every minor item may not be spec*1f'1'ca111Y
mentioned 'in these Specifications or shown on the Contraot Drawings.'The
Electrical Contraotor shall include in his - bid the cost of all items requ'i'red to
Makeas stem complete for which this Contractor is responsible for
furnishing �ndC�r installing in accordance with these Specifications and/or
Contract Draw*ings,, It shall be this Contractors responsibility to include the
COSH Oi TUrnishing and installing items for an elec-trically complete system or
systems. Should a system which this Contractor is furnishing require special
items or accessories for operation, which.ire nit being furnished and installed
by others, then th�s� ite��s or accessories shall be the responstbility ofi the
Electr'ical Contractor furnishing the system.. [tams shall include, but not be
limited to, contra[ wire, instrument-atJon cable, control transformers, control
stations, indicting lights, enclosure, solenoid valves, pressure, flow, vibration,
ire special SWItches, alar�t�s, interlocks, Cofduits, and disconnects. In adaition.
it is the intent of these Specifications that This Contractor- shall make its
supplier responsible to include withhi s package all additional I
tems required
for an electrically complet-e. sys, tem for which he is furnishing to this Project.
{j} In the event the voltage source is not indicated or specified or if a discrepancy
exists, the Contractor shall cotitact the Engineers to determine the electrical
requirements prior to submitting a bid,. Ili the event the contractor dogs not
fully understand the electricalrequirement prior try submitting a bid. I n the
event the Contractor does not -fully un erstand the electrical requirements but
neglects to contact the Engineers to etermine the e ec rica requirements,
submission of a bid will signify that the Contractor agrees to meet the
requirements of this Project in accordance with tj�e Engineers' uiremen.s.,
(k) Tile ontractor shall be responsible for fumishing details which are rewired,
but not necessarily shown on the Contract Drawings, far the adequate and
paper construction of the electrical systems as required by the Engineers.
Rau 5/09 SECTION 16

Page 9
11 L
16..02-.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS3L
(a) MATERIAL HANDLING
Materi'al arriving on the jab site shall be stored in such a manner as to keep
material free of rush and- dirt, and Properyalignedanrueld tto shape. Rusty, dirty,
or misaligned materials sale he rejected. Electrical conduit -shall be stored to
Provide Rrotection from the weather and accidental damage., Plastic conduit shall
be stored an even supports and in locations not subject to direct sun rays or
excessive heat,, Cables shall be sealed., stored', and handled carefully to avoid -
damage to the outer covering or insulation and damage from moisture and. weather.
Adequate protection shall .sae required at all times for eIec#rical equipment a,, td
accessoCies until installed and accepted.. Materials damaged during shipment,
storage, insta ation or testing shall b replaced or repaired in a manner meeting
with the approval of the Eng"ne�r.
b} SLEEVES., CUTTING, �4Np PATCHING
Avid cutting insofar as possible bY seft4wt9 sleeves-, frames, etc., and by requesting
openings in advance. Assist ofiher trades in securing the_ correct locakiort and
placement of rough+,*frames, sleeves- opining, etc., When necessary due to
omission, use only approved cuft'ng and drilling methods. Lay out hoes in a
dvance,
locating so as. not to affect structural sectionS4 Perform cutting in a manner which
Willi not weaken walls partitions, or floors,. Neatly cut all hales, including locations
where sleeves have been om'l'tted.
Rey �I�9
Cut holes as smal-I as possible fa admit work. Drill holes in floors without breaking
out around the holes.- Cut holes through reinforeed concrete using rotaryYtpe drills-x
tA&
Do not use pneumatic hammer type drills, impact type electrical drills, and hand or
manual hammert-ype drills, unless specifically approved by Engineer where working
space is limited. D
o not penetrate the metal building without approval of the
.4
engineer..
Prepare accurate drawings locating all inserts, sleeves, etc,, installed in or passing
through reinforced concrete,, Select locations to perm'i't near installation of work.
Arrange locations to avoid interferences and --_mdiksa1t"gnment,. Prepare drawings for
own use at earliest practicable dale.
Where alterafitons are necessary, cut and remove, patch, repair, and. restore all out
surfaces which are disturbed. to permit installation of new work,. Leave work is as
gaud a condition as existed before the start of work.,
Sleeves through floors and walls ir' necessary shall be, of proper size to
accommodate the raceway, shall be flush w*,th walls or finished floors, and shill be
black iron pipe or styrene plastic conduit. Caulk sleeves through exterior walls with
approved compound above grade and with oakum and lead wool below grade.
Caulk underslab conduits penetrating slab through sleeves. In general, all conduit
shall -be'lnstalled concealed in the concrete walls, slab, underground, or exposed an
the building structural steel.
SECTION 16

Page 10
icy FOUNDATIONS AND ELECTRICAL �Qu1p�nENT PADS
The Contractor shall provide concrete foundation for electrical apparatus and
eau igment and shall furnish exact location and d*jrnensions for these toundations'.
He shall also furnish for i
etc... This in -formation and material shall be provided well in advance ot the
nstallat'ion all- necessary anchor bolts, channel iron silks,
scheduled placing of thesi
foundation pad and/or curb.,
otherw*tse called for on the Drawings) with t
slabs and
other concrete work
in the
area of the
Eauvwment
foundations shall be 4
inches
hi cih (unless
op edges chamfered 3/4 inch and all
exposed surfaces rubbed smooth w'lth a carborundum block after stripping forms.
Pad shall be reinforced (unless otherwisecalle-d for'I'n the Drawings with steel wire
mesh and shad have dowel rods inserted 1"nto the floor for, anchorage, Carefully
4-
level, shim, and afign the equipment on the foundations...
(d) EXCAVATI�N AtdQ l�AGKFIL�,tNG
This Contractor shall perform ail excavation and backfill required for the installation
Of. all electrical work in and under the slab,,
Particular care shall be t
�ri
esting buried piping or
I n backfi
inch layers to a depth of 12 inches over the tap of the pipe or duct bank.,.
o disturb or damage work of other Contractors or
aken not t
other equipment.
!ling trenches, approved fill shall fiat be compacted firmiy and evenly in 6
Remainder of trench shalt be backfilled to establish vibratory tamper. Where
compaction requirements are not established for an area, compact f:t'll to 95%
maximum density -at optimum moisture content.,
Excess earth shall be distributed on premises as directed,,-0
Where d4itches occur outside of bu'ilding, the surface shall be finished to match
'6
existing surfaces.. Any existing work or work of other trades which is damaged or
disturbed shall be repaired or replaced and left in good order..
(e) CONCRETE
Concrete shall confor in every respect to the requirements of General Conditions.
tea PAINTING
Panels, safety switches, motor starter equ-,Ipment, and wireways, shall be, painted
standard colors of the manufacture..r finishing the equipment, This cantr-acto,r shall
touch up all scratches and abrasions after installation with the manufacturer's finish
paint.
the Contraotor shall paint all ungalvan:zed metal used in construct4ton of supports
for electr1l"cal equipment. -and materials. Paintirig shalt be with epoxy paint with' color
to be selected.
Where galvanized channels are cut, touch up the ends with zinc paint.
The electrical contractor steal! be responsible for this paj0 nting, but may arrange with
the General Contractor to include this workwhere appropri
at.-e
0
Rev 5/09 SECTION 16_
h
a
ti
•
E
�
T•
I
I
�
•
I
I
3
r
7
}I
�
I
'
+
i
I
j
�
I
I
I
•
a
I
.
i
`
I
i
I
'
�
i
4
•
i
I
i
T I
I
I
y
r
' I
. I
I
I
I
I
j
I
i
i
i
I
i
.
I
{
i
i
i

1
I
I
}
t
}
4
i
Rev 5/09
Nan-metallic enclosure
and sha
(g)
Il not
r
be oai'n.ted..
SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall
mater'ials,
specified.
Page I I
boxes, conduit, etc., shall be sued in the chemical room
it to the Engineer shop drawings of all electrical
apparatus appliances, equipment, and misceijaneous aevices:snownior
subm
Shag Drawings shalt be sufftc'ientlY complete in detail to enable the Engineer to
.0
determine compliance with Contract requirements.. Details andiinformation shown
shall include but are not necessan"',y limited to the fallowing:
1) Performance characteristics,
2} Physical sizes-,
3) Material specifications and construction d'etails-
4) Compliance with rules, regulations, and cedes,
5} Accessories,
6) Complete wiring diagrams,
7) Voltage, current, KVA, phase ratings'.
Shon Drawings will be ap-proved only to the extend of the information- shown..
Approval of an item of equipment shall not be construed to mean approval for
components of thatitem for which Contractor has provided na information.
(h) MISCELLANEOUS
The Contractor for the eleCtr'lcal work shall perform his work in conformity with the
construct'ion called for under other Contracts and shah afford other Cantractors
reasonable opportunity for the execution of their work.., and he shall properly
connect and coordinate his work with the work of other Contractors at such a time
and In such a manner as not to delay or interfere with the work of other Contractors.,
The Contractor for the electrical work shall examine the complete Drawings and
Specifications set for the facility and the Drawings and specifications for piping, and
drainage work and for the work of other similar trades involved in this- proj'pect and
shall coordinate his work accordingly.
The Contractor shall promptly reP ort to the general Contractor any dela'Y
or
difficultiesicultes in the installation his work which make it
unsuitable to connect with or receive the work of others. His failure to so report
shot( constitute an acoeptanve-.Ne. of the work of -other Contractors as being fit and
proper for the reception of this workS
The Electrical,_ Contractor shall locate controls, switches, receptacles, puff boxes
I
J*
etc.., for each access for operations, maintenance, and repair and shall provide
access doors where such items are concealed.
At the end of each work day, the Contractor shaft remove form the work area all
rubbish and debris resulting from the electdcal work..
At the completion of the work and before final acceptance, the Contractor shall
clean all spaces occupied by electri'cal equipment, clean all electrical equipment,
apparatus, equipment, and devices; end leave all such items in perfect working
order ready to use.,
SECTION 16
+

0
i
L N * . .
TESTS
r
Page 12
Upon completton of the installation, the Contractor shall perform tests far operation,
papal load balance, short circuits and ground,.. Tests shall be made w"Ith and to the
satisfaction of she Owner and Engineer.
The Contractor shall perform all field tests and shall provide all labor, equ'lpment,
and inc identals renuired for test[ng and Thai! pay for electric power required for the
tests., All deflective material and workmanship disclosed shalt be corrected by the
Contractor at no cost to the Owner,, The Contractor shall show by demonstra4ion in
4 service that ail circu"ts and devices are in good operating condition. I ests shall be
such that each item of control equipment will function not less than five (5) times,
he grounding system shall oe tested to assure continuiry anti compliancy with the
INSTRUCTIONS
T
1.
renunrement that grou-na resistances not exceed o onsroun-arn. Gresistance
o
measurements ot the system snaii be taken and
ll be measured f0 .. )
requested. Ground resistance shy
the ground electrode,
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE
certified by the Contractor if
om each piece ofequipment tm.,.o
The Contractor shall compile and find four (4) sets of all manufacturer's instructions
!l items of equi'pment furnished under this work-,
-k i)e delivered to the Engineer for approva
and descriptive literature on a
These instruction shall
is 90°/6 complete,.
R.ev'5109
I before C%.onstruct.'ion
N
Instruction shall include operating and- testing procedures and parts list oof all equipment, The C;ontractor shall instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper
operation of all systems and- equipment, The front of the binder shall be titled
"Electrical operating and Maintenance Instruction", with the name of the jab and the
firm name of the Electd'cal Contractor under the title.
The operating and maintenance instructions shall contain complete elementary
wiring diagrams for all equipment and installations provided by this Contractorlo
These elementary dagramsishall have all conne.ntions identified with the same
numbers that are required to be on wire markers
n the ends of all wires at
tert�tinations.
PC
16.0243 EQUIPME
T
{a) GENERAL
All electrical equipment shall conform to the applicable NEMA specifications. All
electrical equipment shall be properly labeled. Labels- shall be engraved high
pressure plastic laminate , black labels with vtirhite lefter*tng for 120/240 volt
equipment, and rid labels with white lettering for 480 volt equipment,, The libels
shall be attached to the equipment cabinetsWith 2 machitiescrews with double hex
nuts and washers or with fop rive#s for labels- up to 2 nuts andwashers or 4 pop
rivets shall be used, one (1) in each corner of the label,, All panelboards, starters,
control panels, cabinet enclosures, and equipment switches shall be labeled in the
manner described ort"n an equally approved manner.
All matorpl'als equipment , sizes and capacities of electrical equipment incorporated in
the project shall conform to the latest requirement of the current NEC, the NEMA,
SECTION 16

T
(b)
Rev 5/09
Page 13
the State and local electrical codes to applicable rules and regulations of the local
electrical utJt'l'ity serving the project...
All material and equipment must be the produc
manufacturer; must be new and of first class construction; must be designed and
guaranteed to perform the -service required-,
the Underwriter's L.aboratones, Inc., whey
t of an established and reputable
and must bear the label of approval of'
such, approval is available for the
product of the listed manufacturer as approved by the Engineer.
When a specified or indicated item hasbnn nsuperseded or is no longer available,
the manufacturer`s ia.est equivalent type or model of material or equipment as
approved by the Engineer steal[ be furnished and installed at no additional cost to
the Owner.,
Where the Contractor's selection of equipment of specified manufacturers or
additiGnally approved manufacturers required changes or additions to the system
design, the Can
system designs
tractor shall be responsible in all respects for the modificatio'ns to all
subject to approval of the Engineer.
P+
include all -costs for all work of the Contract for all trades made necessary by such
The Contractor's bid shill
changes, additions or modif"ication or resulting from any approved substitution.
Furnish and instaEl controls for each piece oT equipment requ
this contract. � ns contro�s sna�a n� tn� size ana type
firing the cantrnls under
�ecom
manufacturer for the application and as otherwise specified or i
Drawings.
mended by the
ndi'cated an the
Furnish and install all stands, racks, brackets, supports, etc., required to Prc�periy
serve the equipment which is furnished under this Contract, or equipment otherwise
specified or indicated on the Drawings.
in the event the Contractor does not fully under -stand the electr;l'cal requirements,
submission of a b'td will signify that the Contractor agrees to meet the requ'j'rements
(0)f the project in accordance with the Engineers requirements,
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS
Circuit Breaker Paneboardls shall be of the dead franc safety type suitable for
operation on the voltage and phase shown? on the Drawings, The panels shall have
main lugs car main breaker and branch,' circuits as sch�duled. Branch circuits and
mains shall be protected by thermal magnetic ambient compensated quick make,
quick break automatic, trip free molded case circuit breakers.
Bus withstand racing and c'l'rcul"t breaker interrupti'Ong rating shall be 14,000
symmetri�al RMS amperes minimUm or greater where indicated in the Drawings.,
Circuit breaker handles shall have three (3) positions, "OFF", „ON", and "TRIPPED"
position and shall thus clearly indicate the abnormal CNondifi'on of the ci*rcuit.,
Panelboards shall conform to UL 67 and UL 50, as applicable.
As insulated neutral bus for panels indicated in the schedules for connection of bath
feeder and branch circuit neutral wires steal( be provided. A separate ground bus,
bonded to the steel cabinet, shall be provided for each panel conneotion of all
ground wires and shall be marked with a green stripe along the front of the bus.
Bus bars shall be copper and shall be securely fastened to bases and shall not
depend upon breakers for support. All main buses and back pans shall be so
SECTION 16
I
r
1
1
I
I
I
t
I
y i
I
I
I
I

1 �
1 {{
+ 5
{ I
I
i
f
+
+
Page 14
designed that branch circuits may be changed without additional machining, drilling,
or tapping'.
All breakers shall be
designed to accept capper, copperclad,
conductors., Multloole circuit breakers shall be of the common-tri
1
single operating handle. All mult*lpole breakers shall be so designedthat an
overloaa in one (i) pole automattcaiiy causes all pales to open-.
adjacent breaker poles shall be connected to Phases A, B, and -C, r
that same relationship of phase sequence shall be maintained.
and aluminum
P type having a
Arty three k1�
espectively and.
C4 ircuit breaker units shall be operable in any position and removable from the front
of the panelboard without disturbing adjacent units. The Panelboard anal! be of such-
design that a combination of one (1), or two (2), and three (*I.) pole circuit breakers
can be -readily assembled in the same -panel.. Tandem or half-size circuit breakers
will not be accepted.
Bus bars shall
by latest NEMA and UL standards, securely mounteed and braced to give adequate
be. constructed of rectangular solid copper bars of the size required
short circuit protection or i
o withstand short circuit current as shown on the
Drawings. All connections to bus bars shall be made through high conductive metal
and shall -be securely bolted,
Balk -on circuit breaker shall be provided.
1
Ground fault c'icircuitinterrupting breakers.shall be sized as indicated, shelf conform
o NEC, and shall be UL fisted, and shall have a "Push-
ndicatian of a tripped condition,
approximately 5 milliamperes, GFI
t
i
and shall detect
type breakers shy
ro-tTest' button and visible
a current imbalance of
li be used for all outdoor
circuits and 61reu4its to damp locat*ions where required by code,,
_ Panelboards shall be mounted in enclosed cabinets consisting of a code gauge,
sheet steel box with trim and door. Saxes shall be manufactured from commercial
galvanzed sheet steel, or shill be housed inia n integrated equipment enclosure
designed for the Purpose,
Trim shall be manufactured from one (1) piece of full--kZfinish sheet steel, not
galvanized, painted with two (2) coats of paint, the first being a prime coat and the
second a finish coat of neutral grad lacquer.
F:
Cabinets shall be 5 3/4 'makes deep minimum unless otherwise indicated and of
sufficient size to allow gutter space of at least 4 inches on all sides around lighting
panelboards and greater for power panels, Trim shall be fastened to the cabinet by
means of approved adjustable clamps. Trim shall have doors equipped with
chrome -plated combination lock and catch, two (2) milled keys being-supp,ied with
each lock., Locks shall be keyed alike, and a directory frame shall be provided on
the inside of the door.
The Contractor shall identify elf circuit locations in each respective panel as
indicated and shown on the Drawi"ngs:, Panels are identified an the Draw'ings by-
alphabetlp'cal letters and with numerals, Branch circuit breaker sizes and type are
indicated in the pane{ schedules, in the one-line-diagram, or the electrical
equipment schedules. ran the plans. The Contractor shall prepare a type circuit
director correctly identifying the destination and the'I'tem served by the breaker., For
individual branch c1 ircuits, the item name as it appears on the electrical drauuings
shall be listed. The completed directory shill be mounted behind a Protective
Rev 5/09- SECTION.-l-6
}
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
S
I
I
I

r
i
Pale 15
plastic cover an the inside of the panelboard door,, Any circuit mislabele-d shall be
corrected by the Contractor before final acceptance.
Engraved non-Kmetallic nameplates of phenolic materials shall be provided
39
panelboard, engraved w'lth the panelboard designation as indicated.
Whore condo
terminations
ii term'Inate in the tap or
for each
sides of weatherproof enclosures., such
shall be made with Myers type hubs, Milbank, 3M
universal
10
interchangeable hubs or equal, and shall be installed to prevent the entry of
into the enclosure-,
herein.
water
Suitable grounding continuity shall oe maintained as required
Panelboard shalt be Westinghouse WEB, -General Electric NHB, Square D NEHf3l
M..OTOR STAR_T--*t.=.RS
Each starter unit shall be a combinatian circuit breaker and starter or fused switch
and starter as indicated. High current interrupting capacity fuses or circuit breakers
shill be furnished where specff[Cally called for on the Drawings. Switch and circuit
breaker handles shall be operable from the outside front of the access door and
Shall be interlocked so that the door cannot be opened unless the Ireak�r or SWIkch
is i.n the "(1,1111111)F-Ff position. Each starter shall have a green pilot light in the front door
to indicate when the motor'j's running-.
Circuit breakers -shall be manually-operated, ambient-compensated, trip -free from
the handle and provided with the inverse -time, thermal-* element over -load
protect ion and inst�nt�neous magnetic shard-circuit protection on all poles. The
circuit breakers of any combination starter shall have an interrupting rating 0_f not
less than 14,000 RMS amperes symmetrical, and higher where shown on the
Drawings. The operating handle shall. clearly indicate whether the breaker is "C7N",
"OFF", or "TRIPPED". Hasps $hall be provided to lock each circuit breaker handle
in the "OFF'" posifi'ran with the cover closed.by means of a padlock.
Fus'Ible sw'j'tches shall have visible blades and quick -make quick -break operating
mechanism. Fuse clips to be positive -pressure type. the operating handle Shall
Clearly indica.te whether the breaker is "C?N�F�, or "TRCPPED", Hasps shall be
Provided to lock each circuit breaker handle in the "OFF" position with the cover
closed by means of a padlock,.
fusible switches shall have visible blades and quick-make C[U*1Ck*4brea-k operating
'K
mechanism. Fuse clips to be positive -pressure type:,, The operating hand! shall
clearly in d"icate whether the sswitchis "on" or "eft'. Means- snail be nrnV4 ded to lock
each switch in the "off' position with cover closed by means of a padlock,,
Unless otherw[se It or spe�i�ied, all motor starters smaller than size. 4 shalt
provide fait voltage across -the -line staring.
All starters in the chemical room shall be housed in corrosive resistant nonmetallic
enclosures.. All fittings, devices, etc. shall be non etall'Ic.
Starters shall be three (3) pale having three (3) manually resettable overload relays
providing complete single phasing and overload protection with a reset pushbutton
in the front door... Provide door mounted control components and indicating lights as
Specifed, and as shown an the drav�ings, or as required for the equipmenk to be
Rev 5/09 SECTION 16

i
�
E
I
.
G
{
Page 16
controlled,, All starters shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2) auxiliary
contacts.
Circuit breaker combination starter units shall be Cutler Hamer, Westinghouse,
General Electric, Square D, or equal.
Prov'Ide amb*lent compensated overload relays.
Properly sized instantaneous trip only circuit breakers may be substituted for the
instantaneous/thermal type circuit breakers in motor starter units if indicated on the
Drawings.
AI[ control wiring and components shall be for 120 jolt, 60 hertz. Provl*de a 10
ampere., Class Kfine i-5n a pullout block for protection and disconnection of all
control wiring associated with that unit. Where the motor control is energized at 480
volts, 3 phase, 3 wire, provtde � contral transformer mounted in the starter unit,
unless indicated otherwise.Where a control transforme, is used, primary wiring
shall be tapped to two (2) Poles an the load side of the circuit breaker of fusible
switch. Fuse both primary wires with 10 amperes, Glass K1-5 fuses. Fuss the
ungrounded secondary side with a fuse capable of handling_ 100% to 125% at the
rated control transformer secondarycurrent. Provide control transformers with volit
ampere ratings equal to a minimum of 125% of the volt ampere load connected to
the control transformer.
It shalt be the ContraCtor'S r
heaters'4in all starters,.
each un30
it sh,all
circuit. Mount t
e:sPonsibility to provide approved sized overload relay
have a suitable phenolic nameplate to designate the purpose of the
he nam�plate on the unit door.
INDIV1D.UAl, CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Circuit breakers shalt be the molded case type of the frame and trip rating noted an
the Drawings mounted in the panel enclosures unless noted otherwise, Circuit
DfeSKers snap De OT ine game manuTamurer as one panes io ue insiaijeu in., tmt
circuit breakers shall be ambient compensated.
(e) CONDUCTORS, 600 VOLTS
Conductor s'izes are ex46pressed in American Wi're Gauge (AWG) or- in circular mils.
Minimum conductor size shall be No.. 12 AWG except control wires and cabl1
es shaft
be minimum Na. 14 AWG. Wires Na. 8 and larger shall be stranded. All- secondary
service, feeder, and branch circuit wire and cable shall be single conductor, soft
drawn copper wire with, 600 volt insulation, type THW or TWHN. Wise and cable
shall be a manufactured by Anaconda, General Cable, US Rubber, Okonit.e,
Phelph-Ctodge, or equal,,
All secondary service, Feeder, branch'
and control circuit conductors shad be
color -coded. Conductor identification shall be provided within each enclosure
where a tap, splice, or termnterminationis made.. Goonndu
ctor identification shall be
color-codedinsulated conductors, plasfc coated self-+-sficking printed markers,
colored nylon cable ties and. plates, r�r h��%shrink type s[eaves. Control circuit
termination shalt be peripheral identified and numbered. Colors to be used in
coding shall be..
Rev 5109 SECTION 16
rk

r +
T • Y
_ F
gage 17
208 Volt, 3-Phase System
Neutra
Phase
A -
Black
Phase
B -Fled
Phase
C -Blue
Grounding Conductor - Green
120/240 Volt, 3-Phase System
Neutral - White
Phase A -Black
Phase B - Orange
Phase C:N* Blue
(HL% igh Leg)
grounding Conductor - Green
480 Volt, 3-Phase System
Neutral - Gray
phase A - Brown
Phase Bw Orange
Phase C - Yellow
Ground'l'ng Conductor - Green
120/240 Volt, 1-Phase System
Neutral - White
Phase A -Black
Phase B -Red
urounding Conductor - Green
Control circuit conductors shall be AWG #14 unless otherwise indicated
copper, rid THWN or THHN insulation.
stranded,
Conductors for grounding, bonding, and ether uses requiring dare capper wire shall
be solid bare copper wire conforming to ASTM B1 for sizes Na. 8 AWG and small
and shall be stranded bare capper wire conforming to ASTM B8, Glass B for sizes
No. 6 AWG and larger.
Flexible cable for connection to movable equipment shall be heavy- duty type SO
card- The cable shall have a green equipment ground conductor, in addition to the
current carrying con ductors.
All branch circuit conductors run through fluorescent fixtures shall be type RHH or
THHN rated 90 degrees C',
Rev 5/09 SECTION 16
a
i
a
r

0
Rev 5/09
SPIices and
termination
Page 1$
}
termiIlk nath!
ions shalt conform to UL 48610 Tapes for splices and
Ir 9
Shall conform to UL 510. Connections in wires No. 10 AWG and
smaller shall be made with insulated Dressure type connectors or wrirenut type
connectors,,
S-k plices for wires No. 8 AWE and
Solderless connecter. SD[ioes and terminations s-h.a
larger shall be made with a
(I be made in outlet or junction
boxes and sha(i be mechanically and electricapy secure, using proper thickness of
tape. Mechanical connectors of evary kind shall be taped. Splices and
terminations shall be covered with an insutatian material eauiva(ent to the conducfiQr
l0�% if be ateasf �in excess of
wire insulation.stripsfor infierconnc-Ming or splicing
control cables, communication cables and other conductors where called for or the
Drawings. These terminal strips small be of the proper voltage, properly labeled and
4
sh�tl6eusedinsulation. Flashover or insulation valve of joints sha
sh�tl6eused
Termination
mounted in the cab"Iet
Solderless connectors and •.ugs shall -be screw type connectors end taped w"th
ubber comr)ound and friction tapes,
r
indenter -type connectors will not he permitted., Wire connections to terminals or
motors, panelboards and similar conneGtions shall
disconnecting switches, starters,
be made with mechanical connections.
Splices and tads ma�Q with crimp -type or
Tape of proper color may be used to identify the phase conductors of the larger
feeders (larger than No. 6 AWG).. Painting or leaping will not be acceptable on
conductors Na. 6 AWG or smaller. All feeders, subfeeds to panel, motors, etc..,
shall be completely phased out as to sequence and rotation, Phase sequence shill
be A-B-C from rear to front, toy to bottom, or left to right when facing equipment.
Su itable equipment shall be used to pull cQnductats thrnugt� conduit exercising due
care to avoid damage to insulation. Wires shall- not be pulled through conduits
before the condu*it system is complete and has been carefully freed from
obstruction of any kind. Soapstone III r an approved compound may b e employed to
facilitate pulling wires.. Cable pulling lubrications compound shall not contain
petroleum or other products which will have a deteriorating effect on cable
I
nsulation,
{q CONDUIT
Rigid steel conduit (RS) shall be standard weighk, mild steel pipe, fret -dipped
galvanized, or, zinc -coated conforming to the requirement of ANSI C 80,1, latest
ea ition. Rigid steel condu'lt shall be installed where routed .in poured in-. place-
4cin exteror masonry walls, or in weA locations where subject to severe
physical damage.. exposed conduit steal! be rigid steel, unless otherwise indicated..
Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be cold% -rolled- steel tubing with a zinc coating
an the outside and protected on the inside by a zinc, enamel, or equivalent
corrosion -resistant coating and conform*lnq to the requirement of ANSI C80,3, latest
edition. Largest trade size shot! be 2 inches. Electrical. metallic tubing shalt not, be
used in floor slabs, outside walls, below grade, or exposed, except that it may be
used for serving exposed light switch boxes mounted at least 4 feet 6inches above
floor and fed from above,,
Flex'lble conduit (FC) shall be galvanized steel, singly strip, with a copper str'hp
interwoven and shall conform to UL-1, FC shall be used to connect all indoor
vibrating equipment.
SECTION 16
i S
ti
+
i
I
. ,
I
i

+. .
' + f
Rev 5109
Page 19
Liquid -tight flexible conduit (LFC) shall be galvanized steel, singly strip, with a
copper strip interwoven and shall conform to ULw&l 3. LFC shall have an extruded
moisture and oil prof PVC jacket.
tight flexible conduit on both ends
equipment installed in wet areas.
Watertight connectors shall be used with ltquid-
LFG shall be- used to connect ail vibrating
Plastic conduit (PC) shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
TC*K8,. PVC conduit for direct burial i'n earth shall be �
conduit for concrete incasement shall be type EB,,
accordance with
encasement, All
groun
di'
Tor options
a,nd shall conform to NEMA
ype DB, Schedule 40. PVC
Plastic conduit shall be in
UL*"651 "heavy -wall" for direct burial and
P1,,AQLfiC conduit runs shall
"chin- wall" for concrete
contain a- green TW insulated copper
PVC as specified shall be
fuse in low abuse underground -areas and in concrete ductbanks.
Fittings, elbows, etc., shall be manufactured in accordance with NE MA TC*w9..
ng conductor sized
Each length
manufacture
in accordance with the NEC,
shall be installed concealed unless otherwise
of conduit shall be= stamped WiEh the name and trademark of the
rand shall bear the Underwritees Label,
shall be installed concealed unless otherwise
indicated
Conduit or specified.
Conduit may ue run exposed on waiis oniv where concealing is net i)racticai.,
SNF�arp Pur)�aarl maintain a minir�i�m tli�tanra of �, inrha� frnm narallal rtinc of
flues or water pipes,. For floor mounted equipment, conduit -may be run overhead
and dropped down, where underfloor installation i'.s not practical. Groups of
conduits shall be uniformly spaced, where straight and. at turns..
Condu4lot shall be cut with a hacksaw or an approved condu'l't-cutti'ng machine and
reamed after threading to remove all burrs. Securely fasten conduit to outlets,
junction and pull boxes to effect firm electr'tcal contacL Jnin conduit with a�praved
couplings. Expans'ton fittings shall be installed it a conduit where it passes through
structural expansion joints. Condui'ts shall be freed of all obstructions.,
Empty conduit systems shall be provided as indicated and shall have pail wires
instalCed. The pink wiry shall be No. 14 AWG zinc4-coated steel, or of plastic having
not less than 200 pound tensile strength., Not less than 12 inches of slack shall be
left at each end of the pull wiry.
All bends shall be made with standard condu'l*t elbows or conduit bent to net less
than the saine radius than a standard conduit elbow. Bends with kinks shall not be
acceptable,
Exposed condu'lt shall be supported every 8 feet and shall be, installed parallel with
or perpendicular to walls, structural members, or intersections of vertical planes and-
'ceilings with right angle turns consist'ing of fittings ire symmetrical bends. conduits
shall be supported within 1 foot of all changes ire d'lrection. Supports shall be
approved pipe straps, wall brackets, hangers or ceiling trapeze,, Perforated strap
hangers will not be accepted., In no case shall conduit be supported or fastened to
another pipe or installed to prevent tale removal of other pipes for repairs.,
fastening shall be by expansion bolts on concrete; by machine screws, welded
threaded studs, or spring -tension clamps on steel work. Explosi'vewdrive equipment
may be used to make connections where the use of th*is equipment complies with
safety regulations. Wooden plugs inserted in masonry and the.use of nails as
fastening media area prohib'trted.. threaded Co -clamps may be used on rigid steel
conduit only. Condui'ts or pipe straps shall not be welded to steel.,
The load applied to fasteners shall not exceed 1/4 of'th.e proof test load.., Fasteners
attached to concrete shall be vibration and shock resistant. Holes cut to depth of
SEGTlC}N 16
i
a
y
C
i .

.i
Page 20
more than 1 1/2inches in reinforced concrete beams or to a depth of more than 3/4
inch in concrete joints shill not cut the main reirnfordt'ng bars
Holes not used sha
be filled, Spring steel fasteners may only be used to.support lighting branch circa
l!
it
conduits to structural steel members. Condu*ftls shall be fastened to all sheet -meta)
boxes and cabinets with two (2) lockouts where required by the NEC to insure
adequate bonding for grounding. Where
insu'iated busk-h-'i'na are used, or where
%% r enclosure,. a bonding jumpEr sha
be installed in maintain suitable grounding continuity. Lockouts shall be the type
with sharp edges For digging into the wall of metal enclosures. Bushings shall be
It
install,.ed on the ends of all conduits and shall be of the insulating type where
.0
required by the NEC.
bushings cannot be secured firmly to the box o
Conduit installed in concrete slabs or walls shall be- located so as not to affect the
designed structural strength of the slabs, Canduit shall be installed w*lth"In the
middle one,."Ahird of the concrete slab except where necessary to not disturb the
reinforcement,. The outside diamete" of conduit shall not exceed one-t hird of the
slab thickness> and conduits shall be spaced no closer than three (�j diameters
except at cab'I'net locations.. Curbed portions of bends shall not bie visble above the
finish slab, Where embedded conduits cross expansion joints, suitably watertight
expansion fittings and bor�ding Jumpers shall- be nmvided. Conduit lager than one
(1) inch trade size shall be parallel with or at right angles to the reinforcement, the
condult shall be close to one of the supports of the slab. Conddi'ts shall not be
stacked more than 2 diameters high in floor slabs. Where plastic conduit is
installed in or below floor slabs, or the concrete walls, brides, or other structures a
transformation from plastic conduit to steel conduit shall be provided for each
conduit using approved couplings. This transformation shall be embedded ire the
0
concrete and all stub -ups out of the concrete shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit..
Steel conduits installed in the earth shall -be field coated with 2 costs of coil tar
base asphaltum, 30 mils thick, over the entire surface of conduit and .all .fittings.
Field made joints, fittings, abrasions, and imperfections shall be coated with
material equivalent to the above. All conduits buried in the earth outside of the
structure shall have minimum of 24 inches of cover above the conduit. PVC shall
be changed to meta[ conduit at the paint where it leaves the ground.
Na more than three �3) 90 degree bendy will be allowed in any one conduit run.
Where bands are necessary, a conduit or pull box shall be installed. All bends in
112 inch and 3/4 inch conduit shall be made wi#h a conduit bender, and all larger
sizes shall have machine bends.. Joints in threaded conduit shall, be made u
P
watertight with white lead or compound appll*'ed to male threads only,- and all field
IL
oints shall be cut square, reamed smooth, and properly threaded to receive
couplings'. No running threads will. be permitted. All conduit ends at switch and
OUtlet boxes shall be fitted with anatiapproved lockout and bushing forming
appro ved tight band with box when screwed Lip tightly in place.
Conduits stubbed up thrpugh concrete floors for conneotions to free standing
equipment and future equipment shill be provded wvth an adijustable pop or
coupling threaded inside for plugs, set flush with the finished floor. Wiring shall be
extended i*n rigid Threaded conduit to equ-alpment, except that where req-uired,
flexible conduit may be used 6 inches above the floor,. Screwdriver operated
threaded flush plugs shall be installed in condu*tts from which no equipment
connections are made.
Where outlets are shown near identified equipm�nt furnished by this or other
Contractors, it- is the intent. of the sne-c.-ification and drawings that the outlet be
located at the equipment to be served., This contractor shall coordinate the location
Rev 5109 SECTION 16

v i • -ice-- -, Fr M. -"+i !, J--} + +
+
Rev 5/09
f
Page 21
of these outlets to be rear the final locafi'on of the equ*lpment served whether
paced correctly on incorrEctly on the Cravings. Changes in outlet locations
required to serve the equipment furnished by other Contractors on the Project shall
be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
Home runs may be combined. with one (1) conduit, provided all connections are in
accordance with NEC requirements and the maximum unbalanced current in the
neutral does not exceed the caDac'I'tV of the conductor;, and the conductors are not
4
required to be de -rated to below circuit capacity a
circuit requirements.
(a) CONDUIT FITTINGS
r are re -sized to -meet de -rated
10
For rigid metal conduit, nonmetallic conduit, flexibl'e met -at conduit shall conform t�
UL 467 and UL 514, as a�plicabfe, Fittings for eleciric�i metallic tubing shall be
rainfight and concrete tight and shall conform to UL 467 and UL 514, as applicable
and shall be platod st��i hexag�anal threaded compression type. Set screw or
indenter type connectors shall not be used.. Fittings for conduit 4installed in wet
locations and underground shall provide a watertight' joints, Fittings for rigid cond,, i
and intermediate metal conduit shall be threaded.
Fi3k
ttings or bushings shall be'Installed in easily accessible locat'ions4
Where conduits pass
type expansions fittings shy
hrough expansiIF
on ja-oints, approved waterproof telescopic
II be used,, Fittings hall be OZ/GEDNEY tlpe AXIr
watertight and hermit a movement up'. to 4 inches and
shall be entul*,qped with
approved bonding jumpers around or through each fitting., BondIting jumpers- shall be
an Appleton, Grouse -Hinds, Gedney or equal.
Conduit f'['tting °condulets" shall be used on exposed condu'l't work for lighting and
power outlets-, convenience outlets, changes in direction of conduit runs and
breaking around beams. "Condulets" shall be cast ferrous alloy, galvanized or
cadmium plated, as manufactured by Grouse -Hinds, Plylet-mNational, K*111ark,
Appleton Company or equal. epoxy coated fittings and boxes stall be used with
coated conduit in a!t chemically aaaressive areas �r where called for on the
drawings. Govern shall be of a design suitable for the purr)asa intended. to damp
areas, the outside condulets shall be.made watertight. Instal( all condulets with the
covers accessible. Use proper tools to assembt� conduit system to prevent injury
to the plast'i'c covering., No -damage to the covering shall be permitted..
Outlet boxes, switch boxes, and small junctions and pull boxes shall conform to UL
514. Boxes shall be provided in thqE 16e wiring or raceway system wherever required for
pulling of. wires, making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures.,iBoxes
for metallic raceways, shall be of the cast metal hub tPype when located in normally
wit lo'cafions, when surface mounted on OLRside GP exterior surf�c�s, and. when
installed exposed up to 7 feet above interior floors and walkways,. Boxes in other
Iocations shall be sheet steel.sizeBoxes shall be d and ;ns#ailed according to the-
NEC. Saxes for use with raceway system shall not be less than 1 1/2 inches deep
except where shallower boxes, required by structural conditions are approved,.
Boxes for other than lighting fixture outlets shill not be less than 4 inches square
except that 4° x 2" boxes may be used where only one (1) raceway enters the
outlet4l
Boxes less than 4 inches for mounting fighting fixtures may be installed as required
by fixture configuration when approved,.
SECTION 16
El

.....f.4f--. . h + z r— •
r + +
t
ti•
Page 22
All other lighting outlet boxes shall be hot duped galvanized four (4) inch octagon
boxes as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company, Steel City, Raco or equal.
Switch bars for concealed wiring shall be hot dipped galvanized standard steel
switch boxes as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company, Steel City, Raco or
equal. Where fixtuOexe.. are to'' be mounted on the box they shall have suitable studs
and supports. for carrying the weight of the fixture. Boxes in finished wails shec,511 be
flush mounted and have flush cover plates, If in concrete, boxes shall be 4 inch
concrete type.
Where outlets occur'in exposed masonry construction, they sheill be adjusted where
practical to occur in the nearest Joinfi to the height specified o r i�rdicafied.
Gang -twitch and junction boxes not dimensioned, for concealed wiring, shall be hot
dipped galvanized four (4) inch square boxes - as manufactured by Appleton ElectlIqc
Company, Steel City', Raco or equal,
Boxes for. outlets, switches receptacles, and for junction boxes used in the followIng
locations shall be cadmiumaa-plated cast malleable iron type with threaded hubs and
Vellumo'ld cover gasket, Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, Raco or equal.
1) Any exterior location,
2) Where exposed to rain,
3} In all surface mounted, exposed, conduit system,
4) Where exposed to mo'[sture laden atmosphere, and
5) Where shown on the Drawings.
Boxes wi'th unused hunched -out openings shall have the or)enings filled with proper
closures.
Where sizes of boxes are not shown on the Drawing, the Contra Ctor shall provide
box sizes in accordance with the NEC.
Where junction or pull box size exceeds the standard box sizes or where shown on
the Drawing�, boxes �hafl be provided as specified for Iarge junction and pull
boxes.
Provide null boxes or junction boxes in conduik runs where indicated or where
required #o facilitate the pulling of wires or the making of canneCtians, All pull boxes
and junction boxes except where cast iron boxes are specified or indicated- shall be
code size galvanized steel and shall be provided with plain black removable covers
held .4n place with screws unless otherwise shown', and covers of all boxes shall be
accessible.. Boxes steal! be constructed of 12 gauge minimum tent rolled sheet steel
and shall be hat dipped galvanized inside and outside.
In damp and wet locations and where indicated on the drawings, east iron junction
boxes shall be provided. Cast iron junction boxes shall have a galvanized finish
and be Russell & Stoll, Crouse -Hinds, Raco or equal. Gaskets shall be used where
requi*red and in all wet or damp locations.
Where large junction and pull boxes are recessed, the box covers sha{I be installed
flush with the surface,
Rigid steel wiring troughs shall be constructed of steel, totally enclosed with hinged
10
cover or cover fastened with screws, and sized as indicated or as required by- NF_PA
70* The w`i'reway shall be provided complete with all necessary accessories and
fittings.
Rev 5109 SECTION 16
------------
+
I
7
r
,
2
I
I
I
i
I
r
a
I
I
I
4
+ '1
I

Page- 23
Whore wiring troughs are indicated in damp or well locations, provide NEMA 3R
to
construction.
(h) DEVICES
Lighting switches shall be Lev'lton Hubbell, Pass and Seymour or equal, and shall
conform to UL 20 and shall be "Specification Grade" quiet -operating flush toggle
type for back. and side wiring, 20 amperes, 1.20 volts, AC only',
Switches for use in wet locations shall be installed in type "FS" boxes, fitted with a
weatherproof cover with gasket and with external operating- hand -le 'integral with the
cover. Switches or devices in chemical areas shall be in nonmetallic boxes,
Where indicated or required by NFPA 70 for individual branch circuits, provide
convenience outlets identical to wave except rated 24 amperes , NEMA
configuration 5-s."20R.
Convenience outlets installed in wet locations shall be 15A, 125V duplex 3-wire
grounding type complete wi'th cast metal double lift cover fats for Type "FS" cast
metal boxes, including gasket. In chemical area, byes shall be nonmetallic with
double tiff nonmetallic covers,
Grounding fault circuit interrupter receptacles shall conform to UL 943, as
applioable and shall be duplex receptacle feed 11hrough type for mounting in a
standard outlet box,. The device shall be capable of, detecting a current leak of 5
milliamperes,,
Where portable equipment is shown on the Drawings with a cord- and plug
indicated, the Contractor shall provide a plug* -cap to match the receptacle and the
necessary heavy duty rubber covered 3, 4 or 5 wire cord of the required- size and
shall install the P(ug caps (hereon and attach to the equipment. The plug and
receptacle shall be comple.te.1y weatherproof and manufactured by Leviton, Hubbell,
Racy or equal.
All wiring devices in boxes shag be equipped with a platy of the required
conf'-guration.
Device plates for surface -type boxes shall be galvanized sheet steel designed for
the application in non, -chemical areas.
Cutlets must be centered with regard to openings, trim, etc,, Outlets shall be
symmetrically arranged. Any outlet which is improperly located must be corrected
at Contractors expense.. Outlets must be set plumb or horizontal and shall extend
to the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor where recessed without projecting
beyond same. Receptacles, switches, etc.. shall be installed symmetrically on such
trim or fixture and, where necessary, shall be set w'l'th the long dimension of the
plate vertical or shill be ganged in tandem.
Mounting heights above finished floor of finished grade to center, shall be as follows
unless otherwise shown or indicated in these specifications or on the Drawings,,.
Rev 6,./09 SECTION....I.Q.

+
rII
grounded.
n nonmetallic raceways and neutral conductor or wiring systems shall be
The ground connection shall be made at the mein services equipment.
Where ground fault protection
connection o f the ground and neu
th-fault%eiar.
is employed, -care shall be talon so that the
tral does not interfere with the correct operation of
Where indicated, agreen-colored eauiDment grounding conductor, which shall bE.
separate from the electrical system neutral conductor shall be provided. Provide -
green equipment grounding conducto
Equipment grounds sha
Page 24
Single,, -pole
unless othe
fight switches,
rwinoted,
Dun lex receptacles in dry areas,
Duplex receptacles in wet areas,
Pushbutton motor oontrol stations,
Panelboards to top
Motor starkers to center
Devices shall be NEMA rated and manufactured by Leviton, Hubbe'i'l, Raco or
equal.
GROUNDING AND BONDING
Grounding and bond ing equipment shall be in accordance with UL 467..
The maxi'mum resistance to ground shall not exceed 5 ohms under normally dry
4, 4
conditions., Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non -current
carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallji'c raceway system, grounding
conducto
r in all nonmetallic- conduits.
Il be solid and continuous from a connection at, earth to all
d'lstribut*ionGround cpnnections at panelboards, outlets, equipment,
ar�d apparatus shall be made in an approved end permanent manner.
{j) LIGHTING
Each fixture shall be the Underwriter's Label,, F'Ixtures shall be located
Symmetrically with building lines. Ail lighting fixtures shall be fum'l'shed comPfete
with camps of the size and type as indicated an the drawings and all fittings and
hardware necessary for a complete installation. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts
.and fittings necessary to completely and property install the fixtures.._ Fixture [ends
shall be required by NEC and shall be grounded by the conduit connection to the
fixtMre.
Ballasts for fluorescent fixtures shall be rapid start, high power factor, with
certification by ETL, CMM and Underwriter's Laboratories-. All ballasts shall be
equipped with internal, non -resetting thermal protectors and shall be guaranteed
against service failure for a period of two (2) years. Ballasts shall be rated "Class
P" to agree with renuirements of NEC and to conform to the time schedule for this
requirement, and shall be Class A sound rating and series lead -lag type.
Rev 5109 SECTION 16_
1
+
pan�lboards

Rev 5/09
4.
Page 25
Lamps sh-a- 11 be of the fallowing types:
4.
4.
1) Fl_uorescento Rapid -Start, Cool White, HO
2) H I D: 120 Volt, HPS
3) Incandescent". 130 VoltL
Lenses for all fluorescent light fixtures shall be 100% virgin acrylic clear prismatic.
The contractor shall provide submittals or samples showing the lenses he proposes
to use.
Painting of fluorescent fixtures shall he after fabri"cation. Fixtures made from
pre -painted stock, will not be accepted.
Surface and pendant mounted fluorescent fixtures shall be individually supported
from the facility structural system_ Continuous row fixtures shall -be jointed by the
use of chase n'ipples or fittings approved for the use. All lighting fixtures shall set
true to ling and spacing-.
{k) EQUIPMENT FIELD CONSTRUCTED RACKS
The Contractor shall furnish and fabrio�#e a(I equipment ricks for all electrical
equipment. Racks shall be fabricated far electrical equipment furnished under the.
Contract as well as equipment furnished by others where speofile-d,. Equipment
racks shall be specified herein unless otherwise noted.,
All nuts and belts shall be case hardened to assure proper seating into theinturned.
ed9y of the channel framework and shall be galvanized..
The Contractor shall furnish and J*nstall all equipment, channels, accessories, etc..,
necessary to make the racks complete stable and professional-4- Componerits shall
be -factory purchased and completely assembled for equipment racks in the Meld.
Components shall be by Uni'strut, Husky/ B.- urndy,, Kendorf, or equal.
fit} SAFETY AND CONTROL SWITCHES
Disconnect switches shall be heavy duly type and/or as designated in the
Specifications. Switches steal{ be located as shown on the Drawings and as
required by the NEC, Handles shall be lockable.. Switches shall be rated for service
entry where required.
Switches shall be NEMA Type HD, single -throw, externally operated, fused or
.4
non -fused as required. Swikches of the poles, voltage and ampere ratings sh-own in
NEMA-1A or NEMAjm3 enclosures as required.
All,sw'['tches to be mounted 5'0" above the floor or at the equipment height where
appropriate..
Switches shall be quick4-lmake, quick -break and w4th an interlocked cover which
cannot be opened when swftch is in the "4N" position and capable of being locked.
in the "OPEN" position.
SECTION 16

Rev 5/09
Page 26
Pushbutton stations and selector switches shall be the heavy duty, oil tight type
and, unless otherwise designed shall be of the same manufacturer as sim"llar units
furnished by the central center manufacturer,,
Plastic or Bakelite engraved nameplates shall be securely fastened to the front of
each safeW switch and each oushbut on station-f selector switch and motor starter
15
remotely located from the motor controi center. if adequate space * not availaole,
nameplate shall be mounted beiow the Dushbutton stations,. Nameplates S-11all
designate the'l'tem of equipment controlled,
Identify all switches as to th
laminated 1/16" th*lck pliable
e equipment which they control., Prov4ide engraved
plastic fastened to the swnches with selfpKtapping
siainiess ste�i screws and drawn dawn to conform to the contour of the switch
enciosure.
Safety and control switLc-hes shalt be enclosed
chemical room,,
(M) FUSES, 600 VOLTS
Provide two complete sets of fuses for all
and deliver second set to the Owner with
dual element, ti
Khali be used.)
in nonmetallic enclosures in the
switches requiring fuses_ in stall one set
proper identification. All fuses steal] be
rne delay type unless otherwise noted on drawings. (Fusetron fuses
-h
Fuses steal( conform to NEMA FU1"1W 1 and UL 198. a complete set of fuses for all
swikches shall be prov*ded. Time -current characteristic curves of fuses serying
motors or connected in series with circuit breakers shall be coordinated for groper
operation. Fuses steal] have voltage rating not less than the circUik voltage.
The Contractor shall furnish and irtstail fuses of van nus types as required with the
continuous amp -ere ratings as shown an the drawings. One complete set of spare
fuses shall be furnished and delivered to the wner at the time of final inspection.
Fuses shall be manufactured by Federal Pacific Electric, Busman, Chase
Shawmut, or equal.
(n) EXHAUST FATS
Exhaust fans shall be direot or belt driven, centrifuge( or propeller type and she{!
provide the exhaust air volume as sho"O ithe exhaust fan schedule on the
drawings. Fan shall be coordinated w"Ith all louvers and dampers such that the
CFM's listed are maintained regardless of the system static pressure. Any system
which required an increase in the static pressure shall result in the fan being
re -sized to meet the DFM requirernents listed.
The fan shall bear the UL lobe{ where listing is available and bear the AMCA seal.
Ratings shall be in accordance with AMCA Standard 210 and comply with the
requirements of the AMCA. Gertif'led Rating Program.
Fan shall be aluminum or fi'n'ished with a corrosive resistant paint where shown, and
include a wire guard and gravity shutters similarly finished. Ail dimensions and
openings shall be coordinated with the building openings and dimensions shalt be
submitted to the engineer prier to any construction which effects the location and
size of any opening,,
SECTION 16
:h •
}
i
f
_
I
t

Page 27
All fans 1/2 hp and less shall be designed for operation at 120 volts. Fans greater
than 1/2 hp shall onerate on 3-phase power,, The gravity shutter shall be
coordinated or matched with the fan simpl'ied so that pre -drilled hales for mounting
line up, and the shutter fits flush to the outs'glde wall.
Exhaust fin shall be as secfirepid on drawings. Starters and electrical controls shall
be furnished.
Fans and all fan hardware shall be del'ivered to the building contractor for
installation with the building. The contractor shall, tF�orough'ty coordinate- the
installation of the fans and oPinengs required to insure proper fit.
(o) DAMPERS
All wail mounted exhaust -openings shall include a gravity damper. Dampers shalt
be coordinated to operate and interface w'ith the fan when in operation. Dampers
an the fans- shalt be MoOnted flush ors the outside wall unless shown recessed in
the opening. All dampers Khali be low leakage type.
pampers shall have aluminum blades with sealing edges and couplings at bath
ends with tie rods,. Frames shall be welded steel and painted with a corrosive
resistant primer and a finished coat of natural aluminum. Dampers shall be
p r e drilled to match the fan or louver,,- Dampers soak! be natural aluminum unless
indicated on the drawings.
shall be sized to fit the openi
Dampersngs, and where necessary multiple dampers
shall be used for large intake open-Aings,
All dimensions shall be coordinated with the building contractor and dimensions
Shall be submiftad to the owner prior to any construction which affects the locatton
and size of openings.
The contractor shall famish the dampers to the building contractor for installation.
The dampers shall be delivered to the job s'l'te with all installation hardware well in
advance of the work schedule for this item.
(p) UNIT HEATERS
The cabinets shall be of 18 gauge die formed furniture grade steel,, Individual
adjustable louvers shall be furnished to provide desired control to discharge air. All
metal surfaces of the casing shall be phosphate coated to res'lst corrosion and
finished in- neutral gray bared enamel.
The heating coil shall consist of three (3) metal sheathed fintube e1ectr'c heating
elements each wired to a built-in line voltage, automatic reset thermal overload
protective device for insfantaneous operation of the power contra�tor holding coil in
the event of an overload.
Motors shall be of the totally enclosed continuous fan duty sleeve bearing type
equipped with bu'llt-�J'n thermal overload protections. Each unit shall be equipped
with combination fan guard/motor support resiliently mounted at four (4) points to
absorb any motor vibrations. The fan motor shall be wired within the unit heater to
the electric heating coil power supply, thus, eliminating the need for external motor
starters or a separate fan motor circuit to the unit. Fans shall be broad bladed
Rev 5/09
SECTION 16

i
Page 28
aluminum directly connected to the fan motor, dynam'lcally balanced and designed '
for the unit heater appl'ication..
On/Off type operation sha{i be provided byinterrupting the heater power supply with
a contractor of size as required by the equipment indicated an the Drawings. The
contactor folding coil shall in turn be operated by a pilot duty type thermostat.,
The unit heater shall be supplied complete v�ith a thermostat switch unless
otherwise Endicated, designed t"nta"o man temperature between �5 degrees F and
55 degrees F unless otherw'ise'i'ndicated. The control circuit shall operate on 120
vac, singly phase, 60 hertz from a control transformer with the unIrt.,
All heaters shalt be UL. listed and meet the requirement of the National Electrical
Code,.. Unit heaters shall be as manufactured by Ememmn-ChromAox, Emerson
Electrical CO,, Singer Co., or aqua{, and shall have a grounding conductor.
(q) THERMOSTATS
(Remote Mounted}: Thermostats for exhaust fans and unit heaters shall be SPST
heavy duty, control voltage type, arranged to close the circuii as required by a
control point and open the circuit as required by a control point.
Unless otherwise specified or indicated the range of adjustment shall be 70-*100
degrees F for exhaust fans and 40-60 degrees F for unit heaters.
Enclosures for thermostats location on corrosive atmospheres or facilities shall be
waterproof polyester ty P
e, PYa(ester enclosures shall be as manufactured by
Crouse -Hinds, Adalet Caron, or equal.
Electrical requirement, unless otherwise specified or indicate'' d, shalt be 120 vac,
single phase, 60 hertz..
Thermostats to be manufactured by Emerson-ChromaloxT Emerson Electrical Co., '
Honeywell, orequal,,
16,,02..4 ELECTRICAL - ALARMS &.CONTROLS
(a) G E N E L
The Electrical Contractor shall provide ail ex
ternal power and control wiring to '
control panels of pre-wired packaged equipment, unless indicated otherwise.
Control wiring requirements are indicated in efectricai schematics and descriptions
on the drawings, in control function descriptions in the specifications, and in
equipment manufactures equipment dais. Furnish and install control wiring in
accordance with the drawings and spec'i'f't'cafions1. This Contractor shall provide all
control circuits and wiring for a particular item of equipment in accordance with
requirements as set for#h by the manufacturer of the nartioularitem of eautpment.
Where pumps provided by other are furnish.ed with solenoid valves or other devices
for control, the Electr'fcal Contractor shall wire these vaives or devices- to operate.
when the pump commandis "ON" or indicated bY the Control Drawings,.
Unless otherwise indicated or specified, ma9netic starter contactors shall be wired
Pf
to drop out and remain dropped out on foss of power to the line side of the starter,
Rev 5/09
SECTION 16

+
... .: ... .. ..
_ 1 1
i
. ..
i
16403
operator action shall be required to restart the motor unless t
.6
automatic control that is operafiional after power is restored.
Page 29
he motor is under
Motor control components and control wiring shall conform to NEMA specifi.ications
ISC-41970 (Revised, 1975), Industrial Controls and Systems..
Where devices are installed
maintain the NEMA 4 or
The exhaust fans shall
vac in a nonmetaiiic waterproof enclosure atov�. + AFC
UN't heaters shall have
120 vac control volta''ge
shedding system through the 120 vac control circu"I't and a new relay panel..
in NEMA 4 or 3R enclosures, provide covers to
3R rating of the enclosure.,
be controlled by a therrnosta
Thermostats shall be 120
t VC
integral contactors and control tr
0 be 'interlocked with the existing load
Unit
heaters shy
ansformer for operation at
All elect 4ca 1 equipment shall 'be mounted in NEMA, 3R enclosures when installed
outdoors or in basement areas and in NEMA 12 enclosures when installed outdoors
above ground.,
Ct�P�STRUGTION METHODS
116.03*1
Rev 5109
GENERAL
(a) Installation of Electric Work shall be complete in every respect, insuring
systems which will operate satisfactorily and safely. All work shall be dons by
skilled -workmen, and work performed by unskilled help wilt not be acceptable.
All cutting, ritting, repairing and finishing of masonry, concrete, metal and
carpentry work that may be required for- the contemplated warts under this
Specification mint be done by craftsmen skilled in their respective trades and
at the expense of the Contractor,, Unless otherwise -indicated, all matedials
46
and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
b} Concrete used in Electrical Work for equipment bases, conduit encasement,
hand.holes, manholes, and otherwise shall conform to Class C as specified
under Section 9.0 of the Genera( Specifications.
(c) Excavation and Backf*111 work required for Electrical Work shad[ be done by the
Electrical Contractor under the requir�m�nts of Section 8,0 of these General
Specifications, Work within structures shall include that required below
excavation for general construction-, Outside of structures, it shill include III
work necessary to properly perform the Electrical Work., Excavation of rack
larger than 1/2 cubic yard in size wi.11 be performed under other Sections of
these specifications; however, the Electr'j'cal Contractor shall backfill rock
excavation with sand or gravel acceptable to the engineer as required to
supportElectri itemsof cal Work. The electrical Contractor shall- provide all
equipment.. and do all work n�c�ssary to keel his excavations free ofi water
until conduit has been laid or until concrete or masonry has been allowed to
set for at least 48 hours. He shall furnish and install all temporary sheeting,
sharing, timbering and bracing required to maintain the excavation in a
condition to permit proper instaiiatian of the work; such bracing shalk be left in
place at no added compensation should the site conditions so require. He
shall furnish and install all Aems necessary to prote,t adjaCent structure s,
existing pipelines, grass plots, trees, when so indicated, and Pedestrian a nd
SECTION 16

i
I
i
i
i
Rev 6/09
Page 30
1. q.
vehicular traffic from damage as the result of excavation work. The Electr'l'cal
Contractor will be held liable for any damage resulting from his operations. All -
buried items shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before
backfill*ing,., Backfill material shall be free of debris, frozen material, cinders,
and Other corrosive material. Na rock or hard material -shall be placed in
contact with buried conduit, handholes or anholes., Backfill shall be placed
by hand in layers not exceeding 66 inches in depth and thorou...-Iahly tamp�d to a
point at least 12 inches above the top of conduit and duct runs4
; the remainder
may be placid mechanically and shall be placed to a height slightly above the
original ground elevat"o►t. Backfill under paved areas or ornamental grou- nds
and around all structures shall be compacted bYJ etfing or puddling with waderer
if backfill material is of sand or gravel, or by methods designed to control
moisture and secure maximum material shale be disposed off the elks or as
directed by the Engineer. existing pavement, curbs, sidewaiks, shrubbery,
still or other appurtenances removed or damaged by excavation Shall be
restored to their original condition unless otherwise directed. When work is
done in a public street or highway, the Electrical Contractor shall make all
necessary arrangements Frith the municipal or highway authority for permits,
inspections, and repairs wi!"thout add'rt*pnal oast to the Owner,.
d Al( materials and equipment shall.be installed in str:�Qt compliancy wish
manufacturer's recommendations unless directed otherwise. All exposed
conduit shall be installed parallel or perpend,icular to walls and partitians and
shall be vertically plumb, All piping shall be run concealed in finished areas..
.4
Instillation of work shall be complete in every respect, insuring system will
operate sat'1'sfact0r'i41y,. All equipment shall be adequately protected prior to
installation. The Contractor shall provide and connecfi power in accordance
with the NEC and the Manufacturer's recommendafil'ons to all motor and
equipment space heaters which have been furnolshed with same prior to
connection to the project electrical system., In the event the Contractor Pails or
neglects to connect power to an equipment space �at�r as specifiedheth
Contractor shall perform tests to determine if the equ'ipment'insulat'ton system
has been affected and shall disassemble and brake out the, "insulation or
Suitably repair same in are approved manner directed by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall bear the expense of all tests and repairs as directed by the
Engineer.
(e) The Electr'lcal Contractor shall be responsible for:
(1) Arranging order of work so as not to cause interference of
delays with other trades.
(2) Obtaining all required tests and approvals of work before such
work is closed in or covered up.
{3) Proceeding with roughing -in all portions of work before such
work irs closed in or covered up.
(4) Keep'ing the premises free from all debris and waste. materials
resulting from the work under this sectikon, All such debris and
rubbish shall be removed from the site.
SECTION 16

Page 31
I
16.01.2 INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS
CONDUIT
(1) All condu4itInstallat'ion shall bei"n full compliancy with the NEC.
{2} Conduits shall be either under9 round, concealed in walls, concealed in
slabs, unless ind'lGated otherwise by the Drawings or directed by the
Engineer.
(3) All exposed conduit in the plant shall be suppo�ied with rustproof malleable-
iron one hole scraps and Appleton "clamp backs" securely anchored with
rustproof screws at a maximum spacing of 84 for tvalo or more exposed conduit
runs, a trapeze hanger or other approved method of installation shall he used,
Perforated strap hangers will not be acceptable. All. exposed conduits shall run
parallel or perpendicular w')"th adjacent wolf or partitions,,
(4) Conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt and free of moisture before
instilling any conductors..
(5) expansion couplings shall be'nstalled at all Points where conduits cross
structural }pints. Bonding jumpers shall be provided.
(6} Conduit insulating bushings with ground lugs shall be provided on all conduits
terminating in or under equipment, and ground to the equipment and to the
system ground., Insulating bushings shall be provided at locations which the
NEC requires. Condu'lt stubs under equ*ipment shall be of uniform height and
neatly arranged w'f'th a minimum of I" space between conduits.
(7) Conduit connection to motors and other equipment subj*ect to vibrations shall
be made by means of a shirt length of flexible conduit between the motor or
equipment outlet box and the feeder conduit in compliance with the NEC.
(8) The minimum cond.uit size shall be 3/4" unless otherwise specified or
indicated on the Drawings..
(9) Conduits shall be plugged and capped until ready for pulling conductors and
making connections.
(10) Rigid conduit shall' be used in non -chemical areas and when placed where
subject to mechanical injury. Condu'it in contract with earth and in chemical
area shall be Schedule 40 PVCIF
{� 1) No electrical metallic tubing (EMT) may be used..
(12) Flexible steel conduit may be used in runs from adjacent junction boxes or
motors and in certain locafi'ons where, for structural or other reasons, it is
impractical to use rigid tube and where specific permission to do so has been i
granted by the junsd'i'ctl"onal authorities. For motor connection in moist or damp
locations use flexible condu'ltle Amerman brass "Seaftita Flexible" Type „UA"
Columb'gla, "Flex -Seal" Type. "XL", Allied, or approved equal, with flexibly fittings.
Alu�nvmm fle�cib[e conduit shall not be used for power circuits.
i
I
(13) PVC Sche'dule 40 conduit shall be- used iri and under slabs and underground
where approved by looal codes,, A green ground wire shall be installed in all
Rev 5/09
SECTION 16

i
I J i , r + +`
PVC conduits of the required size and condu
additional wire. The joints steal( be made liquid
it Size sha
tight.
Page 32
II be adjusted for the
(14) Co nd uit installed underground, in concrete, or in any moist or
locat'lon shall have joints made liquid and gas -tight and i
approved j0 oint compound.
(15) Provide and
wolfs, etc,.
(16) Conduit shill not be run closer than 6" to any grater pipe., No conduit
shall be installed in concrete slabs laid on the ground..
masonry
(17) Ends of conduit shall be cut square and carefully reamed.
{a} Conduit r'iser shall be fully protected from physical damage by a
skirt or in some other approved manner fully inclosed
11A1 Wn riinninn ffirA-Arfict riPrmitfiart
(b) Nylon pullers Khali be used (when pulling conductor vi
.... .,� .,�,.....,., ......,.�„ �,,......,__. Special union fittings
I
periodically damp
Wade up with an
nstall PVC sleeves where conduits pass throu-.P,,h
Caulk all sleeves after installation of conduits with silicon.
metal
i
I
I
L
•
i
a
•�
+
I'
i
J
I
t r
J
I '
r
I
_
r
i
i
i
+
I
I
�
I
i
I
f
'
I
i
r
I
•
I
i
i
i
I
.
I
i
I
I
+
i
i
i
I
{
I
.
i
}
in lieu
thereof. Open ends of all condu'l't shall be kept closed with approved conduit
seals during the construction of the building.
pe used
{19} L)nderground conductors entering a raceway [n a gutter, puI ! box, junction
box, or auxiliary gutter, shall be protect. by a substantial bushing or liner.,
(20' Conduits 1" and smaller require 1 or 2 hale pipe straps SP at notgreater
than 10intervals and within 24" of an outlet, junction or pull box or terminal
closet.,
(21) Exposed conduit larger than 1" require 2-- hale pipe straps. Where cond.uit runs
are grouped, use conduit trapezes supported on 31ts .
caEarl«it�f iuu5.
(22) Provid. e a threaded flush floor coupling where conduits e
slabs.
titer or I
eave floor
(23) Where non -No -metallic conduit is used the Contraotor shalldr install ground
1
wire,,
(24) It is the Contractor's resPonsibility to insiali the conduits with a minimum
number of bends in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid
obstructions, preicz;erve headroom, keep openings and passage ways clear, and
meet all structural code requirements. The routing of conduits rrtay be
changed, providing the length of any conduit is not increased or decreased
more than 10% pf the length shown or ind"cated on the drawing s.
(25) In conduit runs where an excessive number of fiends are required,instaR
additional pull boxes, offsets, condultest etc., to comply with the applicable
cedes.
16,03.3 CONDUCTORS
(1) All conductors steal! be installed in compliance with the NEC and in a careful
:F
manner to avoid damage to conductors or insulati'on..
Rev 5/09
SECTION 16

16.03 .4
Rev 5/09
i
i
Page 3s
(2) Capper conductors, joints, splices, tads, and connections for 600 volt
conductors, joinfs, splices, taps, and connections for 600 volt conductors shall
be made with solderless connectors approved by the engineer. The following
connectors are approved:
(3)
(a) For wire #10 AWG and smaller use
connectors, MAR connectors., or wirenuts.
(b) For wire #8 AWG and larger use
solderless connectors; or Trumbull
"ScotchloCk"
S&B "Lock-T6
its" co
Buchanan
nnectors"I O/Z
solderless connectors.
Terminal lugs Ahall be used on all conductors of Na. 0 AWG size or I
where conductors are attached to terminal blocks or screws,, The lugs
arger
steal(
have a nonrJuntivity not less than that of the wore or cable to which they are
The lugs shall be securely connected to the conductors and all
surfaces securely connected to the conductors and all contact
attached.
contact
surfaces shall be carefully flnl*she--d and fitted to provide a low resistance
connect*iont
:P
(4) Minimum sire conductor for power, single conductor control wire, shall
12 AWG unless otherwise spec'l'fied or indicated on the Drawings.
be No.
(5) Minimum s41 ize conductor for field multi -conductor contra! cable wiring sha
No.., 14 AWG unless otherwi se specified or indicated an the Drawings,,
GROUNDING
{1 be
(1) Provide fully bonded system of grounding, in accordance with NEC.
requirements including all services, systems and equipment requiring
grounding in accordance with the NEC and other prevailing code
'r
requirements.
(2) the complete installation, includ'I'ng the neutral conductor, metallic condul*ts
"A
and raceways, boxes, cab*tnets, structure, and equipment shill be permanently
and effectually grounded in accordance wish all code requirements, whether or
not such connect'ions are specifically shown, The following methods may be
4
utilized is achieve an effective ground. Local inspection authorities shall _be.
consulted as to approved methods.
(a) The Id�ntiPi�d ne�.�tral wire ofi "WHITE" wire of the interior wiring
system shall be permanently bonded to the main grounding electrode.
All conduitleaving equipment shall be bonded to the ground bar in the
equipment..
(b) Ground connections to grounding electrodes shall be made to
non., --current carrying metal parts of panels, secondary neutral points,
motor frames, etc.,
(c) Enclosures and housings shall be bonded to ground.. with a green
copper conductor and extended to the grounding electrode and
securely attached with proper fittings. Grounding jumpers shall be
installed from the building structural steel to the grounding electrodes.
SECTION 16

I
i
i
16.03u5
t
Page 34
(3) Provide a green grounding conductor in all non*wmetalfic, and flexible meta!
conduit systems and wherever shown in the drawi*ngs.-
(4) Ground conductor steal( bV hype "TW" or "THW"wire.
k"JIThe electricaE system and building structure shall be grcaunded by bor�dinq to
he grounding electrodes'in accordance with NEG a�icle 250.
GUARANTEE
(1) in addition to the specific warranties celled for under the specifications,
guarantee this work aS follows
L
(a) All parks of the. electrical systems she!( be guaranteed to perform the
required functions in accordance with the performance requirements
which are indicated- or specified, or where such particular requirements
are not stated, shall perform in accordance with the prevailing recognized
d;
trade standards of perfarman�e requirements, Boring the period of one
year following completion, the Contractor shall make all repairs of
replacements necessary to accomplish the required performance..
(b). _For factory
manufacturers.
assembled equlipment and devices on which the
furnished standard published guarantees as regular trade
practice, the Contractor shall obtain such guarantee and w*111 be held tc)
replace any such equipment which proves defective during the life of the
guarantee.
(c) All work for which materials are f
Contractor; all factory assemble
equipment for
manufacturer's guarantee is furnished; and all work in connection with
II be guaranteed by
urnlshe..d, fabricated or erected -by the
which no specific
installing manufacturer's guaranteed equipment she
Contractor fQr a period of one year from campletian of tile work, against
defects in materials and defective workmanship of any kind.
(2) in the event of failure of any work, equipment or device during the life of the
guarantee, the Contractor shall repair or replace the defective work and shall
remove, replace or restore at no cost to the Owner, any parts of the structure
or building which may be damaged as the direct result of the Contractor's
defective work, orin the course of the Contractor's mak"t'ng replacement of his
defective work or material.,
16.04 COMPLETION OF GONTRACTI,
16.04.1 GENERAL
(a) the Electrical Contractor shall examine the rating of the motor starter overload
protective devices, the motor nameplate full load running current, and
determine whether or not the overload devices are suitable to provide
adequate motor protection.protection.Replace any protective devices that w*111 not
Provid.. .e adequate motor overload protection before energizing any motor.
(b) The Contractor shall examine the rating of the motor starter overload
protective devices, the motor nameplate full load running current, and
determine whether or not the overload devices are suitable to provide
Rev 5/09 SECTION 16
f
i
_ I
I
I
I
'
+

Page 35
adequate motor protection. Replace any protective devices that will not �!
provide motor overload before energizing any motor,protection
{c) upon completion of the work the Contractor shall measure Cne voltage of each
phase at the load terminals of the main breaker or switch.
(d} Upon completion ofi the work the Contractor shall measure line currents of ,,
9.
each phase of each piece Of equipment under load.
(�) U�c�n completion of the work the Contractor shall energize ... into ',operation each item of equipment requiring electrical connection.
(f} All necessary repairs, alterations, replacements and adjustments required for a
is required,.complete and satisfactory operating electrical system ',
(g) dr
All fixtures shall be tamped and in operating condition when the work is
accepted by the Owner.,
(h) Cut and patch all holes, openings, or damage to the building caused by the
dt
installation of the electrical equipment.
16.04.3 DATA TCt BE FILED WITH OWNER
(a) The Electricak Contractor shall furnish in triplicate the following data upon
comPlet*ion of the tests and before final acceptance of the Work. TheoriginaM
and one cooy shall be filed with the Owner and one (1} copy Frith the
Engineer.
{1) Complete nameplate data of each motor, equipment identification,
together with a record of line the measured currents (under road) for
each motor as herein before specified under testing,.
(2} List of manufacturer's name and type or code number and/or ampere
rating of all motor starter overload heaters felt each motor starter.,
(3} Measured vpltage at load terminals of main breaker..
(4) Certificate of inspection from the local Electrical Inspector..
16A3.4 WALL EXHAUST FANS
Wall exhaust fans shall be direct driven type and shall provide the exhaust air
volume as shown in the exhaust fan schedule on the drawings. Fans shall be
coordinated wikh all louvers and dampers such that the CFM's listed are maintained
pressurerequires an increase in
regardless of the sygtem staticAny system which
1W
the static pressure shall result in the fan being resized to meet the CFM
requirement listed.
is
The fans shall bear the UL label where listitnq avaifable and bear the AMCA seal.
Ratings shall be In accordance with AMCA Standard 21 and comply with the
6
requirements of the AMCA Certified Rating Program,
Rev 5109 SECTION 16

16,015
Page 36
fans shall be finished W'I'th a corrosive resistant paint or natural aluminum and
include a wire guard where indicated on the drawings and gravity shutters similarly
finished. All dimensions and openings shall be coordina#ed with the building
openings and certified dimensions shall be subm'ftted to the en gineer pride to any
construction which effects the location and size of any opening. The units shall be
securely mounted and include an Integra[ disconnect switch.
LouvE.Rs
Louvers shall be anodized medium bronze extruded aluminum stationary drainab(e
Hade type and shall
drop. Louvers shall
provide maximum weather Protection with minimurn pressure
be 4 to 6 'inches deep depending an the size and shall have
drainable blades w'lth built-in gutters which divert moisture dawn full depth i
channels and out over s"111 blades to reduce cascading across the louver face.
amb
Blade design steal( provide superior free area for intake with no more than 0.,.005
-P
ozs, per square foot of water penetration at an air velocity of 900 feet per minute.
Construction shall be .081 anodized extruded aluminum blades and frames. The
louver shall include aluminum mesh insect screen.
The louver shall
bear the AMCA seal with rat ings in
standard 500 which
ratings.
accordance with AMCA
applies to air performance ratings and water gene
The louvers shall fit flush to the outside waft except where shown
All di mensions shall be accurately coordinated with the genera
Cert'Ified
effects t
tration
in the drawings.
I contractor and
dimensions suDmmea to the engineer prior io any construcuorl which
he locat'ion and size of the openings,
The contractor sliall furnish the louvers to the general contractor for installation.
The louvers steal{ be delivered to the job site with all installation hardware well m
advance of the work schedule for thisi'tem.
16.03.6 GRAVITY DAMPER
Rev 5/09'
All wall mounted axial exhaust fans and intake louvers shall include a gravity
damper., Dampers shall be coordinated to operate and interface with the fan being
furnished. In addition, all intake louvers steal[ include intake dampers designed to
operate when the exhaust fan is on,, Dampers on the fan shall be mounted to
operate with a flush louver., Dampers on the'intake louvers shall be mounted on the
Iriside walls. All dampers shall be low leakage type.,
Dampers shall have aluminum blades wish sealing edges and couplings at both
ends with tie rods., weldedFrames shall be steel painted with a corrosive resistant
primer and a finished coat of medium bronze epoxy. Dampers shall be pre -drilled
to match the Fan and louver..
Dampers shall be sized to fit the openings, and where necessary, multiple dampers
shall be used for large intake openings.
SECTION 16

r
Rev S---JD9
i
Page 37
All dimensions shelf be coordinated with the general
di[nensions shall be submit#ed to #h� engineer prior to
effects the location and size of the openings,-
W.
Dampers shall be gravity operated where listed static pressures are met. Should it
contractor and cert-14fied
any constr
u�tic�n which
be necessary for any supplier to lower the system I s static pressure to. meet these
steel, the contractor shall use motor aperated dampers interlocked to the fan
li
core
trol as part of the bid- p
rice which results*in no add
itional cyst to the owner.
The contractor shall furnish the dampers to the general contractor for installation.
The dampers shelf be delivered to the job site with all installation hardware well in
advance of the work schedule for this item,.
11
11
SECTION 1s
I
+
r
+
+
I
y

t
r
SP a g "^,V)
GENERAL
17-60141
+
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
17.0 RESTORATION AND CLEANwUP
SCOPE OF WC?RK
(a) All labor, materials, equipment, tools and services to fulfil( the
requirements of this general Specification, the Proj*ect Spec*f"cat"ons and
the Contract Draw*ings shall be furnished by the Contractor as part of his
Base Bid.
(b) All concrete sic[ewalk, ,.
ements, di'tclies,
areas, bu*ilding
concrete pav
landscaped
asphalt and concrete dri,'veways, asr)halt and
curb and gutter, fences, poles, mail boxes,
components, equipment, and all -ether
alsturoea areas shall oe replaced
condtion prior to work beglinning.-
1
r restored to equal or better than their
Upon completion of the work in this
Contract, all surplus material, earth, rubbish, etc., shall be removed from
the site of the work. That portion of the surface of each yard of street
disturbed by construct'ion under this Contract shall be left in as good
condition as it was before the commencement of the work, and it shelf be
Pro ptiy and reatIlarly maintained in such condition during a period �f one
year after the acceptance of the work. This work of maintenance shall
apply only to items of materials and workmanshir) improperCy installed
under this Contract, and maintenance measures made necessary by the
ordinary wear and tear shall not be at t
However, any repairs required'_ because of
he expense of the Contractor,,
unsatisfactory drench backf'ill*ing
11 4
Shall oe at the exoense oT tne uontractor,, vne inclusion OT I
material or work within this Specification does not necessa
their use on this Protect.
PAVEMENTS, CURBS AND CURBS ACID GUTTERS
tams of
niy constitute
(a} ire all streets or parts of streets or other areas that are paved or macadamized, all
backfilling shall be well compacted by jetting. After the trench or excavation has
been backfilfed and jetted to the required height, the subgrade for the new paving,
curb and/or curb and gutter shall be replaced..
(b) All pavements, curbs and curbs and gutters shall be replaced to the section and of
the same materials as that removed in accordance with the Owner's established
standards or in their absence to the Standards of the State Highway Department,.,
17.03 DRIVEWAYS AND SIDEWALKS
(a) The backf'111 and subgrade for all driveway and sidewalk replacement shall be
jetted and compacted in the same manner as that specified for pavement94 All
edges broken from driveways and sidewalks shall be sawed or cut off at right
angles to the driveway or sidewalk and after approval of Engineer replaced.
ReV4 09/00
SECTION 97
_PW
0

is
F:
`i
+ +
Ij
Page 2
(b) All dri'veways and
I
T I
i
i II
t
# I�
r, I •
r �I
'r
7
s'ldewalks shall be replaced to the sand of thsame k I$
materials as that r
for similar work..
emoved in accordance with the Ownees established standards
17:,.04 M.ISCELLANEOUS
All d'itches disturbed during this construction'shall be r
egraded to their original I 0 ine and
grade unless otherwise noted. All regrading of ditch fines sha
It be followed b-y reseeding
and adequate protection from erosion until seed can be established. Any part ot any, yawn
disturbed whether oar of road r'tahtof wav or not shall be regraded to its original grad,
-L
shall have a minimum of four {4) inches of- tODSOR placed and shatl be reseeded with seed
similar to the original sod. All damaged trees and shrubs in yards shill be replaced with
SIM'11ar items unless otherwise noted. This m-ent of damaged trees and shrubs
does not apply to those planted within established road rights-gof A-..,.y unless spec'lfi'cally
stated otherwise in the Project Spec[ficaiion.
T
Rev. 09/00 SECTION 17

DIGESTER SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The General Contractor shall furnish, install, test and place in c:
as shown on the- Plans and specified, two (2) wet -pit submersible
PUMP(s) complete with all a...P1.1r)-purtenances, accessories and spare parts as will be
I&
operation,
tisfactory
required to produce a complete and workable installation. To maintain system
unit responsibility, the pump control system shall be furnished by the pump
manufacturer as described herein.,
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer:
Sewage pumps shall be manufactured by Wilow-USA, Flygt, Pentair Fairbanks
Nijhuois, Sulzer, or prep -approved equal.
B. Pump Performance:
Each pump sha
II be capable of the following performance:
Duty Point Flow, gallons per minute
55
Duty Point Total Dynamic Head, feet
20
........
.. . ..
Minimum Hydraulic Efficiency at Duty Point, %
45
Frequency, hz
60
Maximum Nominal Motor Power, Horsepower
5�
Maximum Motor Speed, Revolutions Per Minute
11800-
2x02 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
A. GENERAL
The sewage pumping units shall be vertical, non -clogging, centrifugal grinder
sewage pumps with bottom inlet and side discharge. The pumps shall be direct
ddr
riven by integral squirrel cage, electric inc uction motors..
include -quick removal system, anchor bolts and att accesso
Each pump sha
ries spec
ified herein.

C.
D.
2mO3
A.
VOLUTE
1. The volute shall be constructed of ASTM A48 minimum Class 35B or
higher cast iron (GG25) capable of prolonged resistance to raw sewage.
2-w Suction and discharge flanges shall be 125# and meet ANSI standard
B16"1%
3. All nuts, bolts, washers, and ocher fastening devices supplied with the
pumps shall be stainless steel.
4.0 All mating surfaces requiring
go
fitted with FPM (Viton) Oi-rings.
IMPELLER
a watertight seal shall be machined and
Paper gaskets- are. not acceptable.
1. Pump impellers shall hr. of the solids handling non -clog type. Thr-
imnedirr vane shall be smooth, finished throughout, and shall be fr
sharp edges.
29
ee from
Pump'I'Mpellers shall be manufactured from ASTM A48 Class 35B or
higher cast'iron (GG25).
3. Impellers shall be key driven and securely held to the shaft by a
streamlined impeller washer and bolt assembly specifically designed to
reduce friction in the suction eye of the impeller. The arrangement shall
be such that the impeller cannot unscrew or be loosened bY torque from
either forward or reverse rotation.. Designs based on threaded connection
between pump shalt and impeller will not be considered.
4. The impeller shall be capable of passing a 3.1 inch solid no nb-*deform able
sphere through the bottom inlet and out between the two shrouds.
Designs which cannot pass a sphere through the impeller or rely on
deforming, cutting or chopping solid materials shall not be acceptable.
WEAR RINGS
1. The impeller shall be provided with an AISI 329 (1.4462) duplex stainless
steel wear ring which is drive fitted to the suction eye of the impeller.
2,, The casing shall be provided with an AISI 304 (1.4308) stainless steel
wear ring which is drive fitted to the bottom suction inlet.
MOTORS
SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS
1. Each pump shall be furnished with a squirrel cage, induction motor
enclosed in a watertight housing suitabie for use and compatible with all
variable frequency drive systems.
2

2.0 The motors sha
II be air -filled and constructed with moisture resistant
NEMA Class H insulation and Class H slo
t liners and constructed to
NEMA B design standards. The copper wound stator sha
epoxy enamel and hardened to withstand a temperature o
II be dipped in
f 180 degreesCentigrade as defined in NEMA Standard MG-1. Each winding phase or
layer shall be laced with Class H glass lined paper. The use of cable ties
to restrainThe rotor shall be statically and
dynamically balanced after fabrication. The rotor shall utilize aluminum
shallnotbeallowed.
amortisseur
certified for
overloading over the entire range of the impeller.
bars and short circuit rings. The constr-ucted motor shall be
continuous duty with a service factor of 1.10 and shall be nen-
3. Motors shall
with �IFD) at
be capable of sustaining 15 starts per hour (unlimited starts
a minimum ambient temperature of 40'C.
4. Motors shall be capable of
10%.
uninterrupted operation with a voltage drop of
5. Thermal switches shall be furnished zo monitor stator temperatures. The
stator shall be equipped with three (3) thermal switches. Therma
switches shall automatically de -energize the r;iotor when its temperature
exceeds a preset limit as recommended b;r the manufacturer.
6. The motor shall bear the FM
certifying its use in a Class 1location.
Factory Mutual) explosion -proof label
Division 1Groups C & D hazardous
7. The pump manufacturer's nameplates shall be engraved, laser etched or
stamped on stainless sieel and fastened to the motor casing.
B. SHAFTS
1. All shafts shall be dynamically balanced and shall be constructed of AISI
420 (1.4021) stainless steel. Carbon steel shafts or shafts with sleeves of
any type are not acceptable. The shaft shall be ore piece construction
without joints or stubs attached.
2. Multiple row lower bearings for axial thrust and a single row upper bearing
for radial thrust shall support the motor/pump shafts.. Thrust bearings
shall be restrained from thrust in both directions. Designs that do not
protect the pump/motor from thrust in reverse directions shall not be
acceptable.
4. Bearings shall be sealed and grease lubricated.
5. Minimum shaft diameter shall be 2-1/8 inches at the lowest bearing.6. Shaft overhang ratio L3 /D4 shah not exceed 10.
C. MECHANICAL SEALS

1.
2*
3M
with t
steel.
Each pump shall be provided with an enclosed block mechanical seal
he seal housing and spring system constructed of AISI 316 stainless
The block seal housing shall be constructed such that it can be
dismantled allowing the sea
seal system to be put back
I f
aces and springs to be renewed and the
info service.
that they cannot be repaired or r
upper and lower seal faces shall
The seal shall
seal chamber
u
recommended bV the manufacturer.
Cartridge seals constructed such
E newed sha.
II not be acceptable. Both
be silicon carbide versus- silicon carbide.
sha
be mounted in a separate and isolated seal chamber. The
be filled with- non-conductive lubricating oil as
A moisture sensor shall be furnished to sense seal failure for each pump.
This sensor sha
II be wired to the Pump Control Panel (specified in
Division 16) and shall activate an alarm light upon seal failure. The
sensor probe shall be mounted in the seal chamber and shall be OT the
OWE r seal.. but
conductive typeI
, sensing moisture intrusion above the
below the upper seal. Designs which sense seal failure above
seal through the use of a float switch are not acceptable.
D. Power and Control Cables:
iF
the upper
1. Power and control cables shall be furnished in lengths to run un-spliced
from the pump to the pump control panel as shown on the Contract
Drawings and as specified herein. Cables shall terminate with conductor
sleeves that bundle the entire group of strands of each phase to improve
termination at the pump control panel. The sleeves shall be provided to
confirm that all strands of each conductor is terminated properly.
Termination shall be coordinated with the connection to the Pump Control
Panel.
2. Cables shall be of the "NSSHOU" type and shall be approved by the
MSHA for use in hazardous locations and shall conform to industry
standards for loads, resistance under submersion against sewage, and
be of stranded construction. The cables shall enter the pump through a
heavy duty galvanized cast iron entry assembly which shall be provided
with an external clamp assembly to protect against tension once secured
providing a strain relief function as part of standard construction.
3. The cables for each pump shall pass through the galvanized cast iron
strain relief component and then through a series of stainless sieel disks
and Buna~n grommet that is sandwiched between the disks to contro'l
compression of the grommet. The cable entry design shall be of the type
recommended in the Factory Mutual Research Corporation specifications
for Explosion Proof Certification. The entry shall be comprised of the cast
iron fitting that will include the Buna-N stt6frt-refiiLlf grommet coupled with
a poured conductor section. In the poured section, only Factory Mutual
approved sealant shall be used to wick into each conductor strand that
has the insulation removed in this area to provide a positively leak proof
seat for the power and sensor cords.
-1

Cl
time or operation from variable speed d
2w04 SHOP PAINTING
A. Primer and Finish Paint -
and motor.
Shop apply to all exterior ferrous surfaces of the pump
1. Solids by volume: 75 +/m"2%
2. Type0
: Two part, cross -linked epoxy with VOC content of 1.78 lbs./gal
34. Total Dry Film Thickness: 1 coat at 6-8 rails.
4. Resistance: Level 1 (continuous duty) for sewage with pH o
2 (occasional duty) for saltwater, Level 3 snot recommenced
hydrochloric acid
B .6 Sur -face Preparation -
f 6mol 0, Level
for 10%
Prepare all surfaces to receive coating system.,
1. Method: Blasting per ISO 12944-4
2. Standard Cleanliness Grade: 2.5
3. Minlb imum Peak to Valley Height: 70 microns (2.75 mils)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WARRANTY
A. The pumps and motors will be covered by a five (5) year warranty that sha
comprise the following terms: The initial year from start-up of t
he equipment shall
be covered 10013../fo f.or parts and labor. The following years 2 through 5 shall be
covered 50% tor parts. This warranty shall not be limited by hours ot running
rives.
+ +END OF SECTION + +
5
a
a
i
h
k
r